As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 9, 2022

 

File No. 333-
File No. 811-8108

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM N-4

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933  ☒

 

PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.  ☐

 

 POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.  

 

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940  

 

Amendment No. 355 

 

Protective Variable Annuity

Separate Account

(Exact Name of Registrant)

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

(Name of Depositor)

 

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, Alabama 35223

(Address of Depositor’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

(205) 268-1000

Depositor’s Telephone Number, including Area Code

 

BRADFORD RODGERS, Esquire

Protective Life Insurance Company

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, Alabama 35223

(Name and Address of Agent for Services)

 

Copy to:

 

STEPHEN E. ROTH, Esquire

THOMAS E. BISSET, Esquire

 

Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP

700 Sixth Street, N.W., Suite 700

Washington, DC 20001-3980

 

Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Title of Securities Being Registered: Interests in a separate
account issued through variable annuity contracts.

 

 

 

Supplement dated [DATE]
(for Applications signed on or after [DATE] ) to the
Prospectuses dated [DATE] for
Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity
Issued by
Protective Life Insurance Company
Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account
 
 
This Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement should be read carefully and retained with the Prospectus dated [December 31, 2022] for the Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity. You may obtain a current Prospectus by calling 1-800-456-6330.
 
This Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement provides the current SecurePay Fee as described in the “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS-SecurePay Fee” and "PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS - THE SECUREPAY FXi RIDER" sections of the Prospectus. It also describes the current Maximum Withdrawal Percentage and current Roll-up Percentage under the SecurePay living benefit rider as described in the “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS-Determining the Amount of Your SecurePay Withdrawals” and "PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFITS-SecurePay Roll-up Value" sections of the Prospectus. Lastly, this Supplement provides the current fee for each of the three optional death benefits described in the "DEATH BENEFIT-Selecting a Death Benefit" section of the Prospectus. This Supplement must be used in conjunction with an effective Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity Prospectus.
The Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement and rates below are effective until superseded by a subsequent Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. For applications signed on or after [December 31, 2022], and that we receive in Good Order, we will apply the rates in this supplement up until ten calendar days after we issue a new rate sheet supplement.  We must also receive at least the minimum initial Purchase Payment ($5,000) within the ten calendar days. No new Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement that supersedes a prior Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement will become effective unless written notice of effectiveness of the new Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement is given at least 10 business days in advance.
Before submitting your application for a Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity, please obtain a current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. To obtain a current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement:
Contact your financial advisor
Contact us toll-free at 1-800-456-6330
Go to https://protective.onlineprospectus.net/protective/ProtectiveDimensionsV/index.html
Go to www.sec.gov under File No. 333-[].
The current SecurePay Fee applicable to your Contract is as follows:
 
Purchase of SecurePay FXi rider at Contract Purchase
[   ]%
Purchase of SecurePay FXi rider under RightTime
[   ]%
 
 
The current Roll-up Percentage and the current Maximum Withdrawal Percentage applicable to your Contract will not change for the life of your Contract.
ROLL-UP PERCENTAGE
[   ]%
MAXIMUM WITHDRAWAL PERCENTAGE FOR SECUREPAY FXi
 
             
Age of (Younger) Covered Person on the Benefit Election Date  
(One Covered Person)
Withdrawal Percentage -
 
(Two Covered Persons)
Withdrawal Percentage -
   
59.5   [   ]%   [   ]%    
61   [   ]%   [   ]%    
62   [   ]%   [   ]%    
63    [   ]%     [   ]%     
64
  [   ]%   [   ]%    
65
  [   ]%   [   ]%    
66   [   ]%   [   ]%    
67   [   ]%   [   ]%    
68   [   ]%   [   ]%    
69   [   ]%   [   ]%    
70   [   ]%   [   ]%    
71   [   ]%   [   ]%    
72   [   ]%   [   ]%    
73   [   ]%   [   ]%    
74   [   ]%   [   ]%    
75   [   ]%   [   ]%    
76   [   ]%   [   ]%    
77   [   ]%   [   ]%    
78   [   ]%   [   ]%    
79   [   ]%   [   ]%    
80   [   ]%   [   ]%    
81   [   ]%   [   ]%    
82   [   ]%   [   ]%    
83   [   ]%   [   ]%    
84   [   ]%   [   ]%    
85   [   ]%   [   ]%    
86   [   ]%   [   ]%    
87   [   ]%   [   ]%    
88   [   ]%   [   ]%    
89   [   ]%   [   ]%    
90   [   ]%   [   ]%    
90+   [   ]%   [   ]%    
 
 
OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT FEES
The current fee for each of the three optional death benefits avaiable under your Contract are as follows:
Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Fee (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning on the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date)    
[   ]%
Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit Fee (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning on the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date)
[   ]%
 
 Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit Fee (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning on the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date)

 [   ]%
 
If you have any questions regarding this Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement, please contact us toll free at 1-800-456-6330. Please keep this Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement for future reference.
 
 
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS
[]
Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity
Protective Life Insurance Company
Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account
P.O. Box 10648
Birmingham, Alabama 35202‑0648
Telephone: 1‑800‑456‑6330
www.protective.com
This Prospectus describes the Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity Contract, an individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract issued by Protective Life Insurance Company. The Contract is designed for investors who desire to accumulate capital on a tax deferred basis for retirement or other long term investment purposes. It may be purchased on a non-qualified basis or for use with certain qualified retirement plans.
You generally may allocate your investment in the Contract to the Guaranteed Account and the Sub-Accounts of the Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account (the “Variable Account”). The value of your Contract that is allocated to the Sub-Accounts will vary according to the investment performance of the Funds in which the selected Sub-Accounts are invested. You bear the investment risk on amounts you allocate to the Sub-Accounts. If you have purchased the SecurePay FXi rider, your options for allocating Purchase Payments and Contract Value are restricted. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”)”). The Funds are described in an appendix to this Prospectus. (See “FUND APPENDIX — FUNDS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT.”)
This Prospectus sets forth a description of all material features of the Contract and the Variable Account that you should know before investing. This Prospectus also describes all material state variations to the Contract. Additional information about certain investment products, including variable annuities, has been prepared by the SEC staff and is available at Investor.gov.
If you are a new investor in the Contract, you may cancel your Contract within 10 days of receiving it without paying fees or penalties. In some states, this cancellation period may be longer or the refund amount may be different. Upon cancellation, you will receive the greater of your Purchase Payments or your Contract Value without any deduction for fees or charges. You should review this Prospectus, or consult with your investment professional, for additional information about the specific cancellation terms that apply.
Please read this Prospectus carefully. You should keep a copy for future reference.
The Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity Contract is not a deposit or obligation of, or guaranteed by, any bank or financial institution. It is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency, and it is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal.
The SEC has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
PRO.DIMENSIONSV. C

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3
6
9
11
16
17
17
17
18
18
19
20
20
21
22
22
22
22
23
23
24
25
25
26
30
32
34
34
35
36
40
40
41
50
61
61
62
62
62
63
65
65
66
66
67
67
67
67
67
67
68
68
68
68
69
70
70
70
70
71
71
71
72
72
72
72
72
73
73
74
74
75
75
76
76
76
76
76
77
77
77
77
78
78
80
80
81
81
81
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
83
83
84
84
84
85
85
A-1
B-1
C-1
D-1
E-1
F-1
G-1
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TERMS
“We”, “us”, “our”, “Protective Life”, and “Company”  refer to Protective Life Insurance Company. “You”, “your” and “Owner” refer to the person(s) who has been issued a Contract.
Accumulation Unit A unit of measure used to calculate the value of a Sub-Account before the Annuity Date.
Administrative Office Protective Life Insurance Company, P.O. Box 10648, Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648 (for Written Notice sent by U.S. postal service) or Protective Life Insurance Company, 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223 (for Written Notice sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service).
Annual Withdrawal Amount or AWA The maximum amount that may be withdrawn from the Contract under the SecurePay FXi rider each Contract Year after the Benefit Election Date without reducing the Benefit Base.
Annuity Date The date as of which the Annuity Value is applied to an Annuity Option.
Annuity Option The payout option under which the Company makes annuity income payments.
Annuity Value The amount we apply to the Annuity Option you have selected. Generally, this amount is your Contract Value less any applicable fees, charges and premium taxes.
Assumed Investment Return The assumed annual rate of return used to calculate the amount of the variable income payments.
Benefit Base If you select a SecurePay rider, the Benefit Base is used to determine the amount available to withdraw under the rider.
Benefit Election Date The date you choose to start your SecurePay Withdrawals.
Code The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Contract  The Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity, a flexible premium, deferred, variable and fixed annuity contract.
Contract Anniversary The same month and day as the Issue Date in each subsequent year of the Contract.
Contract Value  Before the Annuity Date, the sum of the Variable Account value and the Guaranteed Account value.
Contract Year Any period of 12 months commencing with the Issue Date or any Contract Anniversary.
Covered Person The person or persons upon whose lives the benefits of a SecurePay FXi rider, as applicable, are based. There may not be more than two Covered Persons.
DCA Dollar cost averaging.
DCA Accounts A part of the Guaranteed Account, but separate from the Fixed Account. The DCA Accounts are designed to transfer amounts to the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account systematically over a designated period.
Death Benefit The amount we pay to the beneficiary if an Owner dies before the Annuity Date.
Due Proof of Death Receipt at our Administrative Office of a certified death certificate or judicial order from a court of competent jurisdiction or similar tribunal.
Excess Withdrawals Any portion of a withdrawal that, when aggregated with all prior withdrawals during a Contract Year, exceeds the maximum withdrawal amount permitted under the SecurePay FXi rider.
Fixed Account A part of the Guaranteed Account, but separate from the DCA Accounts. Amounts allocated or transferred to the Fixed Account earn interest from the date the funds are credited to the account.
Fund Any investment portfolio in which a corresponding Sub-Account invests.
Good Order (“good order”) A request or transaction generally is considered in “Good Order” if we receive it in our Administrative Office within the time limits, if any, prescribed in the Prospectus for a particular transaction or instruction, it includes all information necessary for us to execute the requested instruction or transaction, and is signed by the individual or individuals authorized to provide the instruction or engage in the transaction. A request or transaction may be rejected or delayed if not in Good Order. Good Order generally means the actual receipt by us of the instructions relating to the request or transaction in writing (or, when permitted, by telephone or Internet as described above) along
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
with all forms, information and supporting legal documentation we require to effect the instruction or transaction. This information and documentation generally includes, to the extent applicable: the completed application or instruction form; your contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars or percentage terms); the names and allocations to and/or from the Investment Options affected by the requested transaction; the signatures of all Owners (exactly as indicated on the Contract), if necessary; Social Security Number or Tax I.D.; and any other information or supporting documentation that we may require, including any spousal or Joint Owner’s consents. With respect to Purchase Payments, Good Order also generally includes receipt by us of sufficient funds to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in Good Order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any Good Order requirement at any time. If you have any questions, you should contact us or your registered representative before submitting the form or request.
Guaranteed Account The Fixed Account, the DCA Accounts and any other Investment Option we may offer with interest rate guarantees.
Investment Option Any account to which you may allocate Purchase Payments or transfer Contract Value under this Contract. The Investment Options are the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account, the Fixed Account, and the DCA Accounts.
Issue Date The date as of which we credit the initial Purchase Payment to the Contract and the date the Contract takes effect.
Maximum Annuity Date The latest date on which you must surrender or annuitize the Contract, currently the oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s 95th birthday.
Monthly Anniversary Date The same day each month as the Issue Date, or the last day of any month that does not have the same day as the Issue Date.
Owner The person or persons who own the Contract and are entitled to exercise all rights and privileges provided in the Contract.
Prohibited Allocation Instruction An instruction from you to allocate Purchase Payments or Contract Value or to take withdrawals that is not consistent with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions required in order to maintain the SecurePay FXi rider. If we receive a Prohibited Allocation Instruction, we will terminate your SecurePay FXi rider.
Purchase Payment The amount(s) paid by the Owner and accepted by the Company as consideration for this Contract.
Qualified Contracts Contracts issued in connection with retirement plans that receive favorable tax treatment under Sections 401, 408, 408A or 457 of the Code.
Qualified Plans Retirement plans that receive favorable tax treatment under Sections 401, 408, 408A or 457 of the Code.
Quarterly Anniversary The same month and day as the Contract Issue Date in each calendar quarter prior to the Annuity Date. If any Quarterly Anniversary is not a Valuation Date, we will calculate the quarterly value as of the next Valuation Period. If, however, a Quarterly Anniversary does not occur during a month, then we will calculate that quarterly value as of the prior Valuation Date.
Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement A periodic supplement to the information contained in the Prospectus which sets forth the current fees for the available optional death benefit riders, the current fee for the SecurePay FXi rider, and the current Maximum Withdrawal Percentage(s) and current roll-up percentage(s) under the SecurePay FXi rider available when you purchase your Contract. See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (‘SECUREPAY FXi’) — Determining the Amount of Your SecurePay Withdrawals.”
Rider Issue Date The date a SecurePay FXi rider is issued.
RightTime The ability to purchase the Protected Lifetime Income Benefit rider, SecurePay FXi, after your Contract is issued, so long as you satisfy the rider’s issue requirements and the rider is still available for sale.
Sub-Account A separate division of the Variable Account.
Valuation Date Each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.
Valuation Period The period which begins at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (usually 3:00 p.m. Central Time) on any Valuation Date and ends at the close of regular trading on the next Valuation Date. A Valuation Period ends earlier if the New York Stock Exchange closes early on certain scheduled days (such as the Friday after Thanksgiving or Christmas Eve) or in case of an emergency.
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Variable Account The Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account, a separate investment account of Protective Life.
Written Notice A notice or request submitted in writing in Good Order that we receive at the Administrative Office via U.S. postal service or nationally recognized overnight delivery service. Please note that we use the term “written notice” in lower case to refer to a notice that we may send to you.
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
IMPORTANT INFORMATION YOU SHOULD CONSIDER ABOUT THE CONTRACT
FEES AND EXPENSES
Charges for Early Withdrawals
If you surrender or make a withdrawal from your Contract within seven (7) years following your last Purchase Payment and before the Annuity Date, you will be assessed a surrender charge of up to 7% on the amount of the withdrawal minus the annual free withdrawal amount. The surrender charge is based on cumulative Purchase Payments under the Contract. For Contracts with total cumulative Purchase Payments equaling less than $50,000, the surrender charge starts at 7% and declines to 0% over seven (7) years. For Contracts with total cumulative Purchase Payments of at least $100,000 but less than $250,000, the surrender charge starts at 5%.
For example, assume you purchased a Contract with a single Purchase Payment of $100,000 and surrender the Contract during the first Contract Year. Your free withdrawal amount is $10,000 (10% x $100,000) and is not subject to a surrender charge. For Contracts with total cumulative Purchase Payments of at least $100,000 but less than $250,000, the surrender charge starts at 5%. You will be assessed a withdrawal charge of up to $4,500 (5% x $90,000) on the remaining amount of your surrender request.
For additional information about charges for surrenders and early withdrawals, see “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS – Surrender Charge (Contingent Deferred Sales Charge)” in the Prospectus.
Transaction Charges
In addition to surrender charges, you may also be assessed a Premium Based Charge after making a Purchase Payment, and a fee for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in a Contract Year.
For additional information about transaction charges, see “FEE TABLE – Transaction Expenses” and “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS” in the Prospectus.
Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual charges)
The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay each year, depending on the options you choose. Please refer to your Contract specifications page for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.
Annual Fee
Minimum
Maximum
Base contract (1)
[]%
[]%
Investment options (Fund fees and expenses) (2)
[]%
[]%
Optional benefits available for an additional charge
See Rate
Sheet
Prospectus
Supplement(3)
See Rate
Sheet
Prospectus
Supplement(4)
(1)
We calculate the Base Contract fee by dividing the total amount we receive from the annual contract maintenance fee, the mortality and expense risk charge and the administration charge for the last fiscal year by the total average net assets attributable to the Contracts for that year.
(2)
As a percentage of Fund assets.
(3)
As an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning on the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date. This charge is the current charge for the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit, the least expensive optional benefit available for an additional charge.
(4)
As an annualized percentage of the Benefit Base on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning on the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date following election of the rider. This charge is the current charge for the SecurePay FXi Rider under the RightTime Option, the most expensive optional benefit available for an additional charge.
Because your Contract is customizable, the options and benefits you choose can affect how much you will pay. To help you understand the cost of owning your Contract, the following table shows the lowest and highest cost you could pay each year, based
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
on current charges. These estimates assume that you do not take any withdrawals from the Contract, which could add surrender charges, that substantially increase costs.
Lowest Annual Cost
$[]:
Highest Annual Cost
$[]:
Assumes: Assumes:

Investment of  $100,000

5% annual appreciation

Least expensive combination of Base Contract fee and Fund fees and expenses

No optional benefits

No additional Purchase Payments, transfers or withdrawals

Investment of  $100,000

5% annual appreciation

Most expensive combination of Base Contract fee, optional benefits and Fund fees and expenses

No additional Purchase Payments, transfers, or withdrawals
For additional information about annual charges, please see “FEE TABLE” and “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS” in the Prospectus.
RISKS
Risk of Loss
You can lose money by investing in this Contract, including loss of principal.
For additional information about the risk of loss, see “PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE CONTRACT” in the Prospectus.
Not a Short-Term Investment
This Contract is not a short-term investment and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. Although you are permitted to take withdrawals or surrender the Contract, surrender charges and federal and state income taxes may apply.
Surrender charges may apply for up to seven (7) years following your last Purchase Payment. Withdrawals will reduce your Contract Value and death benefit.
The benefits of tax deferral and living benefit protections also mean the Contract is less beneficial to investors with a short time horizon.
For additional information about the investment profile of the Contract, see “PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE CONTRACT,” “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS,” ”FEDERAL TAX MATTERS,” and “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL” in the Prospectus.
Risks Associated with Investment Options
An investment in this Contract is subject to the risk of poor investment performance and can vary depending on the performance of the Investment Options available under the Contract.
Each Investment Option (including the Guaranteed Account) has its own unique risks.
You should review the prospectuses for the available Funds and consult with your financial professional before making an investment decision.
For additional information about the risks associated with Investment Options, see “PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE CONTRACT” in the Prospectus.
Insurance Company Risks
An investment in the Contract is subject to the risks related to the Company. Any obligations (including under the Guaranteed Account), guarantees, or benefits under the Contract are subject to the claims-paying ability of the Company. More information about the Company, including its financial strength ratings, is available upon request at no charge by calling us at 1-800-456-6330 or writing us at the address shown on the cover page.
For additional information about Company risks, see “PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE CONTRACT,” and “THE COMPANY, VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND FUNDS” in the Prospectus.
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
RESTRICTIONS
Investments
Currently, there is no charge when you transfer Contract Value among Investment Options. However, we reserve the right to charge $25 for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in any Contract Year in the future.
We reserve the right to remove or substitute Funds as Investment Options that are available under the Contract. We also reserve the right to restrict the allocation of additional Purchase Payments and/or transfers of Contract Value to a Fund if we determine the Fund no longer meets one or more of our Fund selection criteria and/or if a Fund has not attracted significant contract owner assets.
For additional information about Investment Options, see “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS – Transfer Fee” and “THE COMPANY, VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND FUNDS – Selection of Funds – Addition, Deletion or Substitutions of Investments” in the Prospectus.
Optional Benefits
If you select a Protected Lifetime Income Benefit rider:

The Investment Options available to you under the Contract will be limited.

You may not make additional Purchase Payments two years or more after the Rider Issue Date or on or after the Benefit Election Date, whichever comes first.
Withdrawals from Contract Value that exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount under the rider may significantly reduce or eliminate the rider benefits.
We may stop offering an optional benefit rider at any time.
If you purchase an optional death benefit, withdrawals may reduce the benefit by an amount greater than the value withdrawn.
For additional information about the optional benefits, see “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SECUREPAY FXI”)” and “DEATH BENEFIT - Selecting a Death Benefit” in the Prospectus.
TAXES
Tax Implications
You should consult with a qualified tax advisor regarding the federal tax implications of an investment in, payments received under, and other transactions in connection with this Contract.
If you purchase the Contract through a tax-qualified plan or individual retirement account (IRA), you do not get any additional tax benefits. Generally, all earnings on the investments underlying the Contract are tax-deferred until distributed or deemed distributed. A distribution from a non-Qualified Contract, which includes a surrender, withdrawal, payment of a death benefit, or annuity income payments, will generally result in taxable income if there has been an increase in the Contract Value. In the case of a Qualified Contract, a distribution generally will result in taxable income even if there has not been an increase in the Contract Value. In certain circumstances, a 10% additional tax may also apply if the Owner takes a withdrawal before age 59½. All amounts includable in income with respect to the Contract are taxed as ordinary income; no amounts are taxed at the special lower rates applicable to long term capital gains and corporate dividends.
For additional information about tax implications, see “FEDERAL TAX MATTERS” and “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL” in the Prospectus.
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Investment Professional Compensation
We pay compensation, in the form of commissions, non-cash compensation, and asset-based compensation, to broker-dealers in connection with the promotion and sale of the Contracts. A portion of any payments made to the broker-dealers may be passed on to their registered representatives in accordance with their internal compensation programs. The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, asset-based compensation may provide broker-dealers and/or their registered representatives with an incentive to recommend continued investment in the Contracts over other variable insurance products (or other investments). You may wish to take such compensation arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation relating to the Contracts.
For additional information about compensation, see “DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS” in the Prospectus.
Exchanges
Some investment professionals may have a financial incentive to offer you a new contract in place of the contract you already own. You should only exchange your current contract if you determine, after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both contracts, that it is better for you to purchase the new contract rather than continue to own your existing contract.
For additional information about exchanges, see “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL – Exchanges of Annuity Contracts” in the Prospectus.
OVERVIEW OF THE VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
Q: What is this Contract, and what is it designed to do?
A: The Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity Contract is designed to provide long-term accumulation of assets through investments in a variety of Investment Options during the accumulation phase. It can supplement your retirement income by providing a stream of income payments during the payout phase. It also offers death benefits to protect your beneficiaries. This Contract may be appropriate if you have a long investment time horizon. It is not intended for people who may need to make early or frequent withdrawals or intend to engage in frequent trading in the Funds, and may not be appropriate for you if you do not have a long-term investment horizon.
Q: How do I accumulate assets in this Contract and receive income from the Contract?
A: Your Contract has two phases: 1) an accumulation (savings) phase: and 2) a payout (income) phase.
1.
Accumulation (Savings) Phase
To help you accumulate assets, you can invest your Purchase Payments in:

Funds (mutual funds), each of which has its own investment strategies, investment advisers, expense ratios, and returns; and

The Fixed Account option, which offers a guaranteed interest rate during a selected period.
Additional information about the Funds in which you can invest is provided in the back of this Prospectus. See FUND APPENDIX: FUNDS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT.
2.
Payout (Income) Phase
You can elect to annuitize your Contract and turn your Contract Value into a stream of income payments (sometimes called annuity payments) from Protective Life Insurance Company, at which time the accumulation phase of the Contract ends. These payments may continue for a fixed period of years, for your entire life, or for the longer of a fixed period or your life. The payments may also be fixed or variable. Variable payments will vary based on the performance of the Investment Options you select. Please note that if you annuitize, your investments will be converted to income payments and you may no longer be able to choose to withdraw money at will from your Contract. All benefits (including guaranteed minimum death benefits and living benefits) terminate upon annuitization.
Q: What are the primary features and options that this Contract offers?
A: Accessing your money. Until you annuitize, you have full access to your money. You can choose to withdraw your Contract Value at any time (although if you withdraw early, you may have to pay surrender charges and income taxes, including an additional tax if you are younger than age 59½).
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Tax treatment. You can transfer money between Investment Options without tax implications, and earnings (if any) on your investments are generally tax-deferred. You are generally taxed when: (1) you make a withdrawal or (2) you receive an income payment from the Contract. Your beneficiary is taxed upon payment of a death benefit. For more information, see “Federal Tax Matters”.
Death benefits. Your Contract includes a basic death benefit, the Contract Value Death Benefit, that will pay your beneficiaries the Contract Value as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, minus applicable fees and charges. You can purchase optional death benefits for an additional fee. These death benefits may increase the amount of money payable to your beneficiaries upon your death.
Optional benefits that occur during your lifetime. For an additional fee, you can purchase a protected lifetime income benefit rider (the SecurePay FXi rider) to help protect your retirement income from declining markets and/or provide income guarantees to help protect you from outliving your assets, while still maintaining access to your money.
Portfolio rebalancing and dollar cost averaging. At no additional charge, you may select portfolio rebalancing, which automatically rebalances the Sub-Accounts you select to maintain your chosen percentage allocation of Variable Account value among the Sub-Accounts. Alternatively, at no additional charge, you may select dollar cost averaging (DCA), which automatically transfers a specific amount of money from the DCA Account or the Fixed Account to the Sub-Accounts you have selected, at set intervals over a specific period of time. If you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider, we will automatically enroll you in the portfolio rebalancing program.
Automatic withdrawals. You may make pre-authorized withdrawals of a level dollar amount from the Contract on a monthly or quarterly basis before the Annuity Date. There is no charge for the automatic withdrawal program. However, if, during a Contract Year, the amount of the withdrawals exceeds the annual free withdrawal amount, we will deduct a surrender charge. You may also have to pay income taxes, including a 10% additional tax if you are younger than age 59½.
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
FEE TABLE
The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering or making withdrawals from the Contract. Please refer to your Contract specifications page for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.
The first table describes the fees and charges that you will pay at the time you buy the Contract, surrender or make withdrawals from the Contract, or transfer Contract Value between Investment Options. State premium taxes may also be deducted.
 
TRANSACTION EXPENSES
Maximum Surrender Charge (as a % of amount surrendered) (1)
7%
Transfer Fee (2)
$25
Maximum Annual Premium Based Charge (as an annualized percentage of each Purchase Payment, deducted quarterly)(3)
[0.70]%
(1)
The surrender charge is based upon cumulative Purchase Payments as of the date each Purchase Payment is applied to the Contract, and decreases over time. The total of surrender charges assessed and Premium Based Charges deducted will not exceed 9% of aggregate Purchase Payments. (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Determining the Surrender Charge.”)
(2)
Protective Life currently does not charge this Transfer Fee, but reserves the right to do so in the future for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in any Contract Year. We will give written notice thirty (30) days before we impose a Transfer Fee. (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Transfer Fee” in the Prospectus.)
(3)
The Premium Based Charge is assessed during the first seven years after each Purchase Payment is made and is based upon the cumulative amount of Purchase Payments. (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS.”)
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay each year during the time that you own the Contract, not including Fund fees and expenses. If you choose to purchase an optional benefit, you will pay additional charges, as shown below.
 
ANNUAL CONTRACT EXPENSES
Administrative Expenses(1)
$50
Base Contract Expenses (as a percentage of average Variable Account value)(2)
[0.65]%
Optional Benefit Expenses
Maximum
Current
Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Fee (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning on the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date)(3)
[]%
See Rate Sheet
Prospectus Supplement
Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit Fee (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning on the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date)(4)
[]%
See Rate Sheet
Prospectus Supplement
Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit Fee (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning on the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date)(5)
[]%
See Rate Sheet
Prospectus Supplement
Protected Lifetime Income Benefits
SecurePay FXi Rider Fee (as an annualized percentage of the Benefit Base on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning with the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date following election of the rider)(6)(7)
Maximum
Current
Purchase of SecurePay FXi rider at Contract Purchase
[]%
See Rate Sheet
Prospectus Supplement
Purchase of SecurePay FXi rider under RightTime
[]%
See Rate Sheet
Prospectus Supplement
(1)
Includes the annual contract maintenance fee. We will waive the annual contract maintenance fee if your Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments, reduced by surrenders and surrender charges, is $75,000 or more. (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Contract Maintenance Fee” in the Prospectus.)
(2)
Base Contract Expenses include a mortality and expense risk charge equal on an annual basis to 0.55% of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account attributable to your Contract and an administration charge equal on an annual basis to 0.10% of average daily net assets of the Variable Account attributable to your Contract.
(3)
The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is equal to the greater of  (i) your Contract Value, or (ii) your Purchase Payments less an adjustment for withdrawals. For more information on these death benefit values and fees, and how they are calculated, please see the “DEATH BENEFIT” and “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Death Benefit Fee” sections in the Prospectus.
(4)
The Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of  (i) your Contract Value, (ii) your Purchase Payments less an adjustment for withdrawals, or (iii) the highest anniversary value of the Contract before the Owner’s 83rd birthday. For more information on these death benefit values and fees, and how they are calculated, please see the “DEATH BENEFIT” and “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Death Benefit Fee” sections in the Prospectus.
(5)
The Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of  (i) your Contract Value, (ii) your Purchase Payments less an adjustment for withdrawals, or (iii) the highest quarterly value of the Contract before the Owner’s 83rd birthday. For more information on these death benefit values and fees, and how they are calculated, please see the “DEATH BENEFIT” and “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Death Benefit Fee” sections in the Prospectus.
(6)
We deduct the fee for the SecurePay FXi rider monthly from your Contract Value in the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account on the Valuation Date that occurs after each Valuation Period containing a Monthly Anniversary Date. The SecurePay Fee is not deducted from your Contract Value in the DCA Accounts. For more information about the SecurePay Fee, our right to increase the fee in the future and your right to not to elect such increases. See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”) — SecurePay Fee” in the Prospectus.
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(7)
The Benefit Base is a value used to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amounts, and the fees charged, under the SecurePay FXi rider. If the rider is purchased at issue, your initial Benefit Base is equal to your initial purchase payments. If the rider is added through RightTime, your initial Benefit Base is equal to your Contract Value on the Rider Issue Date. For more information on the SecurePay rider, the Benefit Base, and how it is calculated, see “THE SECUREPAY FXI RIDER” in the Prospectus.
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The next table shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract. A complete list of Funds available under the Contract, including their annual expenses, can be found in an Appendix to this Prospectus. (See “FUND APPENDIX — FUNDS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT.”)
 
ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES
Minimum
Maximum
Annual Fund Expenses before any waivers or expense reimbursements (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees, and other expenses)
[]% []%
Annual Fund Expenses after any waivers or expense reimbursements (1)
[]% []%
(1)
The “Annual Fund Expenses after any waivers or expense reimbursements” line in the above table shows the range of minimum and maximum fees and expenses based on the expenses of all Funds after taking into account contractual fee waiver or expense reimbursement arrangements in place. Those contractual arrangements are designed to reduce total annual Fund operating expenses for Contract Owners and will continue past the current year.
Example
The following examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. The examples show the costs of investing in the Contract, including transaction expenses, administrative expenses, base contract expenses, any optional rider charges, and Annual Fund Expenses.
The examples assume that you invest $100,000 in the Contract for the periods indicated. The examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the most expensive and least expensive combination of Annual Fund Expenses.

The first example assumes that you purchased the SecurePay FXi rider with RightTime at the maximum and current rider fees.

The second example assumes that you have not purchased the SecurePay FXi rider.

The examples also assume that the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit is in effect, and that all Contract Value is allocated to the Variable Account. The examples do not reflect transfer fees.

The examples do not reflect premium taxes, which may range up to 3.5% depending on the jurisdiction.
Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
1.
If you purchased the SecurePay FXi rider under RightTime:
a.
If you surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:
i.
reflecting the maximum charge:
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
Maximum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
Minimum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
ii.
reflecting the current charge:
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
Maximum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
Minimum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
b.
If you annuitize(1) or remain invested in the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:
i.
reflecting the maximum charge:
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
Maximum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
Minimum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
ii.
reflecting the current charge:
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
Maximum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
Minimum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
2.
If you have not purchased the SecurePay FXi rider:
a.
If you surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
Maximum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
Minimum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
b.
If you annuitize(1) or remain invested in the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
Maximum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
Minimum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
Please remember that the examples are an illustration and do not guarantee the amount of future expenses. Your actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. Similarly, your rate of return may be more or less than the 5% rate of return assumed in the examples.
(1)
You may not annuitize your Contract within 3 years after we accept your most recent Purchase Payment. For more information, see “ANNUITY PAYMENTS, Annuity Date, Changing the Annuity Date.” Neither the death benefit fee nor the SecurePay Fee apply after the Annuity Date.
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE CONTRACT
Unsuitable as Short-Term Savings Vehicle. The Contract is intended for retirement savings or other long-term investment purposes. It is not suitable as a short-term savings vehicle. This means if you plan to withdraw money or surrender the Contract for short-term needs, it may not be the right investment for you. A charge may be assessed on withdrawals and surrenders, and it could be substantial. Withdrawals can reduce the value of the optional Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit, Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit, or Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit by more than the amount withdrawn. Please discuss your insurance needs and financial objectives with your financial professional.
Investment Risk. You bear the risk of any decline in the Contract Value of your Contract resulting from the performance of the Funds you have chosen. The Contract Value could decline very significantly, and there is a risk of loss of the entire amount invested. This risk varies with each Fund. This risk could have a significant negative impact on certain benefits and guarantees under the Contract as well as the Benefit Base if you select a Protected Lifetime Income Benefit rider under the RightTime option and your ability to increase the Benefit Base if you select a Protected Lifetime Income Benefit rider either at Contract Issue or later under the RightTime option. The investment risks are described in the prospectuses for the Funds.
Tax Consequences. Generally all earnings are tax-deferred until withdrawn or until annuity income payments begin. If you purchase the Contract through a tax-qualified plan or IRA, you do not get any additional tax deferred benefit. Distributions (which include surrenders, withdrawals, or payment of death benefits) from non-Qualified Contracts will generally result in taxable income if Contract Value has increased. Distributions from Qualified Contracts will generally result in taxable income even if Contract Value has not increased. All amounts includable in income with respect to the Contract are taxed at ordinary income tax rates. In certain circumstances, a 10% additional tax may also apply if the Owner takes a withdrawal before age 59½. See “Federal Tax Matters.”
Protected Lifetime Income Benefit Risk. If you select the SecurePay FXi rider, you must allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with certain guidelines and restrictions, which will limit or restrict the Investment Options available to you under the Contract. If you fail to allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with the guidelines and restrictions, the optional benefit rider will terminate. If the optional benefit terminates and you have not made any additional Purchase Payments after termination of the rider, within 30 days you may instruct us to reinstate the rider subject to certain conditions we require. Your ability to make additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Issue Date will be limited. If you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider and your withdrawals from Contract Value exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount under the rider, your rider benefits may be significantly reduced or eliminated. We may stop offering an optional benefit rider at any time. For additional information about the optional benefits, see “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SECUREPAY FXi”)” in the Prospectus.
Company Risk. An investment in the Contract is subject to the risks related to Protective Life. Any obligations (including under the Guaranteed Account, death benefits, and any Protected Lifetime Income Benefit), guarantees, or benefits are subject to the claims-paying ability of Protective Life. More information about Protective Life, including its financial strength ratings, is available upon request at no charge by calling us at 1-800-456-6330 or writing to us at the address shown on the cover page of this Prospectus.
Business Disruption and Cyber-Security Risks. We rely heavily on interconnected computer systems and digital data to conduct our variable product business activities. Because our variable product business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, our business is vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages, and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (e.g., hardware and software malfunctions), and cyber-attacks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, interference with or denial of service, attacks on websites and other operational disruption and unauthorized release of confidential Owner information. Such systems failures and cyber-attacks affecting us, the Funds, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us and your Contract Value. For instance, systems failures and cyber-attacks may interfere with our processing of Contract transactions, including the processing of orders from our website or with the Funds, impact our ability to calculate Contract Value, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. Cyber security risks may also impact the issuers of securities in which the Funds invest, which may cause the Funds underlying your Contract to lose value. In addition, the risk of cyber-attacks may be higher during periods of geopolitical turmoil (such as the Russian invasion of Ukraine and the responses by the United States and other governments). There can be no assurance that we or the Funds or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your Contract due to cyber-attacks or information security breaches in the future.
We are also exposed to risks related to natural and man-made disasters and catastrophes, such as storms, fires, floods, earthquakes, epidemics, pandemics, malicious acts, and terrorist acts, which could adversely affect our ability
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
to conduct business. A natural or man-made disaster or catastrophe, including a pandemic (such as the coronavirus COVID-19), could affect the ability, or willingness, of our workforce and employees of service providers and third party administrators to perform their job responsibilities. Catastrophic events may negatively affect the computer and other systems on which we rely and may interfere with our processing of Contract-related transactions, including processing of orders from Owners and orders with the Funds, impact our ability to calculate Contract Value, or have other possible negative impacts. These events may also impact the issuers of securities in which the Funds invest, which may cause the Funds underlying your Contract to lose value. There can be no assurance that we, the Funds or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your Contract due to a natural disaster or catastrophe.
Purchase Payment Risk. We reserve the right to refuse any Purchase Payment and to further limit your ability to make subsequent Purchase Payments. If we exercise our right to suspend, reject, and/or place limitations on the acceptance of subsequent Purchase Payments, you may be unable to, or limited in your ability to, increase your Contract Value through subsequent Purchase Payments and therefore likewise limited in your ability to increase your death benefits and the values of a Protected Lifetime Income Benefit rider. This could also prevent you from making future contributions to a Qualified Contract, including periodic contributions to an employer-sponsored retirement plan or an IRA. The Company restricts Purchase Payments in connection with the Protected Lifetime Income Benefit riders. We will also not accept Purchase Payments (i) on or after the earlier of the oldest Owner’s and Annuitant’s 86th birthday or (ii) within 3 years of the Annuity Date. For additional information about Purchase Payments, see “PURCHASE PAYMENTS” in the Prospectus.
THE COMPANY, VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND FUNDS
Protective Life Insurance Company
The Contracts are issued by Protective Life. Protective Life is a Tennessee corporation and was founded in 1907. Protective Life’s address is P.O. Box 10648, Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648. Protective Life markets individual life insurance, credit life and disability insurance, guaranteed investment contracts, guaranteed funding agreements, fixed and variable annuities and extended service contracts. Protective Life is currently licensed to transact life insurance business in 49 states and the District of Columbia. As of December 31, 2021, Protective Life had total assets of approximately $131.6 billion. Protective Life is the principal operating subsidiary of Protective Life Corporation (“PLC”), a U.S. insurance holding company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Dai-ichi Life Holdings, Inc. (“Dai-ichi”). Dai-ichi’s stock is traded on the Tokyo Stock Exchange. As of December 31, 2021, PLC had total assets of approximately $131.9 billion.
The assets of Protective Life’s general account support its insurance and annuity obligations and are subject to its general liabilities from business operations and to claims by its creditors. Because amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and the DCA Accounts, plus any guarantees under the Contract that exceed your Contract Value (such as those associated with any enhanced death benefits or the SecurePay FXi rider), are paid from Protective Life’s general account, any amounts that Protective Life may pay under the Contract in excess of Variable Account value are subject to its financial strength and claims-paying ability. It is important to note that there is no guarantee that Protective Life will always be able to meet its claims-paying obligations, and that there are risks to purchasing any insurance product. For this reason, you should consider Protective Life’s financial strength and claims paying ability to meet its obligations under the Contract when purchasing a Contract.
Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account
The Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account is a separate investment account of Protective Life. The Variable Account was established under Tennessee law by the Board of Directors of Protective Life on October 11, 1993. The Variable Account is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws.
Protective Life owns the assets of the Variable Account. These assets are held separate from other assets and are not part of Protective Life’s general account. You assume all of the investment risk for Purchase Payments and Contract Value allocated to the Sub-Accounts. Your Contract Value in the Sub-Accounts is part of the assets of the Variable Account. The portion of the assets of the Variable Account equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities (which is equal to Contract Value) of the Variable Account will not be charged with liabilities that arise from any other business Protective Life conducts. Protective Life may transfer to its general account any assets which exceed the reserves and other contract liabilities (which is equal to Contract Value) of the Variable Account. Protective Life may accumulate in the Variable Account the charge for mortality and expense risks and investment results applicable to those assets that are in excess of the net assets supporting the contracts. The income, gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, from the assets of the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the Variable Account without regard to any other income, gains or losses of Protective Life. The obligations under the Contracts are obligations of Protective Life.
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
If you select the SecurePay FXi rider, your options for allocating Purchase Payments and Contract Value will be restricted. You must allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. In general, the required allocations under these guidelines focus on conservative, high quality bond funds; combine bond funds and growth stock funds; or emphasize growth stock funds while including a significant weighing of bond funds with a goal of seeking to provide income and/or capital appreciation while avoiding excessive risk. (See “ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR SECUREPAY FXI RIDER.”)
Administration
Protective Life Insurance Company performs the Contract administration at its Administrative Office at 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223. Contract administration includes processing applications for the Contracts and subsequent Owner requests; processing Purchase Payments, transfers, surrenders and death benefit claims as well as performing record maintenance and disbursing annuity income payments.
The Funds
Information regarding each Fund is included in an Appendix to this Prospectus. (See “FUND APPENDIX — FUNDS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT.”) The Appendix includes the following information about each Fund:

Fund name;

Type of Fund;

Investment adviser and any sub-adviser;

Current expenses; and

Performance.
Each Fund has issued a prospectus. Before you invest, you should review the prospectuses for the Funds. These prospectuses contain more detailed information about the Funds and their risks and may be amended from time to time. You can find the prospectuses and other information about the Funds online at www.protective.com/eprospectus. You can also request this information at no cost by calling 855-920-9713 or sending an email request to prospectus@protective.com.
If you select the SecurePay FXi rider your options for allocating Purchase Payments and Contract Value will be restricted, to limit the risk that we will be required to make lifetime payments from our General Account. You must allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. In general, the required allocations under these guidelines focus on conservative, high quality bond funds, combine bond funds and growth stock funds, or emphasize growth stock funds while including a significant weighting of bond funds with a goal of seeking to provide income and/or capital appreciation while avoiding excessive risk. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT ("SECUREPAY FXI") - ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR SECUREPAY FXI RIDER.”)
Shares of the Funds are offered only to:
1.
the Variable Account;
2.
other separate accounts of Protective Life and its affiliates supporting variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies;
3.
separate accounts of other life insurance companies supporting variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies; and
4.
certain qualified retirement plans.
For a discussion of the potential conflicts of interest that may arise as a result of the sale of Fund shares to separate accounts that support variable annuity contracts, variable life insurance policies and certain qualified pension and retirement plans as well as the sale of Fund shares to the separate accounts of insurance companies that are not affiliated with Protective Life, see the prospectuses for the Funds. Fund shares are not offered directly to investors but are available only through the purchase of such contracts or policies or through such plans. See the prospectus for each Fund for details about that Fund.
Certain Funds may have investment objectives and policies similar to other mutual funds (sometimes having similar names) that are managed by the same investment adviser or manager. The investment results of the Funds, however, may be more or less favorable than the results of such other mutual funds. Protective Life does not guarantee or
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
make any representation that the investment results of any Fund is, or will be, comparable to any other mutual fund, even one with the same investment adviser or manager.
There is no assurance that the stated objectives and policies of any of the Funds will be achieved. More detailed information concerning the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Funds, the expenses of the Funds, the risks attendant to investing in the Funds and other aspects of their operations can be found in the current prospectuses for the Funds and the current statement of additional information for each of the Funds. You may obtain a prospectus or a statement of additional information for any of the Funds by contacting Protective Life or by asking your financial advisor. You should read the Funds’ prospectuses carefully before making any decision concerning the allocation of Purchase Payments or transfers among the Sub-Accounts.
Selection of Funds
We select the Funds offered through the Contracts based on several criteria, including but not limited to the following:

asset class coverage;

the strength of the investment adviser’s (or sub-adviser’s) reputation and tenure;

brand recognition;

performance;

the capability and qualification of each investment firm; and

whether our distributors are likely to recommend the Funds to Contract Owners.
Another factor we consider during the selection process is whether the Fund, its adviser, its sub-adviser, or an affiliate will make payments to us or our affiliates. For a discussion of these arrangements, see “Certain Payments We Receive with Regard to the Funds.” We also consider whether the Fund, its adviser, sub-adviser, or distributor (or an affiliate) can provide marketing and distribution support for sale of the Contracts. We review each Fund periodically after it is selected. Upon review, we may remove a Fund or restrict allocation of additional Purchase Payments and/or transfers of Contract Value to a Fund if we determine the Fund no longer meets one or more of the criteria and/or if the Fund has not attracted significant contract owner assets. We do not recommend or endorse any particular Fund, and we do not provide investment advice.
Asset Allocation Model Portfolios
[Seven] asset allocation models (“Model Portfolios”) are available at no additional charge as Investment Options under your Contract.
Each Model Portfolio invests different percentages of Contract Value in some or all of the Sub-Accounts under your Contract, and these Model Portfolios range from conservative to aggressive. The Model Portfolios are intended to provide a diversified investment portfolio by combining different asset classes to help you reach your investment goal. Also, while diversification may help reduce overall risk, it does not eliminate the risk of losses and it does not protect against losses in a declining market. There can be no assurance that any of the Model Portfolios will achieve their investment objectives.
Pursuant to an agreement with Protective Life, Milliman Financial Risk Management LLC (“Milliman”), a diversified financial services firm and registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, provides consulting services to Protective Life regarding the composition and review of the Model Portfolios and is compensated by Protective Life for doing so. There is no investment advisory relationship between Milliman and Owners with respect to the Model Portfolios. In the future, Protective Life may modify or discontinue its arrangement with Milliman, in which case Protective Life may contract with another firm to provide similar asset allocation models, provide its own asset allocation models, or cease offering asset allocation models. Protective Life does not provide investment advisory services in making the Model Portfolios or any other service or feature available under the Contract.
The selection of Investment Options in the Model Portfolios involves balancing a number of factors including, but not limited to, the investment objectives, policies and expenses of the Funds in each Model Portfolio, the overall historical performance and volatility of the Funds, and the marketability of individual Funds and Fund families. In addition, Protective Life considers the marketability of individual Funds and Fund families, as well as marketing support provided to Protective Life and the broker-dealers who sell the Contracts and administrative services and marketing support payments made by the Fund or its manager to Protective Life or Investment Distributors, Inc. (“IDI”). The receipt of greater administrative services or marketing support payments from certain Funds may present a conflict of interest for Protective Life.
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The available Model Portfolios may change from time to time. In addition, the target asset allocations of these Model Portfolios may vary from time to time in response to market conditions and changes in the portfolio holdings of the Funds in the underlying Sub-Accounts. We will provide written notice if the composition of a model portfolio changes, if there is a material change in our arrangement with Milliman, or if we cease offering asset allocation models altogether. We will not reallocate your Contract Value or change the allocations of your future Purchase Payments in response to these changes, however. If you desire to change your Contract Value or Purchase Payment allocation or percentages to reflect a revised or different Model Portfolio, you must submit new allocation instructions to us in writing.
The following is a brief description of the [seven] Model Portfolios currently available. They are more fully described in a separate brochure. Your sales representative can provide additional information about the Model Portfolios and help you select which Model Portfolio, if any, may be suitable for you. Please talk to him or her if you have additional questions about these Model Portfolios.

[Income Focus portfolio is composed of underlying Sub-Accounts representing a target allocation of approximately 20% in equity and 80% in fixed income investments.

Moderate Income portfolio is composed of underlying Sub-Accounts representing a target allocation of approximately 30% in equity and 70% in fixed income investments.

Balanced toward Income portfolio is composed of underlying Sub-Accounts representing a target allocation of approximately 40% in equity and 60% in fixed income investments.

Balanced Growth & Income portfolio is composed of underlying Sub-Accounts representing a target allocation of approximately 50% in equity and 50% in fixed income investments.

Balanced toward Growth portfolio is composed of underlying Sub-Accounts representing a target allocation of approximately 60% in equity and 40% in fixed income investments.

Growth portfolio is composed of underlying Sub-Accounts representing a target allocation of approximately 70% in equity and 30% in fixed income investments.

Growth Focus portfolio is composed of underlying Sub-Accounts representing a target allocation of approximately 80% in equity and 20% in fixed income investments.]
From time to time other asset allocation model portfolios composed of underlying Sub-Accounts may be made available as Investment Options under your Contract.
Other Information about the Funds
Each Fund sells its shares to the Variable Account in accordance with the terms of a participation agreement between the appropriate investment company and Protective Life. The termination provisions of these agreements vary. Should a participation agreement relating to a Fund terminate, the Variable Account may not be able to purchase additional shares of that Fund. In that event, Owners may no longer be able to allocate Variable Account value or Purchase Payments to Sub-Accounts investing in that Fund. In certain circumstances, it is also possible that a Fund may refuse to sell its shares to the Variable Account despite the fact that the participation agreement relating to that Fund has not been terminated. Should a Fund decide to discontinue selling its shares to the Variable Account, Protective Life would not be able to honor requests from Owners to allocate Purchase Payments or transfer Contract Value to the Sub-Account investing in shares of that Fund.
Certain Payments We Receive with Regard to the Funds
We (and our affiliates) may receive payments from the Funds, their advisers, sub-advisers, and their distributors, or affiliates thereof. These payments are negotiated and thus differ by Fund (sometimes substantially), and the amounts we (or our affiliates) receive may be significant. These payments are made for various purposes, including payment for the services provided and expenses incurred by us (and our affiliates) in promoting, marketing and administering the Contracts, and in our role as intermediary to, the Funds. We (and our affiliates) may profit from these payments.
12b-1 Fees.   We receive 12b-1 fees from the Funds, their advisers, sub-advisers, and their distributors, or affiliates thereof that are based on a percentage of the average daily net assets of the particular Fund attributable to the Contracts and to certain other variable insurance contracts issued or administered by us. Rule 12b-1 fees are paid out of Fund assets as part of the Fund’s total annual operating expenses. Payments made out of Fund assets will reduce the amount
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
of assets that you otherwise would have available for investment, and will reduce the return on your investment. The chart below shows the maximum 12b-1 fees we anticipate we will receive from the Funds on an annual basis:
Incoming 12b-1 Fees
Fund
Maximum
12b-1 fee
Paid to us:
AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)
0.25%
Alliance Bernstein
0.25%
American Funds Insurance Series
0.25%
BlackRock
0.25%
Clayton Street Trust
0.25%
Columbia Threadneedle
0.25%
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products
0.25%
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust
0.25%
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
0.25%
Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust
0.25%
Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.
0.25%
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust
0.25%
Royce Capital Fund
0.25%
T. Rowe Price
0.25%
Payments From Advisers and/or Distributors.   As of the date of this Prospectus, we (or our affiliates) also receive payments from the investment advisers, sub-advisers, or distributors (or affiliates thereof) of all of the Funds other than 12b-1 fees. These payments are not paid out of Fund assets. These payments may be derived, in whole or in part, from the investment advisory fee deducted from Fund assets. Owners, through their indirect investment in the Funds, bear the costs of these investment advisory fees (see the Funds’ prospectuses for more information). The amount of the payments we receive is based on a percentage of the average daily net assets of the particular Fund attributable to the Contracts and to certain other variable insurance contracts issued or administered by us (or our affiliate). The payments we receive from the investment advisers, sub-advisers or distributors of the Funds currently range from 0.10% to 0.50% of Fund assets attributable to our variable insurance contracts.
Other Payments.   A Fund’s adviser, sub-adviser, or distributor or its affiliates may provide us (or our affiliates) and/or broker-dealers that sell the Contracts (“selling firms”) with marketing support, may pay us (or our affiliates) and/or selling firms amounts to participate in national and regional sales conferences and meetings with the sales desks, and may occasionally provide us (or our affiliates) and/or selling firms with items of relatively small value, such as promotional gifts, meals, tickets, or other similar items in the normal course of business.
For details about the compensation payments we make in connection with the sale of the Contracts, see “DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS.”
Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments
Protective Life reserves the right, subject to applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from, or substitutions for the shares that are held in the Variable Account or that the Variable Account may purchase. If the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment or if in Protective Life’s judgment further investment in any Fund should become inappropriate in view of the purposes of the Variable Account, Protective Life may redeem the shares, if any, of that Fund and substitute shares of another registered open-end management company or unit investment trust. The new Funds may have higher fees and charges than the ones they replaced. Protective Life will not substitute any shares attributable to a Contract’s interest in the Variable Account without notice and any necessary approval of the Securities and Exchange Commission and state insurance authorities. Because the plan fiduciary retains the right to select the investments in an employee benefit plan, when the fiduciary receives notice of an addition, deletion, or substitution of an investment (for example, either through this Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus), a plan fiduciary should consider whether the Contract will remain a prudent investment for the plan. If a plan fiduciary wishes to reject the change after receiving notice, it can do so by surrendering the Contract.
Protective Life also reserves the right to establish additional Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account, each of which would invest in shares of a new Fund. Subject to applicable law and any required SEC approval, Protective Life may,
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
in its sole discretion, establish new Sub-Accounts or eliminate one or more Sub-Accounts if marketing needs, tax considerations or investment conditions warrant. We may make any new Sub-Accounts available to existing Owner(s) on a basis we determine. All Sub-Accounts and Funds may not be available to all classes of contracts.
If we make any of these substitutions or changes, Protective Life may by appropriate endorsement change the Contract to reflect the substitution or other change. If Protective Life deems it to be in the best interest of Owners and Annuitants, and subject to any approvals that applicable law may require, we may operate the Variable Account as a management company under the 1940 Act, we may de-register it under that Act if registration is no longer required, or we may combine it with other Protective Life separate accounts. Protective Life reserves the right to make any changes to the Variable Account that the 1940 Act or other applicable law or regulation requires.
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT
The Contract
The following sections describe the Contracts currently being offered.
The Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity Contract is a flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract issued by Protective Life.
Use of the Contract in Qualified Plans
You may purchase the Contract on a non-qualified basis. You may also purchase it for use within certain qualified retirement plans or in connection with other employee benefit plans or arrangements that receive favorable tax treatment. Such qualified plans include individual retirement accounts and individual retirement annuities (IRAs), and pension and profit sharing plans (including H.R. 10 Plans). Protective does not issue Contracts under Section 403(b) of the Code (i.e., tax sheltered annuities). Many of these qualified plans, including IRAs, provide the same type of tax deferral as provided by the Contract. The Contract, however, provides a number of benefits and features not provided by such retirement plans and employee benefit plans or arrangements alone. There are costs and expenses under the Contract related to these benefits and features. You should consult a qualified tax and/or financial adviser regarding the use of the Contract within a Qualified Plan or in connection with other employee benefit plans or arrangements. You should carefully consider the benefits and features provided by the Contract in relation to their costs (e.g., surrender charges) as they apply to your particular situation.
Parties to the Contract
Owner
The Owner is the person or persons who own the Contract and are entitled to exercise all rights and privileges provided in the Contract. Two persons may own the Contract together. If there are two Owners of the Contract, provisions in the Contract or references in this Prospectus to action by the “Owner” refer to action by both Owners. Protective Life may accept instructions from one Owner on behalf of all Owners via the internet and only to transfer Contract Value among and/or between Sub-Accounts. Protective Life will only issue a Contract prior to each Owner’s 86th birthday (78th birthday if the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit or the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit was selected). Individuals as well as nonnatural persons, such as corporations or trusts, may be Owners. In the case of Owners who may be nonnatural persons, age restrictions apply to the Annuitant.
The Owner of this Contract may be changed by Written Notice provided:
1.
each new Owner’s 86th birthday (78th birthday if the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit or the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit was selected) is after the Issue Date; and
2.
each new Owner’s 95th birthday is on or after the Annuity Date.
For a period of 1 year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will equal the Contract Value. Naming a nonnatural person as an Owner or changing the Owner may result in a tax liability. (See “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL.”) If you have selected the SecurePay FXi rider, changing and/or adding Owners may result in termination of the rider. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).”)
Beneficiary
The Beneficiary is the person or persons who may receive the benefits of this Contract upon the death of the Owner.
Primary — The Primary Beneficiary is the surviving Owner, if any. If there is no surviving Owner, the Primary Beneficiary is the person or persons designated by the Owner and named in our records.
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Contingent — The Contingent Beneficiary is the person or persons designated by the Owner and named in our records to be Beneficiary if the Primary Beneficiary is not living at the time of the Owner’s death.
If no Beneficiary designation is in effect or if no Beneficiary is living at the time of the Owner’s death, the Beneficiary will be the estate of the deceased Owner. If any Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date, the Beneficiary will become the new Owner.
Unless designated irrevocably, the Owner may change the Beneficiary by Written Notice prior to the death of any Owner. An irrevocable Beneficiary is one whose written consent is needed before the Owner can change the Beneficiary designation or exercise certain other rights. In the case of certain Qualified Contracts, Treasury Department regulations prescribe certain limitations on the designation of a Beneficiary. If you have selected the SecurePay FXi rider, changing and/or adding Beneficiaries may result in termination of the rider. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).”)
Annuitant
The Annuitant is the person or persons on whose life annuity income payments may be based. The first Owner shown on the application for the Contract is the Annuitant unless the Owner designates another person as the Annuitant. The Contract must be issued prior to the Annuitant’s 86th birthday (78th birthday if the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit or the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit is selected). If the Annuitant is not an Owner and dies prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner will become the new Annuitant unless the Owner designates otherwise. However, if the Owner is a nonnatural person, the death of the Annuitant will be treated as the death of the Owner.
The Owner may change the Annuitant by Written Notice prior to the Annuity Date. However, if any Owner is not a natural person, then the Annuitant may not be changed. The new Annuitant’s 95th birthday must be on or after the Annuity Date in effect when the change of Annuitant is requested. If you have selected the SecurePay FXi rider, changing the adding Annuitant will result in termination of the rider. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).”)
Payee
The Payee is the person or persons designated by the Owner to receive the annuity income payments under the Contract. The Annuitant is the Payee unless the Owner designates another party as the Payee. The Owner may change the Payee at any time.
Issuance of a Contract
To purchase a Contract, you must submit certain application information and an initial Purchase Payment to Protective Life through a licensed representative of Protective Life. Any such licensed representative must also be a registered representative of a broker/dealer having a distribution agreement with Investment Distributors, Inc. Protective Life reserves the right to accept or decline a request to issue a Contract, for any reason permitted or required by law. Contracts may be sold to or in connection with retirement plans which do not qualify for special tax treatment as well as retirement plans that qualify for special tax treatment under the Code.
If the necessary application information for a Contract accompanies the initial Purchase Payment, we will allocate the initial Purchase Payment (less any applicable premium tax) to the Investment Options as you direct on the appropriate form within two business days of receiving such Purchase Payment at the Administrative Office at the Accumulation Unit Value next determined for the portion of the Purchase Payment allocated to the Sub-Account. If we do not receive the necessary application information, Protective Life will retain the Purchase Payment for up to five business days while it attempts to complete the information. If the necessary application information is not complete after five business days, Protective Life will inform the applicant of the reason for the delay and return the initial Purchase Payment immediately unless the applicant specifically consents to Protective Life retaining it until the information is complete. Once the information is complete, we will allocate the initial Purchase Payment to the appropriate Investment Options within two business days. You may transmit information necessary to complete an application to Protective Life by telephone, facsimile, or electronic media.
Purchase Payments
We will only accept Purchase Payments before the earlier of the oldest Owner’s and Annuitant’s 86th birthday. No Purchase Payment will be accepted within 3 years of the Annuity Date then in effect. The minimum initial Purchase Payment is $10,000. The minimum subsequent Purchase Payment is $100 or $50 if made by electronic funds transfer. We reserve the right not to accept any Purchase Payment in our sole discretion. Under certain circumstances, we may be required by law to reject a Purchase Payment.
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
If you have selected the SecurePay FXi rider, you may not make any additional Purchase Payments two years after the date the SecurePay FXi rider is issued, or on or after the Benefit Election Date, whichever comes first. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).”)
Purchase Payments are payable at our Administrative Office. You may make them by check payable to Protective Life Insurance Company or by any other method we deem acceptable. We will process Purchase Payments as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your payment and a completed transaction service form at our Administrative Office at the Accumulation Unit Value next determined for the portion of the Purchase Payment allocated to the Sub-Account. Valuation Periods end at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange. We will process any Purchase Payment received at our Administrative Office after the end of the Valuation Period on the next Valuation Date.
The maximum aggregate Purchase Payment(s) that we will accept under the Contract without prior Administrative Office approval is $1,000,000.
We reserve the right to change the maximum aggregate Purchase Payment(s) that we will accept at any time, and to condition acceptance of Purchase Payments over any established maximum amount upon prior approval by our Administrative Office and to impose conditions upon the acceptance of aggregate Purchase Payments greater than the established maximum, such as limiting the death benefit options that are available under your Contract. We also reserve the right to limit, suspend, or reject any and all Purchase Payments at any time. We would suspend, reject, and/or place limitations on the acceptance of initial and/or subsequent Purchase Payments in order to limit our exposure to the risks associated with offering the Contract or the riders under the Contract. We also reserve the right to limit the Investment Options to which you may direct Purchase Payments for the same reasons, because changes in our arrangements with a Fund, or the investment manager or distributor of a Fund, or because a Fund has or will become unavailable for purchase under the Contract. We will give written notice at least five (5) days before any changes regarding Purchase Payment limitations, or the allocation of Purchase Payments go into effect.
If we exercise our right to suspend, reject, and/or place limitations on the acceptance and/or allocation of subsequent Purchase Payments, you may be unable to, or limited in your ability to, increase your Contract Value through subsequent Purchase Payments. This could also prevent you from making future contributions to a Qualified Contract, including periodic contributions to an employer-sponsored retirement plan or an IRA. (See “QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS.”) Before you purchase this Contract and determine the amount of your initial Purchase Payment, you should consider the fact that we may suspend, reject, or limit subsequent Purchase Payments at some point in the future. You should consult with your sales representative prior to purchase.
Under the current automatic purchase payment plan, you may select a monthly or quarterly payment schedule pursuant to which Purchase Payments will be automatically deducted from a bank account. We currently accept automatic Purchase Payments on the 1st through the 28th day of each month. Each automatic Purchase Payment must be at least $50. You may not allocate payments made through the automatic purchase payment plan to any DCA Account. You may not elect the automatic purchase payment plan and the automatic withdrawal plan simultaneously. (See “Surrenders and Withdrawals.”) If you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider, the automatic purchase payment plan will terminate two years after the Rider Issue Date. Upon notification of the death of any Owner the Company will terminate deductions under the automatic purchase payment plan.
We do not always receive your Purchase Payment or your application on the day you send it or give it to your sales representative. In some circumstances, such as when you purchase a Contract in exchange for an existing annuity contract from another company, we may not receive your Purchase Payment from the other company for a substantial period of time after you sign the application and send it to us.
For each Purchase Payment you make, we deduct a quarterly Premium Based Charge from your Contract Value during the first seven years after each Purchase Payment is made. (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS.”)
Right to Cancel
You have the right to return the Contract within a certain number of days after you receive it by returning it, along with a written cancellation request, to our Administrative Office or the sales representative who sold it. In the state of Connecticut, non-written requests are also accepted. The number of days, which is at least ten, is determined by state law in the state where the Contract is delivered. Return of the Contract by mail is effective on being post-marked, properly addressed and postage pre-paid. We will treat the returned Contract as if it had never been issued. Where permitted under state law, Protective Life will refund the Contract Value. This amount may be more or less than the aggregate amount of your Purchase Payments up to that time. In states requiring the return of Purchase Payments, we will refund the greater of the Contract Value or the Purchase Payment. For more information regarding state variations, see Appendix F (“Variations of Right to Cancel Deadlines After Receipt of Contract By Owner, by State”).
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
For individual retirement annuities and Contracts issued in states where, upon cancellation during the right-to-cancel period, we return at least your Purchase Payments, we reserve the right to allocate all or a portion of your initial Purchase Payment (and any subsequent Purchase Payment made during the right-to-cancel period) that you allocated to the Sub-Accounts to the Invesco V.I. U.S. Government Money Portfolio Sub-Account until the expiration of the right-to-cancel period. When we allocate your initial Purchase Payment (and any subsequent Purchase Payments) to the Invesco V.I. U.S. Government Money Portfolio Sub-Account for the right-to-cancel period, we will refund the greater of the Contract Value without any deductions for fees or charges or the Purchase Payment. Thereafter, we will allocate all Purchase Payments according to your allocation instructions then in effect.
Allocation of Purchase Payments
Owners must indicate in the application how their initial and subsequent Purchase Payments are to be allocated among the Investment Options. If your allocation instructions are indicated by percentages, whole percentages must be used.
Owners may change allocation instructions by Written Notice at any time. Owners may also change instructions by telephone, facsimile, automated telephone system or via the Internet at www.protective.com (“non-written instructions”). For non-written instructions regarding allocations, we may require a form of personal identification prior to acting on instructions and we will record any telephone voice instructions. If we follow these procedures, we will not be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. We reserve the right to limit or eliminate any of these non-written communication methods for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time for any reason.
If you have selected the SecurePay FXi rider, your options for allocating Purchase Payments will be restricted. You must allocate your Purchase Payments (and Contract Value) in accordance with the rider’s Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).”)
Variable Account Value
Sub-Account Value
A Contract’s Variable Account value at any time is the sum of the Sub-Account values and therefore reflects the investment experience of the Sub-Accounts to which it is allocated. There is no guaranteed minimum Variable Account value. The Sub-Account value for any Sub-Account as of the Issue Date is equal to the amount of the initial Purchase Payment allocated to that Sub-Account. On subsequent Valuation Dates prior to the Annuity Date, the Sub-Account value is equal to that part of any Purchase Payment allocated to the Sub-Account, any Contract Value transferred to the Sub-Account, adjusted by income, dividends, net capital gains or losses (realized or unrealized), decreased by withdrawals (including any applicable surrender charges and premium tax), Contract Value transferred out of the Sub-Account and fees deducted from the Sub-Account.
The Sub-Account value for a Contract may be determined on any day by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units attributable to the Contract in that Sub-Account by the Accumulation Unit value for the Accumulation Units in that Sub-Account on that day.
Determination of Accumulation Units
Purchase Payments allocated and Contract Value transferred to a Sub-Account are converted into Accumulation Units. An Accumulation Unit is a unit of measure used to calculate the value of a Sub-Account prior to the Annuity Date. We determine the number of Accumulation Units to be credited to a Contract by dividing the dollar amount directed to the Sub-Account by the Accumulation Unit value of the appropriate class of Accumulation Units of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Date as of which the allocation or transfer occurs. Purchase Payments allocated or amounts transferred to a Sub-Account under a Contract increase the number of Accumulation Units of that Sub-Account credited to the Contract. We execute such allocations and transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period in which we receive a Purchase Payment or Written Notice or other instruction requesting a transfer.
Certain events reduce the number of Accumulation Units of a Sub-Account credited to a Contract. The following events result in the cancellation of the appropriate number of Accumulation Units of a Sub-Account:

surrenders and applicable surrender charges;

withdrawals and applicable surrender charges;

automatic withdrawals and applicable surrender charges;

transfer from a Sub-Account and any applicable transfer fee;

payment of a death benefit claim;
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

application of the Contract Value to an Annuity Option; and

deduction of the monthly death benefit fee, the quarterly Premium Based Charge, the monthly SecurePay Fee, and the annual contract maintenance fee.
Accumulation Units are canceled as of the end of the Valuation Period in which we receive Written Notice of or other instructions regarding the event. The deduction of the monthly death benefit fee, the monthly SecurePay Fee, the quarterly Premium Based Charge, and the annual contract maintenance fee results in the cancellation of Accumulation Units without notice or instruction. The monthly fee is deducted from a Sub-Account in the same proportion that the Sub-Account value bears to the total Contract Value in the Variable Account on that date.
Determination of Accumulation Unit Value
The Accumulation Unit value for each class of Accumulation Units in a Sub-Account at the end of every Valuation Date is the Accumulation Unit value for that class at the end of the previous Valuation Date times the net investment factor.
Net Investment Factor
The net investment factor measures the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next. For each Sub-Account, the net investment factor reflects the investment performance of the Fund in which the Sub-Account invests and the charges assessed against that Sub-Account for a Valuation Period. Each Sub-Account has a net investment factor for each Valuation Period which may be greater or less than one. Therefore, the value of an Accumulation Unit may increase or decrease. The net investment factor for any Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is determined by dividing (1) by (2) and subtracting (3) from the result, where:
1.
is the result of:
a.
the net asset value per share of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at the end of the current Valuation Period; plus
b.
the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain distributions made by the Funds held in the Sub-Account, if the “ex-dividend” date occurs during the current Valuation Period.
2.
is the net asset value per share of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at the end of the most recent prior Valuation Period.
3.
is a factor representing the mortality and expense risk charge and the administration charge for the number of days in the Valuation Period and a charge or credit for any taxes attributed to the investment operations of the Sub-Account, as determined by the Company.
Transfers
Before the Annuity Date, you may instruct us to transfer Contract Value between and among the Investment Options (subject to the limitations discussed below). When we receive your transfer instructions on a completed transaction service form at our Administrative Office, we will allocate the Contract Value you transfer at the next price determined for the Investment Options you indicate. Prices for the Investment Options are determined as of the end of each Valuation Period. Accordingly, transfer requests received in “good order” at our Administrative Office before the end of a Valuation Period are processed at the price determined as of the end of the Valuation Period on the day the requests are received; transfer requests received at our Administrative Office after the end of a Valuation Period are processed at the price determined as of the end of the next Valuation Period. A transfer request will be deemed in “good order” if the transaction service form is fully and accurately completed and signed by the Owner(s) and received by us at our Administrative Office. We may defer transfer requests under the same conditions that payment of withdrawals and surrenders may be delayed. (See “SUSPENSION OR DELAY IN PAYMENTS.”) There are limitations on transfers, which are described below.
After the Annuity Date, when Variable Income Payments are selected, transfers are allowed between Sub-Accounts, but are limited to one transfer per month. Dollar cost averaging and portfolio rebalancing are not allowed. No transfers are allowed within the Guaranteed Account or between the Guaranteed Account and any Sub-Account.
If you have selected the SecurePay FXi rider, your options for transferring Contract Value will be restricted. You must transfer Contract Value in accordance with the rider’s Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).”)
In the event of the Owner’s death, all automatic transfers under the Contract, such as dollar cost averaging and portfolio rebalancing will cease upon our receipt of Due Proof of Death at our Administrative Office. A surviving spouse
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
who elects to continue the Contract as the new Owner may decide to participate in either dollar cost averaging or portfolio balancing, or both, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus. A surviving spouse who continues the Contract may also elect the SecurePay FXi rider, provided that he or she meets the conditions for eligibility at that time. Any Beneficiary who elects a Death Benefit payment option that provides for the payment of Death Benefit proceeds either over the lifetime of the Beneficiary or within 5 years of the Owner’s death may transfer Contract Value among the Sub-Accounts and participate in portfolio rebalancing. Because that Beneficiary may not make additional premium payments, however, the Beneficiary may not participate in dollar cost averaging. See “DEATH BENEFIT-Payment of the Death Benefit.”
How to Request Transfers
Before or after the Annuity Date, Owners may request transfers by Written Notice at any time. Owners also may request transfers by telephone, facsimile, automated telephone system or via the Internet at www.protective.com (“non-written instructions”). From time to time and at our sole discretion, we may introduce additional methods for requesting transfers or discontinue any method for making non-written instructions for such transfers. We will require a form of personal identification prior to acting on non-written instructions and we will record telephone requests. We will send you a confirmation of all transfer requests communicated to us. If we follow these procedures we will not be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent transfer requests.
Reliability of Communications Systems
The Internet and telephone systems may not always be available. Any computer or telephone system, whether it is yours, your service providers’, your registered representative’s, or ours, can experience unscheduled outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. Such outages or delays may delay or prevent our processing of your request. Although we have taken precautions to help our systems handle heavy use, we cannot promise complete reliability under all circumstances. If you experience problems, you can request your transaction by writing to us.
Limitations on Transfers
We reserve the right to modify, limit, suspend or eliminate the transfer privileges (including acceptance of non-written instructions submitted by telephone, automated telephone system, the Internet or facsimile) with prior notice for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time for any reason.
Minimum amounts.   You must transfer at least $100 each time you make a transfer. If the entire amount in the Investment Option is less than $100, you must transfer the entire amount. If less than $100 would be left in an Investment Option after a transfer, then we may transfer the entire amount out of that Investment Option instead of the requested amount.
Number of transfers.   Currently we do not generally limit the number of transfers that may be made. We reserve the right, however, to limit the number of transfers to no more than 12 for each Contract in each Contract Year and we also reserve the right to charge a transfer fee for each additional transfer over 12 for each Contract during any Contract Year if Protective Life determines, in its sole discretion, that the number of transfers or the cost of processing such transfers is excessive. The transfer fee will not exceed $25 per transfer. We will give written notice thirty (30) days before we impose a transfer fee or limit the number of transfers. We will deduct any transfer fee from the amount being transferred. See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Transfer Fee.”
Limitations on transfers involving the Guaranteed Account.   No amounts may be transferred into a DCA Account. No amounts may be transferred to the Fixed Account within six months after any transfer from a Guaranteed Account to the Variable Account. The maximum amount that may be transferred from the Fixed Account during a Contract Year is the greater of  (a) $2,500 or (b) 25% of the Contract Value in the Fixed Account. Due to this limitation, if you want to transfer all of your Contract Value from the Guaranteed Account to the Variable Account, it may take several years to do so. The limitation on transfers from the Fixed Account does not apply, however, to dollar cost averaging transfers from the Fixed Account.
Limitations on frequent transfers, including “market timing” transfers.   Frequent transfers may involve an effort to take advantage of the possibility of a lag between a change in the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities and the reflection of that change in the Fund’s share price. This strategy, sometimes referred to as “market timing,” involves an attempt to buy shares of a Fund at a price that does not reflect the current market value of the portfolio securities of the Fund, and then to realize a profit when the Fund shares are sold the next Valuation Date or thereafter.
When you request a transfer among the Sub-Accounts, your request triggers the purchase and redemption of Fund shares. Frequent transfers cause frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares. Frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares can cause adverse effects for a Fund, Fund shareholders, the Variable Account, other
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Owners, beneficiaries, annuitants, or owners of other variable annuity contracts we issue that invest in the Variable Account. Frequent transfers can result in the following adverse effects:

Increased brokerage, trading and transaction costs;

Disruption of planned investment strategies;

Forced and unplanned liquidation and portfolio turnover;

Lost opportunity costs; and

Large asset swings that decrease the Fund’s ability to provide maximum investment return to all Contract Owners.
In order to try to protect our Owners and the Funds from the potential adverse effects of frequent transfer activity, we have implemented certain market timing policies and procedures (the “Market Timing Procedures”). Our Market Timing Procedures are designed to detect and prevent frequent, short-term transfer activity that may adversely affect the Funds, Fund shareholders, the Variable Account, other Owners, beneficiaries, annuitants and owners of other variable annuity contracts we issue that invest in the Variable Account.
We monitor transfer activity in the Contracts to identify frequent transfer activity in any Contract. Our current Market Timing Procedures are intended to detect transfer activity in which the transfers exceed a certain dollar amount and a certain number of transfers involving the same Sub-Accounts within a specific time period. We regularly review transaction reports in an attempt to identify transfers that exceed our established parameters. We do not include transfers made pursuant to the dollar-cost averaging and portfolio rebalancing programs when monitoring for frequent transfer activity.
When we identify transfer activity exceeding our established parameters in a Contract or group of Contracts that appear to be under common control, we suspend non-written methods of requesting transfers for that Contract or group of Contracts. All transfer requests for the affected Contract or group of Contracts must be made by Written Notice. We notify the affected Owner(s) in writing of these restrictions.
In addition to our Market Timing Procedures, the Funds may have their own market timing policies and restrictions. While we reserve the right to enforce the Funds’ policies and procedures, Owners and other persons with interests under the Contracts should be aware that we may not have the contractual authority or the operational capacity to apply the market timing policies and procedures of the Funds, except that, under SEC rules, we are required to: (1) enter into a written agreement with each Fund or its principal underwriter that obligates us to provide to the Fund promptly upon request certain information about the trading activity of individual Owners, and (2) execute instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit further purchases or transfers by specific Owners who violate the market timing policies established by the Fund.
Some of the Funds have reserved the right to temporarily or permanently refuse payments or transfer requests from us if, in the judgment of the Fund’s investment adviser, the Fund would be unable to invest effectively in accordance with its investment objective or policies, or would otherwise potentially be adversely affected. To the extent permitted by law, we reserve the right to delay or refuse to honor a transfer request, or to reverse a transfer at any time we are unable to purchase or redeem shares of any of the Funds because of the Fund’s refusal or restriction on purchases or redemptions. We will notify the Owner(s) of any refusal or restriction on a purchase or redemption by a Fund relating to that Owner’s transfer request. Some Funds also may impose redemption fees on short-term trading (i.e., redemptions of mutual Fund shares within a certain number of business days after purchase). We also reserve the right to implement, administer, and collect any redemption fees imposed by any of the Funds. You should read the prospectus of each Fund for more information about its ability to refuse or restrict purchases of its shares, which may be more or less restrictive than our Market Timing Procedures and those of other Funds, and to impose redemption fees.
We apply our Market Timing Procedures consistently to all Owners without special arrangement, waiver or exception. We reserve the right to change our Market Timing Procedures at any time without prior notice as we deem necessary or appropriate to better detect and deter potentially harmful frequent transfer activity, to comply with state or federal regulatory requirements, or both. We may change our parameters to monitor for different dollar amounts, number of transfers, time period of the transfers, or any of these.
Owners seeking to engage in frequent transfer activity may employ a variety of strategies to avoid detection. Our ability to detect and deter such transfer activity is limited by operational systems and technological limitations. Furthermore, the identification of Owners determined to be engaged in transfer activity that may adversely affect others involves judgments that are inherently subjective. Accordingly, despite our best efforts, we cannot guarantee that our Market Timing Procedures will detect or deter every potential market timer. In addition, because other insurance companies, retirement plans, or both may invest in the Funds, we cannot guarantee that the Funds will not suffer harm from frequent transfer activity in contracts or policies issued by other insurance companies or by retirement plan participants.
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Dollar Cost Averaging
Before the Annuity Date, you may instruct us by Written Notice to transfer automatically on a monthly basis, amounts from a DCA Account or the Fixed Account to any Sub-Account of the Variable Account. This is known as the “dollar-cost averaging” ​(“DCA”) method of investment. By transferring equal amounts of Contract Value on a regularly scheduled basis, as opposed to allocating a larger amount at one particular time, an Owner may be less susceptible to the impact of market fluctuations in the value of Sub-Account Accumulation Units. Protective Life, however, makes no guarantee that the dollar cost averaging method will result in a profit or protection against loss.
DCA transfers are made monthly; you may choose to make the transfers on the 1st through the 28th day of each month. Dollar cost averaging transfers cease upon our receipt of Due Proof of Death of the Owner at our Administrative Office. Any remaining balance designated for DCA transfers will be automatically transferred to the Sub-Accounts according to the Owner’s current dollar cost averaging instructions.
There is no charge for dollar cost averaging. Automatic transfers made to facilitate dollar cost averaging will not count toward the 12 transfers permitted each Contract Year if we elect to limit transfers, or the designated number of free transfers in any Contract Year if we elect to charge for transfers in excess of that number in any Contract Year. We reserve the right to restrict the Sub-Accounts into which you may make DCA transfers or discontinue dollar cost averaging upon written notice to the Owner at any time for any reason.
In states where, upon cancellation during the right-to-cancel period, we are required to return your Purchase Payment, we reserve the right to delay commencement of dollar cost averaging transfers until the expiration of the right-to-cancel period.
If you have selected the SecurePay FXi rider, you may allocate your Purchase Payments to a DCA Account. Your dollar-cost averaging transfers from the DCA Account must be allocated, however, in accordance with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. You may not allocate Purchase Payments to the Fixed Account if you have selected the SecurePay FXi rider (See “ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR SECUREPAY FXI RIDER”)
Transfers from the DCA Accounts.   If you allocate a Purchase Payment to one of the DCA Accounts, you must include instructions regarding the day of the month on which the transfers should be made, the period during which the dollar cost averaging transfers should occur, and the Sub-Accounts into which the transferred funds should be allocated. Currently, you may establish monthly transfers of equal amounts of Contract Value from DCA Account 1 monthly for a minimum of three to a maximum of six months and from the DCA Account 2 for a minimum of seven to a maximum of twelve months.
At times, the Company may credit a higher annual rate of interest to the balance held in DCA Account 2 than the balance held in DCA Account 1. From time to time, we may offer different maximum periods for dollar cost averaging amounts from a DCA Account. The periodic amount transferred from a DCA Account will be equal to the Purchase Payment allocated to the DCA Account divided by the number of dollar cost averaging transfers to be made.
The interest rates on the DCA Accounts apply to the declining balance in the account. Therefore the amount of interest actually paid with respect to a Purchase Payment allocated to the DCA Account will be substantially less than the amount that would have been paid if the full Purchase Payment remained in the DCA Account for the full period. Interest credited will be transferred from the DCA Account after the last dollar cost averaging transfer.
We will process dollar cost averaging transfers until the earlier of the following: (1) the DCA Account Value equals $0, or (2) the Owner instructs us by Written Notice to cancel the automatic transfers. If you terminate transfers from a DCA Account before the amount remaining in that account is $0, we will immediately transfer any amount remaining in that DCA Account according to your instructions. If you do not provide instructions, we will transfer the remaining amount to the Sub-Accounts according to your dollar cost averaging allocation instruction in effect at that time.
Transfers from the Fixed Account.    You may also establish dollar-cost averaging transfers from the Fixed Account. The minimum period for dollar cost averaging transfers from the Fixed Account is twelve months; there is no maximum transfer period. If you wish to establish dollar-cost averaging transfers from the Fixed Account you must include instructions regarding the day of the month on which the transfers should be made, the amount of the transfers (you must transfer the same amount each time), the period during which the dollar cost averaging transfers should occur, and the Sub-Accounts into which the transferred funds should be allocated.
Portfolio Rebalancing
Prior to the Annuity Date, you may instruct Protective Life by Written Notice to periodically transfer your Variable Account value among specified Sub-Accounts to achieve a particular percentage allocation of Variable Account value among such Sub-Accounts (“portfolio rebalancing”). The portfolio rebalancing percentages must be in whole numbers and must allocate amounts only among the Sub-Accounts. Unless you instruct otherwise, portfolio rebalancing is based
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
on your Purchase Payment allocation instructions in effect with respect to the Sub-Accounts at the time of each rebalancing transfer. We deem portfolio rebalancing instructions from you that differ from your current Purchase Payment allocation instructions to be a request to change your Purchase Payment allocation.
You may elect portfolio rebalancing to occur on the 1st through the 28th day of a month on either a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. If you do not select a day, transfers will occur on the same day of the month as your Contract Anniversary, or on the 28th day of the month if your Contract Anniversary occurs on the 29th, 30th or 31st day of the month. You may change or terminate portfolio rebalancing by Written Notice, or by other non-written communication methods acceptable for transfer requests. Portfolio rebalancing ceases when we receive Due Proof of Death of the Owner at our Administrative Office. The Contract Value will remain in the Investment Options as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death of the Owner. A surviving spouse who elects to continue the Contract and become the new Owner, or any Beneficiary who elects to receive payment of the Death Benefit over their lifetime or within 5 years of the Owner’s death, may provide us with new Contract allocation instructions. See “DEATH BENEFIT — Payment of the Death Benefit.”
There is no charge for portfolio rebalancing. Automatic transfers made to facilitate portfolio rebalancing will not count toward the 12 transfers permitted each Contract Year if we elect to limit transfers, or the designated number of free transfers in any Contract Year if we elect to charge for transfers in excess of that number in any Contract Year. We reserve the right to discontinue portfolio rebalancing upon written notice to the Owner at any time for any reason.
If you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider, we will automatically enroll you in the portfolio rebalancing program. If you terminate the rebalancing of your Variable Account value we will consider this a Prohibited Allocation Instruction and we will terminate your SecurePay FXi rider. (See “ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR SECUREPAY FXI RIDER.”)
Surrenders and Withdrawals
Any time before the Annuity Date, you may request a surrender of or withdrawal from your Contract. Federal and state income taxes may apply to surrenders and withdrawals (including withdrawals made under the SecurePay FXi rider), and a 10% federal additional tax may apply if the surrender or withdrawal occurs before the Owner reaches age 59½. (See “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL — Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.”) A surrender charge may also apply to surrenders and withdrawals under the Contract. Surrenders and withdrawals will reduce your death benefit and certain other benefits under your Contract. (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS”.) A surrender value may be available under certain Annuity Options. (See “ANNUITY PAYMENTS — Annuity Options.”) In accordance with SEC regulations, surrenders and withdrawals are payable within 7 calendar days of our receiving your request in “good order”. (See “SUSPENSION OR DELAY IN PAYMENTS.”) A surrender or withdrawal request will be deemed in “good order” if the transaction service form is fully and accurately completed and signed by the Owner(s) and received by us at our Administrative Office.
Surrenders
At any time before the Annuity Date, you may request a surrender of your Contract for its surrender value either by Written Notice or by facsimile. Surrenders requested by facsimile are subject to limitations. Currently, we accept facsimile requests for surrenders of Contracts that have a Contract Value of  $50,000 or less. For Contracts that have a Contract Value greater than $50,000, we will only accept surrender requests by Written Notice. We may eliminate your ability to request a surrender by facsimile or change the requirements for your ability to request a surrender by facsimile for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time without prior notice. We will pay you the surrender value in a lump sum.
Withdrawals
Any time before the Annuity Date, you may request a withdrawal of your Contract Value provided the Contract Value remaining after the withdrawal is at least $5,000. If you request a withdrawal that would reduce your Contract Value below $5,000, then the Company will (1) confirm the request for partial withdrawal with the Contract Owner, and, (2) if the request is confirmed, will treat the request for partial withdrawal as a request to fully surrender the Contract. Please note that if you have selected the SecurePay FXi rider special withdrawal rules apply. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).”)
You may request a withdrawal by Written Notice or by facsimile. If we have received your completed telephone withdrawal authorization form, you may also request a withdrawal by telephone. Withdrawals requested by telephone or facsimile are subject to limitations. Currently, we accept requests for withdrawals by telephone or facsimile for amounts not exceeding 25% of the Contract Value, up to a maximum of  $50,000. For withdrawals in excess of 25% of the Contract Value and/or $50,000, we will only accept withdrawal requests by Written Notice. We may eliminate your ability to make withdrawals by telephone or facsimile or change the requirements for your ability to make withdrawals by telephone or facsimile for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time without prior notice.
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
You may specify the amount of the withdrawal to be made from any Investment Option. If you do not so specify, or if the amount in the designated Investment Option(s) is inadequate to comply with the request, we will withdraw the amount from each Investment Option based on the proportion that the value of each bears to the total Contract Value.
Withdrawals will reduce your Contract Value and Death Benefit payable, and may reduce the value of the SecurePay rider.
Signature Guarantees
Signature guarantees are required for withdrawals or surrenders of  $50,000 or more.
Signature guarantees are relied upon as a means of preventing the perpetuation of fraud in financial transactions, including the disbursement of funds or assets from a victim’s account with a financial institution or a provider of financial services. They provide protection to investors by, for example, making it more difficult for a person to take another person’s money by forging a signature on a written request for the disbursement of funds.
An investor can obtain a signature guarantee from more than 7,000 financial institutions across the United States and Canada that participate in a Medallion signature guarantee program. The best source of a signature guarantee is a bank, savings and loan association, brokerage firm, or credit union with which you do business. Guarantor firms may, but frequently do not, charge a fee for their services.
A notary public cannot provide a signature guarantee. Notarization will not substitute for a signature guarantee.
Surrender Value
The surrender value of any surrender or withdrawal request is equal to the Contract Value surrendered or withdrawn minus any applicable surrender charge, contract maintenance fee and premium tax. The amount we will pay you if you request a withdrawal depends on whether you request a “gross” withdrawal or a “net” withdrawal. For a “gross” withdrawal, this amount is equal to the Contract Value withdrawn minus any applicable surrender charge and premium tax. For a “net” withdrawal, this amount is equal to the Contract Value withdrawn less any premium tax (we will deduct the surrender charge from your remaining Contract Value after we process the withdrawal). (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS — Surrender Charge (Contingent Deferred Sales Charge).”) We will determine the surrender value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your request in “good order” at our Administrative Office. A surrender or withdrawal request will be deemed in “good order” if the transaction service form is fully and accurately completed and signed by the Owner(s) and received by us at our Administrative Office. Valuation Periods end at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange. We will process any request received at our Administrative Office after the end of the Valuation Period on the next Valuation Date.
Cancellation of Accumulation Units
Surrenders and withdrawals, including any surrender charges, will result in the cancellation of Accumulation Units from each applicable Sub-Account(s) and/or in a reduction of the Guaranteed Account value.
Surrender and Withdrawal Restrictions
The Owner’s right to make surrenders and withdrawals is subject to any restrictions imposed by applicable law or employee benefit plan.
In the case of certain Qualified Plans, federal tax law imposes restrictions on the form and manner in which benefits may be paid. For example, spousal consent may be needed in certain instances before a distribution may be made. For details about the restrictions under your Qualified Plan, please contact your plan administrator.
Automatic Withdrawals
Currently, we offer an automatic withdrawal plan. This plan allows you to pre-authorize periodic withdrawals prior to the Annuity Date. You may elect to participate in this plan at the time of application or at a later date by properly completing an election form. Payments to you under this plan will only be made by electronic fund transfer. In order to participate in the plan you must have made an initial Purchase Payment of at least $5,000 or have a Contract Value as of the previous Contract Anniversary of at least $5,000.
The automatic withdrawal plan and the automatic purchase payment plan may not be elected simultaneously. (See “Purchase Payments.”) There may be federal and state income tax consequences to automatic withdrawals from the Contract, including the possible imposition of a 10% federal additional tax if the withdrawal occurs before the Owner reaches age 59½. You should consult your tax advisor before participating in any withdrawal program. (See “Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.”)
When you elect the automatic withdrawal plan, you will instruct Protective Life to withdraw a level dollar amount from the Contract on a monthly or quarterly basis. Automatic withdrawals may be made on the 1st through the 28th day of each
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
month. The amount requested must be at least $100 per withdrawal. We will process withdrawals for the designated amount until you instruct us otherwise. If, during any Contract Year, the amount of the withdrawals exceeds the “free withdrawal amount” described in the “Surrender Charge” section of this Prospectus, we will deduct a surrender charge where applicable. (See “Surrender Charge.”) Automatic withdrawals will be taken pro-rata from the Investment Option in proportion to the value each Investment Option bears to the total Contract Value. We will pay you the amount requested each month or quarter as applicable and cancel the applicable Accumulation Units.
If any automatic withdrawal transaction would result in a Contract Value of less than $5,000 after the withdrawal, the transaction will not be completed and the automatic withdrawal plan will terminate. Once automatic withdrawals have terminated due to insufficient Contract Value, they will not be automatically reinstated in the event that your Contract Value should reach $5,000 again. The automatic withdrawal plan may be discontinued by the Owner by Written Notice at any time for any reason. Upon receipt of Due Proof of Death of an Owner at our Administrative Office, we will terminate the automatic withdrawal plan.
There is no charge for the automatic withdrawal plan. If you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider, however, you should consider whether to elect an automatic withdrawal plan, keeping in mind that any withdrawals taken before the Benefit Election Date will proportionately reduce the rider’s Benefit Base, which is used to determine the amount of the SecurePay withdrawals available to you, in the same proportion that each withdrawal reduces the Contract Value on the date of the withdrawal. Automatic withdrawals will ultimately reduce the value of the SecurePay withdrawals available to you. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).”) If you have selected the SecurePay FXi rider under your Contract, any automatic withdrawal plan in effect will terminate on the Benefit Election Date. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).”) We reserve the right to discontinue the automatic withdrawal plan upon written notice to you.
THE GUARANTEED ACCOUNT
The Guaranteed Account has not been, and is not required to be, registered with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and neither these accounts nor the Company’s general account have been registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Therefore, neither the Guaranteed Account, the Company’s general account, nor any interests therein are generally subject to regulation under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. The disclosures relating to the Guaranteed Account included in this Prospectus are for the Owner’s information. However, such disclosures are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of federal securities law relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses.
The Guaranteed Account consists of the Fixed Account and the DCA Accounts. We may not always offer the Fixed Account or the DCA Accounts in new Contracts. If we are offering the Fixed Account or any of the DCA Accounts in your state at the time you purchase your Contract, however, those accounts will always be available in your Contract. Please ask your sales representative whether the Fixed Account and any DCA Accounts are available in your Contract.
From time to time and subject to regulatory approval, we may offer Fixed Accounts or DCA Accounts with different interest guaranteed periods. We, in our sole discretion, establish the interest rates for each account in the Guaranteed Account. We will not declare a rate that yields values less than those required by the state in which the Contract is delivered. You bear the risk that we will not declare a rate that is higher than the minimum rate. Because these rates vary from time to time, allocations made to the same account within the Guaranteed Account at different times may earn interest at different rates. The guaranteed minimum interest for each account in the Guaranteed Account is disclosed in the specification pages of your Contract. The current interest rate for each account in the Guaranteed Account under your Contract is available to you through your myprotective.com account or by calling toll-free 1-800-456-6330.
The guaranteed minimum interest rate for both the Fixed Account and the DCA Account can be found on the Contract Specifications Page of your Contract. The guaranteed minimum interest rate is set on the Issue Date of your Contract and will not change for the life of the Contract. We determine the guaranteed minimum interest rate for new Contracts once each year in accordance with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Standard Nonforfeiture Law for Individual Deferred Annuities. The guaranteed minimum interest rate for the Fixed Account and the DCA Accounts will not be less than an annual rate of interest of 1%.
Our General Account
The Guaranteed Account is part of our general account. Unlike Purchase Payments and Contract Value allocated to the Variable Account, we assume the risk of investment gain or loss on amounts held in the Fixed Account and the DCA Accounts.
The assets of our general account support our insurance and annuity obligations and are subject to our general liabilities from business operations and to claims by our creditors. Because amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and the DCA Accounts, plus any guarantees under the Contract that exceed your Contract Value (such as those
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
associated with any enhanced death benefits or the SecurePay FXi rider), are paid from our general account, any amounts that we may pay under the Contract in excess of Variable Account value are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability. It is important to note that there is no guarantee that we will always be able to meet our claims-paying obligations, and that there are risks to purchasing any insurance product. For this reason, you should consider our financial strength and claims paying ability to meet our obligations under the Contract when purchasing a Contract and making investment decisions under the Contract.
We encourage both existing and prospective Owners to read and understand our financial statements. We prepare our financial statements on both a statutory basis, as required by state regulators, and according to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).
Our audited consolidated GAAP financial statements are incorporated by reference in the Statement of Additional Information (which is available at no charge by calling us at 1-800-456-6330 or writing us at the address shown on the cover page of this Prospectus). In addition, the Statement of Additional Information is available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
You also will find on our website information on ratings assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations. These ratings are opinions of our financial capacity to meet the obligations of our insurance and annuity contracts based on our financial strength and/or claims-paying ability.
The Fixed Account
You generally may allocate some or all of your Purchase Payments and may transfer some or all of your Contract Value to the Fixed Account. Amounts allocated or transferred to the Fixed Account earn interest from the date the funds are credited to the account. There are limitations on transfers involving the Fixed Account. Due to this limitation, if you want to transfer all of your Contract Value from the Fixed Account to the Variable Account, it may take several years to do so. You should carefully consider whether the Fixed Account meets your investment needs. (See “Transfers.”)
The interest rates we apply to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account are guaranteed for one year from the date the amount is credited to the account. When an interest rate guarantee expires, we will set a new interest rate, which may not be the same as the interest rate then in effect for amounts allocated to the Fixed Account. The new interest rate is also guaranteed for one year.
If you have elected the SecurePay FXi rider, you may not allocate any portion of your Purchase Payments or Contract Value to the Fixed Account. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).”)
The DCA Accounts
DCA Accounts are designed to systematically transfer amounts to the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account over a designated period. (See “Transfers, Dollar Cost Averaging.”) We currently offer two DCA Accounts. The maximum period for dollar cost averaging transfers from DCA Account 1 is six months and from DCA Account 2 is twelve months.
The DCA Accounts are available only for Purchase Payments designated for dollar cost averaging. Purchase Payments may not be allocated into any DCA Account when that DCA Account value is greater than $0, and all funds must be transferred from a DCA Account before allocating a Purchase Payment to that DCA Account. Where we agree, under current administrative procedures, to allocate a Purchase Payment to any DCA Account in installments from more than one source, we will credit each installment with the interest rate applied to the first installment we receive. The interest rate we apply to Purchase Payments allocated to a DCA Account is guaranteed for the period over which dollar cost averaging transfers are allowed from that DCA Account.
Guaranteed Account Value
Any time prior to the Annuity Date, the Guaranteed Account value is equal to the sum of:
1.
Purchase Payments allocated to the Guaranteed Account; plus
2.
amounts transferred into the Guaranteed Account; plus
3.
interest credited to the Guaranteed Account; minus
4.
amounts transferred out of the Guaranteed Account, including any transfer fee; minus
5.
the amount of any surrenders removed from the Guaranteed Account, including any premium tax and surrender charges; minus
6.
fees deducted from the Guaranteed Account, including the monthly death benefit fee, the quarterly Premium Based Charge, and the annual contract maintenance fee.
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
For the purposes of interest crediting, amounts deducted, transferred or withdrawn from accounts within the Guaranteed Account will be separately accounted for on a “first-in, first-out” ​(FIFO) basis.
DEATH BENEFIT
If any Owner dies before the Annuity Date and while this Contract is in force, we will pay a death benefit, less any applicable premium tax, to the Beneficiary. The death benefit terminates on the Annuity Date.
We will determine the death benefit as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive at our Administrative Office Due Proof of Death of the Owner, either by certified death certificate or by judicial order from a court of competent jurisdiction or similar tribunal. If we receive Due Proof of Death after the end of the Valuation Period, we will determine the death benefit on the next Valuation Date. Only one death benefit is payable under this Contract, even though the Contract may, in some circumstances, continue beyond the time of an Owner’s death. If any Owner is not a natural person, the death of the Annuitant is treated as the death of an Owner. In the case of certain Qualified Contracts, Treasury Department regulations prescribe certain limitations on the designation of a Beneficiary. The following discussion generally applies to Qualified Contracts and non-Qualified Contracts, but there are some differences in the rules that apply to each, except where noted otherwise. In that regard, the post-death distribution requirements for Qualified Contracts and Non-Qualified Contracts are similar, but there are some significant differences. For a discussion of the post-death distribution requirements for Qualified Contracts, see “QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS, Required Minimum Distributions Upon Your Death.”
The death benefit provisions of this Contract shall be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Code in the case of a Non-Qualified Contract, and Section 401(a)(9) of the Code in the case of a Qualified Contract. We reserve the right to endorse the Contract, as necessary, to conform with regulatory requirements. We will send you a copy of any endorsement containing such Contract modifications.
Please note that any death benefit payment we make in excess of the Variable Account value is subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.
Payment of the Death Benefit
The Beneficiary may take the death benefit in one sum immediately, in which event the Contract will terminate.
If the death benefit is not taken in one sum immediately, the death benefit will become the new Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive Due Proof of Death of the Owner, and the entire Contract Value must be distributed under one of the following options:
1.
the entire Contract Value must be distributed over the life of the Beneficiary, or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, with distributions beginning within one year of the Owner’s death, and subject to certain further limits in the case of a Qualified Contract; or,
2.
the entire Contract Value must be distributed (i) within 5 years of the Owner’s death if the Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract or, in some cases, a Qualified Contract, or (ii) within 10 years of the Owner’s death if the Contract is a Qualified Contract and the 5-year requirement does not apply under applicable federal tax rules.
The tax rules for Qualified Contracts differ in some material respects from the tax rules for Non-Qualified Contracts, including by limiting the types of beneficiaries who can elect the first option above and the circumstances in which a 5-year or 10-year distribution requirement will apply. See “QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS, Temporary Rules under the CARES Act and Required Minimum Distributions Upon Your Death.”
If there is more than one Beneficiary, each Beneficiary must submit instructions in Good Order specifying the manner in which the Beneficiary wishes to receive his or her portion of the death benefit, and the value of each Beneficiary’s portion of the claim is established as of date we receive that Beneficiary’s claim. Until the death benefit is fully distributed, however, the undistributed portion of the death benefit will remain invested in accordance with the Owner’s allocation instructions. Accordingly, if we do not receive instructions in Good Order from the Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) to make an immediate distribution or transfer all or part of the Beneficiary’s portion of the death benefit to the Fixed Account, the value of the portion of the death benefit that remains invested in the Sub-Accounts will be subject the investment performance of the underlying Funds, and may increase or decrease in value.
Automatic Transfers Upon the Death of an Owner. In the event of the Owner’s death, all automatic transfers in the Contract, such as dollar cost averaging and portfolio rebalancing will cease upon our receipt of Due Proof of Death of the Owner at our Administrative Office. A surviving spouse who elects to continue the Contract and become the new Owner may elect to participate in the dollar cost averaging or portfolio rebalancing program, subject to the requirements governing those programs as described in this Prospectus. Any Beneficiary who elects to receive payment of the
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Death Benefit over their lifetime or within 5 or 10 years of the Owner’s death (as applicable under federal tax rules), may elect to participate in the portfolio rebalancing program, subject to the requirements governing that program described in this Prospectus. See, “DEATH BENEFIT — Payment of the Death Benefit”.
Continuation of the Contract by a Surviving Spouse
In the case of non-Qualified Contracts and Contracts that are individual retirement annuities within the meaning of Code Section 408(b), if the deceased Owner’s spouse is the sole Beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect, in lieu of receiving a death benefit, to continue the Contract and become the new Owner. This election is only available, however, if:
a.
the surviving spouse’s age on the Contract Issue Date would not have prevented her or his purchase of the Contract on that date;
b.
the surviving spouse’s age on either the Contract Issue Date or any date prior to the date on which we accept the request for continuation, would not have prevented the purchase of any optional benefit associated with the Contract on the requested continuation date; and
c.
the Maximum Annuity Date on the requested continuation date is on or after the Annuity Date in effect on the deceased spouse’s date of death, unless we agree otherwise.
The Contract will continue with the value of the death benefit having become the new Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we received Due Proof of Death of the Owner. The death benefit is not terminated by a surviving spouse’s continuation of the Contract. The surviving spouse may select a new Beneficiary. Upon this spouse’s death, the death benefit may be taken in one sum immediately and the Contract will terminate. If the death benefit is not taken in one sum immediately, the death benefit will become the new Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive Due Proof of Death and must be distributed to the new Beneficiary according to option (1) or (2), described above under “Payment of the Death Benefit.”
A Contract may be continued by a surviving spouse only once. This benefit will not be available to any subsequent surviving spouse under the continued Contract.
The rights of a Beneficiary under an annuity contract depend in part upon whether the Beneficiary is recognized as a “spouse” under federal tax law. A Beneficiary who is recognized as a spouse is treated more favorably than a Beneficiary who is not a spouse for federal tax purposes. Specifically, a Beneficiary who is the spouse of the deceased Owner may continue the Contract and become the new Owner, as described above. In contrast, a Beneficiary who is not recognized as a spouse of the deceased Owner generally must surrender the Contract within 5 or 10 years of the Owner’s death, or take distributions from the Contract over the Beneficiary’s life or life expectancy, beginning within one year of the deceased Owner’s death, with the applicable rules different depending on whether the Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract or a Qualified Contract.
U.S. Treasury Department regulations provide that for federal tax purposes, the term “spouse” does not include individuals (whether of the opposite sex or the same sex) who have entered into a registered domestic partnership, civil union, or other similar formal relationship that is not denominated as a marriage under the laws of the state where the relationship was entered into, regardless of domicile. In addition, if the Owner and the Beneficiary are no longer married as of the date of death, such individuals are no longer treated as spouses for federal tax purposes. As a result, if a Beneficiary of a deceased Owner and the Owner were parties to a civil union or domestic partnership, or if the Beneficiary and the deceased Owner were no longer married as of the date of death, the Beneficiary will be required by federal tax law to take distributions from the Contract in the manner applicable to non-spouse Beneficiaries and will not be able to continue the Contract.
If you have questions concerning your status as a spouse for federal tax purposes and how that status might affect your rights under the Contract, you should consult your legal adviser.
Whether a Beneficiary is recognized as a spouse who is eligible to continue the Contract affects the rights and benefits under the SecurePay FXi rider. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).”) If applicable state law affords legal recognition of domestic partnerships or civil unions, we will treat those individuals in a bona fide civil union or domestic partnership as spouses for the purposes of the rider benefits. Individuals in these relationships are both eligible to be Covered Persons under the rider, and will receive benefits as long as both are alive. However, as described earlier in this section, federal law does not recognize the parties to these relationships as spouses for federal tax purposes, so the surviving Beneficiary may not continue the Contract and become the new Owner. In addition, if the Owner and the Beneficiary are no longer married as of the date of death, such individuals are no longer treated as spouses for federal tax purposes. As a result, the surviving Beneficiary — who is not a spouse under federal tax law — will be required to take distributions from the Contract under the rules that apply to a non-spouse
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Beneficiary. In some circumstances, distributing the remaining Contract Value under these rules could substantially reduce or eliminate the rider’s benefit while the surviving Beneficiary is still alive.
In addition, the rider allows the surviving spouse of a deceased Owner who continues the Contract and becomes the new Owner to either continue the rider or purchase a new rider (depending on the date of death and whether the rider provides single or joint life coverage). This right is only available to an individual who was the spouse of the deceased Owner within the meaning of federal tax law because only such a spouse is eligible to continue the Contract under federal tax law.
An individual who is a party to a civil union or a domestic partnership should not purchase the SecurePay FXi rider before consulting legal and financial advisors and carefully evaluating whether the SecurePay FXi rider is suitable for his or her needs.
Selecting a Death Benefit
This Contract offers a standard death benefit, the Contract Value Death Benefit, and three optional death benefits, the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit, the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit, and the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit. The following table summarizes information about the death benefits available under the Contract.
Name of Benefit
Purpose
Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional?
Maximum Fee
Brief Description of
Restrictions/Limitations
Contract Value Death Benefit
Guarantees beneficiaries will receive a benefit at least equal to your Contract Value. Standard No charge

None.
Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit
Equal to the greater of:
1.
the Contract Value, or
2.
the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal
Optional []% (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date)

Available only at purchase.

Death Benefit will never be more than the Contract Value plus $1,000,000.

It is possible that this Death Benefit will be no greater than the Contract Value Death Benefit, for which we do not assess a fee.

Withdrawals can reduce the value of the Death Benefit by more than the amount withdrawn.
Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit
Equal to the greatest of:
1.
the Contract Value,
2.
the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal, or
3.
the greatest anniversary value attained prior to the older Owner’s 83rd birthday.
Optional []% (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date)

Available only at purchase.

Death Benefit will never be more than the Contract Value plus $1,000,000.

It is possible that this Death Benefit will be no greater than the Contract Value Death Benefit, for which we do not assess a fee.

Cannot be elected if the oldest Owner is 78 or older.

Withdrawals can reduce the value of the Death Benefit by more than the amount withdrawn.
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Name of Benefit
Purpose
Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional?
Maximum Fee
Brief Description of
Restrictions/Limitations
Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit
Equal to the greatest of:
1.
the Contract Value,
2.
the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal, or
3.
the greatest Quarterly Anniversary value attained prior to the older Owner’s 83rd birthday.
Optional []% (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date)

Available only at purchase.

Death Benefit will never be more than the Contract Value plus $1,000,000.

It is possible that this Death Benefit will be no greater than the Contract Value Death Benefit, for which we do not assess a fee.

Cannot be elected if the oldest Owner is 78 or older.

Withdrawals can reduce the value of the Death Benefit by more than the amount withdrawn.
You must determine the type of death benefit you want when you apply for your Contract. You may not change your death benefit selection after your Contract is issued.
The Contract Value Death Benefit is included with your Contract at no additional charge. You may select the optional Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit, the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit, or the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit for an additional fee, but with respect to the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit and the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit, only if the oldest Owner is younger than 78 on the Issue Date of the Contract.
You should carefully consider each of these death benefits and consult a qualified financial adviser to help you carefully consider the four death benefits offered with the Contract, and if you select the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit, the Maximum Anniversary Death Benefit, or the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit, the relative costs, benefits and risks of the fee options in your particular situation.
Contract Value Death Benefit
The Contract Value Death Benefit will equal the Contract Value.
Optional Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit
The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit will equal the greater of  (1) the Contract Value, or (2) the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal (including any withdrawal made under the SecurePay FXi rider); provided, however, that the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit will never be more than the Contract Value plus $1,000,000. The adjustment for each withdrawal is described below under “Adjustment of the Death Benefit Amount for Withdrawals.” See Appendix A for an example of the calculation of the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit.
It is possible that, at the time of an Owner’s death, the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit will be no greater than the Contract Value Death Benefit, for which we do not assess a fee. You should consult a qualified financial advisor to carefully consider this possibility and the cost of the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit before you decide whether the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is right for you.
Suspension of Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit.   For a period of one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will equal the Contract Value. During the one-year suspension period, we will continue to calculate the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit; however, if any Owner dies during this period we will only pay the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive Due Proof of Death at our Administrative Office. If death occurs after the one-year period has ended, we will include Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made during the one-year suspension when calculating the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit.
Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Fee
We assess a fee for the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. If you select this death benefit, you must pay a fee based on the value of the death benefit on the day the fee is assessed. This fee is assessed on a monthly basis. (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Death Benefit Fee.”)
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Optional Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit
At the time of application, you may select the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit if the Issue Date of the Contract is before the oldest Owner’s 78th birthday.
We will determine an anniversary value for each Contract Anniversary occurring before the earlier of the older Owner’s 83rd birthday or the deceased Owner’s date of death. Each anniversary value is equal to the sum of:

the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary; plus

all Purchase Payments since that Contract Anniversary; minus

an adjustment for each withdrawal (including any withdrawal made under the SecurePay FXi rider) since that Contract Anniversary (see “Adjustment of the Death Benefit Amount for Withdrawals”).
The Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit will equal the greatest of  (1) the Contract Value, (2) the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal (including any withdrawal made under the SecurePay FXi rider); or (3) the greatest anniversary value attained prior to the older Owner’s 83rd birthday; provided, however, that the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit will never be more than the Contract Value plus $1,000,000. The adjustment for each withdrawal is described below under “Adjustment of the Death Benefit Amount for Withdrawals.” See Appendix A for an example of the calculation of the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit.
It is possible that, at the time of an Owner’s death, the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit will be no greater than the Contract Value Death Benefit, for which we do not assess a fee. You should consult a qualified financial advisor to carefully consider this possibility and the cost of the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit before you decide whether the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit is right for you.
Suspension of Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit.   For a period of one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will equal the Contract Value. We will, however, continue to assess the death benefit fee during this period. During the one-year suspension period, we will continue to calculate the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit; however, if any Owner dies during this period we will only pay the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive Due Proof of Death at our Administrative Office. If death occurs after the one-year period has ended, we will include the Contract Value on the Contract Anniversary occurring during the one-year suspension as well as Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made during the one-year suspension when calculating the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit.
Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit Fee
We assess a fee for the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit. If you select this death benefit, you must pay a fee based on the value of the death benefit on the day the fee is assessed. This fee is assessed on a monthly basis. (See “Charges and Deductions, Death Benefit Fee.”) It is possible that this fee (or some portion thereof) could be treated for federal tax purposes as a withdrawal from the Contract. (See “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL, Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.”)
Optional Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit
At the time of application, you may select the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit if the Issue Date of the Contract is before the oldest Owner’s 78th birthday.
We will determine a quarterly value for each Quarterly Anniversary occurring before the earlier of the older Owner’s 83rd birthday or the deceased Owner’s date of death. Each quarterly value is equal to the sum of:

the Contract Value on that Quarterly Anniversary; plus

all Purchase Payments since that Quarterly Anniversary; minus

an adjustment for each withdrawal (including any withdrawal made under the SecurePayFXi rider) since that Quarterly Anniversary (see “Adjustment of the Death Benefit Amount for Withdrawals”).
The Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit will equal the greatest of  (1) the Contract Value, (2) the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal (including any withdrawal made under the SecurePay FXi); or (3) the greatest Quarterly Anniversary value attained prior to the older Owner’s 83rd birthday; provided, however, that the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit will never be more than the Contract Value plus $1,000,000. The adjustment for each withdrawal is described below under “Adjustment of the Death Benefit Amount for Withdrawals.” See Appendix A for an example of the calculation of the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit.
It is possible that, at the time of an Owner’s death, the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit will be no greater than the Contract Value Death Benefit, for which we do not assess a fee. You should consult a qualified
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
financial advisor to carefully consider this possibility and the cost of the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit before you decide whether the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit is right for you.
Suspension of Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit.   For a period of one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will equal the Contract Value. We will, however, continue to assess the death benefit fee during this period. During the one-year suspension period, we will continue to calculate the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit; however, if any Owner dies during this period we will only pay the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive Due Proof of Death at our Administrative Office. If death occurs after the one-year period has ended, we will include the Contract Value on the Quarterly Anniversary occurring during the one-year suspension as well as Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made during the one-year suspension when calculating the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit.
Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit Fee
We assess a fee for the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit. If you select this death benefit, you must pay a fee based on the value of the death benefit on the day the fee is assessed. This fee is assessed on a monthly basis. (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Death Benefit Fee.”) It is possible that this fee (or some portion thereof) could be treated for federal tax purposes as a withdrawal from the Contract. (See “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL, Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.”)
Important Considerations for Choosing a Death Benefit
Under the Optional Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit, we calculate the anniversary values used in determining the greatest Quarterly Anniversary value on each Quarterly Anniversary prior to the older Owner’s 83rd birthday. As noted above, the death benefit equals the greatest of: (1) the Contract Value, (2) aggregate Purchase Payments less adjustment for withdrawals or (3) the greatest Quarterly Anniversary value.
We use a substantially similar formula to calculate the death benefit under the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit. However, the anniversary values used in determining the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit are calculated less frequently, on each Contract Anniversary.
By choosing the Optional Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit, an Owner will increase the number of times per Contract Year that the value of the death benefit payable under the Contract is calculated. As a result, the value of the death benefit may be less affected by a large short term decline in Contract Value. Owners who are concerned about short term downward volatility in their Contract Value may therefore want to consider selecting the Optional Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit. By calculating anniversary values quarterly, rather than annually, the Optional Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit uses a larger number of anniversary values to determine the greatest Quarterly Anniversary value used to determine the death benefit. This increases the potential for a higher Quarterly Anniversary value, and in turn, the potential for a higher death benefit. At the same time, it may limit the impact of a lower Contract Anniversary value and corresponding lower death benefit.
Adjustment of the Death Benefit Amount for Withdrawals
The amount of the adjustment for each withdrawal under the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit, the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit or the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit calculation depends on whether or not you have selected the SecurePay FXi rider and established your SecurePay Benefit Election Date.
If you have selected the SecurePay FXi rider and have established a SecurePay Benefit Election Date as of the date of the withdrawal, then all or any part of a withdrawal that is a “SecurePay Withdrawal” under your SecurePay FXi rider will cause a dollar-for-dollar reduction in the amount of your death benefit (see “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”) — Beginning Your SecurePay Withdrawals”).
Any withdrawal that is not a SecurePay Withdrawal will cause a reduction in the amount of your death benefit in the same proportion that the withdrawal, including any associated surrender charges, reduces your Contract Value. Withdrawals subject to this proportional adjustment include:

All withdrawals if you have not selected the SecurePay FXi rider;

All withdrawals if you have not established your Benefit Election Date under the SecurePay FXi rider as of the date of the withdrawal; and

All or any part of a withdrawal that is an “Excess Withdrawal” under the SecurePay FXi rider (see PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (SECUREPAY FXI) - Excess Withdrawals.”
If the value of your death benefit is greater than the Contract Value at the time of any withdrawal that is not a SecurePay Withdrawal (including all or any part of a withdrawal that is an Excess Withdrawal), then the
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
downward adjustment to the death benefit will be greater than the amount withdrawn.See Appendix A for an example of the Calculation of the Contract Value Death Benefit, the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit, the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit and the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit.
For purposes of calculating any reduction in your death benefit: 1) we will view the SecurePay FXi rider and Benefit Election Date as being in effect if a withdrawal occurs on the same date as the Benefit Election Date; and 2) we will view the SecurePay FXi rider as not being in effect if your SecurePay FXi rider is terminated on the same date that you take a withdrawal.
The optional death benefit riders and their associated fees will automatically terminate upon the occurance of any of the following events:

settlement of a claim for the death benefit; or

application of the Contract Value to an Annuity Option; or

the Contract Value is reduced to $0; or

the Contract is surrendered or otherwise terminated.
Escheatment of Death Benefit
Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of 3 to 5 years from the contract’s annuity date or date the death benefit is due and payable. For example, if the payment of a death benefit has been triggered, but, if after a thorough search, we are still unable to locate the Contract beneficiary of the death benefit, or the beneficiary does not come forward to claim the death benefit in a timely manner, the death benefit will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the beneficiary or the Owner last resided, as shown on our books and records, or to our state of domicile. We will withhold tax and tax report on the amount that escheats to the state. This “escheatment” is revocable, however, and the state is obligated to pay the death benefit (without interest) if your beneficiary steps forward to claim the death benefit with the proper documentation. To prevent such escheatment, it is important that you update your beneficiary designations, including addresses, if and as they change. Such updates should be communicated in writing, by telephone, or other approved electronic means to our Administrative Office.
PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SECUREPAY FXI”)
If you are concerned that poor investment performance or market volatility in the Sub-Accounts may adversely impact the amount of money you can withdraw from your Contract, we offer for an additional charge an optional protected lifetime income benefit rider — the SecurePay FXi rider. Under this rider, we guarantee the right to make withdrawals each Contract Year for life (subject to certain conditions) — even if your Contract Value declines, or reduces to zero, due to poor market performance.
The following table summarizes information about the optional SecurePay FXi rider available under the Contract.
Name of Benefit
Purpose
Maximum Fee
Current Fee
Brief Description of
Restrictions/Limitations
SecurePay FXi rider
Provides an Annual Withdrawal Amount that is guaranteed for life, even if Contract Value is reduced to zero. This rider also includes a “roll-up” feature that may increase your Annual Withdrawal Amount.
[]% (1) (if selected at Contract purchase)
[]% (1) (under RightTime option)
See Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement

Benefit limits available Investment Options during accumulation phase and withdrawal phase.

Allocation of Purchase Payments or Contract Value to the Fixed Account is not permitted.

No Purchase Payments two years or more after Rider Issue Date or on or after Benefit Election Date, whichever comes first.

Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce or eliminate value of benefit.

Available to Contract Owners age 55 to 80.
(1)
Fee is calculated as a percentage of the Benefit Base.
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Please note that any amounts in excess of the Variable Account value that we make available through withdrawals, lifetime payments, or guaranteed values under this rider are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.
THE SECUREPAY FXI RIDER
In general, the SecurePay FXi rider guarantees the right to make withdrawals (“SecurePay Withdrawals”) based upon the value of a protected lifetime income benefit base (“Benefit Base”) that will remain fixed if your Contract Value has declined due to poor market performance, provided you comply with the terms and conditions of the rider. Withdrawals from your Contract before the Benefit Election Date, and Excess Withdrawals on or after the Benefit Election Date, reduce the Benefit Base. (For more information regarding the effect of withdrawals and Excess Withdrawals on the Benefit Base, see “Calculating the Benefit Base Before the Benefit Election Date” and “Calculating the Benefit Base On or After the Benefit Election Date.”) In order to maintain your SecurePay FXi rider, you must allocate Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with specific Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions that are designed to limit our risk under the rider. The SecurePay FXi rider provides for increases in your Benefit Base on your Contract Anniversary if your Contract Value has increased. SecurePay FXi rider also provides for potential increases in your Benefit Base each Contract Anniversary during a specified period, even if your Contract Value has not increased.
Under the SecurePay FXi rider, the Owner or Owner(s) may designate certain persons as “Covered Persons” under the Contract. See “Selecting Your Coverage Option.” These Covered Persons will be eligible to make SecurePay Withdrawals each Contract Year up to a specified amount — the Annual Withdrawal Amount (“AWA”) — during the life of the Covered Person(s). Annual aggregate withdrawals that exceed the AWA, if any, will result in a reduction of rider benefits (and may even significantly reduce or eliminate such benefits) because we will reduce the Benefit Base and corresponding AWA. SecurePay Withdrawals are guaranteed, even if the Contract Value falls to zero after the Benefit Election Date (which is the earliest date you may begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals), if you satisfy the SecurePay rider requirements.
You may purchase the SecurePay FXi rider when you purchase your Contract, or later, under the RightTime option, provided you satisfy the rider’s age requirements. See “Purchasing the Optional SecurePay Rider.”
SecurePay does not guarantee Contract Value or the performance of any Investment Option.
Important Considerations

If you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider, your options for allocating Purchase Payments and Contract Value are restricted. See “ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR SECUREPAY FXI RIDER”.

If you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider, we will automatically enroll you in our portfolio rebalancing program.

You may not make any additional Purchase Payments (i) two years or more after the date the rider is issued (the “Rider Issue Date”), or (ii) on or after the Benefit Election Date, whichever comes first. Such restrictions on Purchase Payments after the Benefit Election Date or two years following the Rider Issue Date may limit the ability to increase the Benefit Base, and therefore the AWA, through higher Contract Values on Contract Anniversaries, as well as limit the ability for increase in Contract Value and death benefit values (particularly the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit). In most cases, if the Company receives a Purchase Payment two years or more after the Rider Issue Date or on or after the Benefit Election Date, the Company will return it to the address on file. If the amount of the Purchase Payment would be sufficient to purchase another variable annuity contract we offer, however, you may be given the option of purchasing a new contract.

Any change in a Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date (the “Benefit Period”), other than a spousal continuation under a Joint Life Coverage option, will cause the rider to terminate without any refund of SecurePay Fees. A change in a Covered Person includes changing and/or adding Owners, Beneficiaries, and Annuitants under your Contract.

On the Benefit Election Date, we will cancel any existing automatic withdrawal plan that you have established.

The SecurePay rider may not be available in all states, and we may otherwise limit its availability.

We may stop offering the rider at any time.
The ways to purchase the SecurePay rider, conditions for continuation of the benefit, process for beginning SecurePay Withdrawals, and the manner in which your AWA is calculated are discussed below.
You should not purchase a SecurePay rider if:

you expect to take withdrawals prior to the Benefit Election Date (including withdrawals under an automatic withdrawal plan) because such withdrawals may significantly reduce or eliminate the value of the benefit. See “Calculating the Benefit Base Before the Benefit Election Date”; or
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

you expect to take annual withdrawals on or after the Benefit Election Date in excess of the AWA (“Excess Withdrawals”) because such Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce or eliminate the value of the benefit. See “Calculating the Benefit Base On or After the Benefit Election Date, Excess Withdrawals”; or

you are primarily interested in maximizing the Contract’s potential for long-term accumulation rather than building a Benefit Base that will provide guaranteed withdrawals; or

you do not expect to take SecurePay Withdrawals (especially before the age of 95).
Appendix D demonstrates the operation of the SecurePay rider using hypothetical examples. You should review Appendix D and consult your sales representative to discuss whether a SecurePay rider suits your needs.
Purchasing the Optional SecurePay Rider
You may purchase the SecurePay FXi rider when you purchase your Contract, or later, under the RightTime option, provided you satify the rider’s age requirements. The Owner (or older Owner) or Annuitant must be age 80 or younger and the youngest Owner and Annuitant must be age 55 or older on the Rider Issue Date. Where the Owner is a corporation, partnership, company, trust, or other “non-natural person,” eligibility is determined by the age of the Annuitant.
Important Considerations:

You will begin paying the SecurePay Fee as of the Rider Issue Date, even if you do not begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals for many years.

You may not cancel the SecurePay FXi rider during the ten years following the Rider Issue Date.

We do not refund any SecurePay Fees if a rider terminates for any reason or if you choose not to take SecurePay Withdrawals after the Benefit Election Date.

You must comply with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions (described below) after the Rider Issue Date.

Prior to the Benefit Election Date, you may take withdrawals according to the terms of your Contract but withdrawals (including withdrawals under an automatic withdrawal plan) will proportionally reduce the Benefit Base, and ultimately the value of the SecurePay Withdrawals available to you.

You must submit a SecurePay Benefit Election Form to establish the Benefit Election Date and begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals. Withdrawals taken before the Benefit Election Date are not SecurePay Withdrawals.
Designating the Covered Person(s)
The Covered Person is the person upon whose life the SecurePay FXi rider benefit is based. You may designate one Covered Person (Single Life Coverage) or two Covered Persons (Joint Life Coverage).

If Single Life Coverage is elected, then the Owner will be the Covered Person (if there are two Owners, then the older Owner will be the Covered Person).

Joint Life Coverage may be elected if there are two Owners under the Contract who are spouses or if there is one Owner and his or her spouse is the sole Primary Beneficiary under the Contract. If Joint Life Coverage is elected, then the Owner and the Owner’s spouse will be the Covered Persons.

Where the Owner is a corporation, partnership, company, trust, or other “non-natural person,” the Annuitant (under Single Life Coverage) or Annuitant and Annuitant’s spouse who is the sole primary beneficiary (under Joint Life Coverage) will be the Covered Person(s).

The Covered Person (or, if Joint Life Coverage is selected, one of the two Covered Persons) must be designated as the Annuitant under the Contract as of the Benefit Election Date.
Note: A change of Covered Persons after the Benefit Election Date will cause your SecurePay FXi rider to terminate and any scheduled SecurePay Withdrawals to cease. If you remove a Covered Person (which may occur, for example, if you remove a spouse Beneficiary or add additional Primary Beneficiaries or change the Owner or Annuitant), or if you add a Covered Person (which may occur, for example, if you add a spouse as a sole Primary Beneficiary), then this would constitute a change of Covered Persons. If we terminate your rider due to a change in Covered Person, you may reinstate the rider subject to certain conditions. See “Reinstating Your SecurePay FXi Rider Within 30 Days of Termination.” In addition, whether a spouse continues the Contract could affect the rights and benefits under the SecurePay FXi rider and
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
could have tax consequences. (See “Continuing or Purchasing a SecurePay FXi Rider When a Surviving Spouse Elects to Continue the Contract” and “Tax Consequences — Treatment of Civil Unions and Domestic Partners.”)
Selecting Your Coverage Option.   If both Owners of the Contract are spouses, or if there is one Owner and a spouse who is the sole Primary Beneficiary, you must indicate on the SecurePay Benefit Election Form whether there will be one or two Covered Persons. Please pay careful attention to this designation, as it will impact the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage and whether the SecurePay Withdrawals will continue for the life of the surviving spouse. The various coverage options are illustrated in the following table:
Single Life Coverage
Joint Life Coverage
Single Owner/Non-spouse Beneficiary Covered Person is the Owner. SecurePay FXi rider expires upon death of Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date. Not applicable.
Single Owner/Spouse Beneficiary Covered Person is the Owner. SecurePay FXi rider expires upon death of Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date. Upon death of Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date, the surviving spouse may purchase a new SecurePay FXi rider if he or she continues the Contract under the spousal continuation provisions and certain conditions are met. (See “Continuation of the Contract by a Surviving Spouse.”) Both are Covered Persons. SecurePay FXi rider expires upon death of last surviving Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date. If the surviving spouse continues the Contract, SecurePay Withdrawals will continue unless modified or declined.
Joint Owner/Non-spouse 2nd Owner Covered Person is older Owner. SecurePay FXi rider expires upon the death of the Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date. Not applicable.
Joint Owner/Spouse 2nd Owner Covered Person is older Owner. SecurePay FXi rider expires upon death of Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date. Upon death of older Owner, the surviving spouse may purchase a new SecurePay FXi rider if he or she continues the Contract under the spousal continuation provisions and certain conditions are met. (See “Continuation of the Contract by a Surviving Spouse.”) Both are Covered Persons. SecurePay FXi rider expires upon death of last surviving Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date. If the surviving spouse continues the Contract, SecurePay Withdrawals will continue unless modified or declined.
Changing Beneficiaries — Single Owner with Joint Life Coverage.   After selecting Joint Life Coverage, a single Owner may decide to remove a spouse Beneficiary or add additional Primary Beneficiaries. This would constitute a change of Covered Persons after the Benefit Election Date, and upon notification of the change, we will terminate your SecurePay FXi rider. If we terminate your rider due to a change in Covered Person, you may reinstate the rider subject to certain conditions. See “Reinstating Your SecurePay FXi Rider Within 30 Days of Termination.” In addition, whether a spouse continues the Contract could affect the rights and benefits under your SecurePay FXi rider
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
and could have tax consequences. (See “Continuing or Purchasing a SecurePay FXi Rider When a Surviving Spouse Elects to Continue the Contract” and “Tax Consequences — Treatment of Civil Unions and Domestic Partners.”)
Beginning Your SecurePay Withdrawals
You must submit a completed SecurePay Benefit Election Form to our Administrative Office to establish the Benefit Election Date and begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals under the rider.

Even though your SecurePay FXi rider is in effect as of the Rider Issue Date and we begin the SecurePay Fee deductions on that date, any withdrawals made before we receive your SecurePay Benefit Election Form will not qualify as SecurePay Withdrawals.

You should carefully consider when to establish the Benefit Election Date and begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals.

All Contract withdrawals taken on or after the Benefit Election Date are considered either SecurePay Withdrawals or Excess Withdrawals and are subject to the Annual Withdrawal Amount.

You may not make additional Purchase Payments two years or more after the Rider Issue Date, or on or after the Benefit Election Date, whichever comes first. In most cases, if the Company receives a Purchase Payment two years or more after the Rider Issue Date, or on or after the Benefit Election Date, the Company will return it to the address on file. If the amount of the Purchase Payment would be sufficient to purchase another variable annuity contract we offer, however, you will be given the option of purchasing a new contract.

You may limit the value of the benefit if you begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals too soon. For example, SecurePay Withdrawals reduce your Contract Value (but not the Benefit Base) and may limit the potential for increasing the Benefit Base through higher Contract Values on Contract Anniversaries. Also, if your Benefit Election Date is within the two years of the Rider Issue Date, you will shorten the period of time during which you could increase your Benefit Base because you may not make additional Purchase Payments on or after the Benefit Election Date.

Conversely, if you delay establishing the Benefit Election Date, you may shorten the Benefit Period due to life expectancy, thereby limiting the time during which you may take SecurePay Withdrawals, so you may be paying for a benefit you are not using.
Please consult your sales representative regarding the appropriate time for you to establish the Benefit Election Date and begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals.
Important Considerations

All withdrawals, including SecurePay Withdrawals, reduce your Contract Value and death benefit. Surrender charges and federal and state income taxes may also apply, as well as a 10% federal additional tax if a withdrawal occurs before the Owner reaches age 591/2. (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Surrender Charge” and “Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.”)

All withdrawals, including SecurePay Withdrawals, count towards the free withdrawal amount under the Contract. However, we do not assess the surrender charge on SecurePay Withdrawals, even when surrender charges would apply if the withdrawal was not a SecurePay Withdrawal. We do impose a surrender charge on Excess Withdrawals. (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Surrender Charge” and “Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.”)

When you take a withdrawal, we will reduce your death benefit on a dollar-for-dollar basis for any part of the withdrawal that is a SecurePay Withdrawal. Any part of the withdrawal that is an Excess Withdrawal, however, will reduce the death benefit in the same proportion that the amount surrendered, including any associated surrender charges, reduces your Contract Value. (See “DEATH BENEFIT.”)
The SecurePay FXi rider is designed for you to take SecurePay Withdrawals each Contract Year. SecurePay Withdrawals are aggregate withdrawals during any Contract Year on or after the Benefit Election Date that do not exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount. Aggregate withdrawals during any Contract Year on or after the Benefit Election Date that exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount are “Excess Withdrawals.” You should not purchase the SecurePay FXi rider if you intend to take Excess Withdrawals.

Excess Withdrawals could reduce your Benefit Base by substantially more than the actual amount of the withdrawal (described below).

Excess Withdrawals may result in a significantly lower AWA in the future.
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce or eliminate the value of the SecurePay benefit.
Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement Information
The Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement contains the current fees for the available optional death benefit riders, the current fee for the SecurePay FXi rider, and the current Maximum Withdrawal Percentage(s) and current roll-up percentage(s) under the SecurePay FXi rider applicable to contracts applied for while that Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement remains in effect (the “Effective Period”). The Effective Period is described in each Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. See “Maximum Withdrawal Percentage” and “SecurePay Roll-up Value”.
In order for us to use the percentages in any particular Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement, your necessary application information must be signed during it’s Effective Period. We must receive your necessary application information and payment of at least the minimum initial Purchase Payment ($10,000) within ten calendar days of the end of the Effective Period. If you plan to pay the initial Purchase Payment by exchanging another annuity contract that you own, we must receive your necessary application information within ten calendar days of the end of the Effective Period and the exchanged amount within 90 calendar days of the end of the Effective Period. If those conditions (the “Rate Sheet Eligibility Conditions”) are met, or if the then current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement percentages are identical to those set forth in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement attached to your Prospectus, we will follow our established procedures for issuing the Contract. See “Issuance of a Contract.”
If any of these conditions are not met, we will consider your application not to be in Good Order. In that case, we will inform your financial advisor and request instructions as whether to apply the initial Purchase Payment and issue the Contract with the percentages in effect under the current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement or cancel the application and return your Purchase Payment. If your financial advisor instructs us to issue the Contract, we will provide you with the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement that applies to your Contract and an amendment to your application upon delivery of the Contract. If we are unable to contact your financial advisor within five business days after we determine the application is not in Good Order, we will return your Purchase Payment. You, or your financial advisor may also instruct us to issue the Contract without the SecurePay FXi rider. Once we receive both the necessary application information and at least the minimum initial Purchase Payment, we will follow our established procedures for issuing the Contract.
If any of the Rate Sheet Eligibility Conditions are not met because of reasons reasonably beyond your control, Protective Life may, in its sole discretion, modify, terminate, suspend or waive the Rate Sheet Eligibility Conditions on such terms and conditions as it deems advisable (each a “Rate Sheet Eligibility Condition Change”). Any such Rate Sheet Eligibility Condition Change shall be effected by the Company on a basis that is not unfairly discriminatory.
When purchasing the SecurePay FXi rider under RightTime, the applicable SecurePay FXi rider fee, Maximum Withdrawal Percentage(s), and roll-up percentages will be set forth in teh Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement effective on the Rider Issue Date. The Maximum Withdrawal Percentage(s) and roll-up percentage will not change for the remaining life of the Contract.
Percentages reflected in a Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement with an Effective Period that does not include the date you signed your application will not apply to your Contract, with the exception of a purchase of the SecurePay FXi rider under RightTime. If purchasing the SecurePay FXi rider under RightTime, the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement containing the applicable optional death benefit fees will be the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement with an Effective Period that includes the date you signed your application, however, the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement containing the applicable SecurePay FXi fee, Maximum Withdrawal Percentage(s), and roll-up percentage will be the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement with an Effective Period that includes your Rider Issue Date. You should not purchase the SecurePay FXi rider without first obtaining the applicable Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. Please contact us at 1-800-456-6330 to obtain the current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. The current Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement is also available online at [https://protective.onlineprospectus.net/protective/ProtectiveDimensionsV/​index.html and www.sec.gov under File Number 333-######]. No new Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement that supersedes a prior Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement will become effective unless written notice of effectiveness of the new Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement is given at least 10 business days in advance. The relevant information from all superseded Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplements can be found in Appendix G to the Prospectus.
Determining the Amount of Your SecurePay Withdrawals
The AWA is the maximum amount of SecurePay Withdrawals permitted each Contract Year. We determine your initial AWA as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your completed SecurePay Benefit Election form at our Administrative Office in “good order” by multiplying your Benefit Base on that date by the “Maximum Withdrawal Percentage” applicable to your Contract and determined according to the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement effective when you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider.
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Maximum Withdrawal Percentage
We determine the Annual Withdrawal Amount available under your SecurePay FXi rider by multiplying the Benefit Base under your rider by the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage determined as of your Benefit Election Date.
The Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is based upon the age of the Covered Person or the younger of two Covered Persons on the Benefit Election Date.
The Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is set forth in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement attached to your Prospectus. See “Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement Information.”
Under certain circumstances, we may increase your AWA. See “SecurePay NH: Increased AWA Because of Confinement in Nursing Home,” and “Required Minimum Distributions.” In no event will the AWA increase if the Contract Value is reduced to zero and an Annuity Date is established. (See “Reduction of Contract Value to Zero.”)
Calculating the Benefit Base Before the Benefit Election Date
The Benefit Base is used to calculate the AWA and determine the SecurePay Fee. As the Benefit Base increases, the AWA and the amount of the SecurePay Fee increase. Your Benefit Base can never be more than $5 million.
Note: The Benefit Base is only used to calculate the AWA and the SecurePay Fee; it is not a cash value, surrender value, or death benefit, it is not available to Owners, it is not a minimum return for any Sub-Account, and it is not a guarantee of any Contract Value.
We determine your initial Benefit Base on the Rider Issue Date. It is equal to the Contract Value on that date.
Thereafter, we increase the Benefit Base dollar-for-dollar for each Purchase Payment made within 2 years of the Rider Issue Date. We reduce the Benefit Base for each withdrawal (including withdrawals under an automatic withdrawal plan) from the Contract prior to the Benefit Period in the same proportion that each withdrawal reduces the Contract Value as of the date we process the withdrawal request.
Example: Assume your Benefit Base is $100,000, but because of poor Sub-Account performance your Contract Value has fallen to $90,000. If you make a $9,000 withdrawal, thereby reducing your Contract Value by 10% to $81,000, we would reduce your Benefit Base also by 10%, or $10,000, to $90,000.
We will also recalculate your Benefit Base on each Contract Anniversary following the Rider Issue Date to equal the greatest of:
1.
the Benefit Base on that Contract Anniversary;
2.
the SecurePay Highest Quarterly Value on that Contract Anniversary (described below); or
3.
the SecurePay Roll-up Value on that Contract Anniversary (described below).
SecurePay Highest Quarterly Value.   On each Quarterly Anniversary following the Rider Issue Date we calculate a “quarterly value.” Each quarterly value is equal to:
a.
the Contract Value as of that Quarterly Anniversary;
b.
reduced proportionately for withdrawals made since that Quarterly Anniversary. This means that we will reduce this amount for each such withdrawal in the same proportion that each withdrawal reduced the Contract Value as of the date we processed the withdrawal request.
The Highest Quarterly Value on any Contract Anniversary is the highest quarterly value calculated since the prior Contract Anniversary.
SecurePay Roll-up Value
On each Contract Anniversary during the “roll-up period” ​(as described below), we calculate the SecurePay Roll-up Value. The SecurePay Roll-up Value is equal to:
a.
the most recently calculated Benefit Base prior to that Contract Anniversary; plus
b.
the “roll-up percentage” multiplied by the Benefit Base on the previous Contract Anniversary, reduced proportionately for withdrawals made since that anniversary. This means that we will reduce this amount for each withdrawal made since the previous Contract Anniversary in the same proportion that each withdrawal reduced the Contract Value as of the date we processed the withdrawal request.
When we calculate the SecurePay Roll-up Value on the first Contract Anniversary following the Rider Issue Date, we will apply the roll-up percentage to the Benefit Base on the Rider Issue Date to determine the “roll-up” amount, and then
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
reduce the “roll-up” amount proportionately for withdrawals made since the Rider Issue Date. We will then add the reduced “roll-up” amount to the most recently calculated Benefit Base prior to the first Contract Anniversary to determine the SecurePay Roll-up Value.
The roll-up percentage that applies during the roll-up period under your SecurePay FXi rider is set forth in the Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement attached to your Prospectus. See “Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement Information.”
We will include Purchase Payments made within the first 120 days following the Contract’s Issue Date when we calculate the roll-up amount on the first Contract Anniversary. For example, assume that the roll-up rate set forth in the applicable Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement is 5.5%. If your initial Purchase Payment on the Contract’s Issue Date is $50,000 and we receive an additional $100,000 Purchase Payment 90 days later, then assuming you do not take any withdrawals during the first Contract Year, the roll-up amount on the first Contract Anniversary will be $8,250 [($50,000 + $100,000) x 5.5%].
Example: Assume on the Rider Issue Date you are 65 and your Benefit Base is $100,000. Before your first Quarterly Anniversary, assume your Contract Value is $103,000 and you take a withdrawal of  $10,300, reducing your current Contract Value to $92,700, which results in a decrease of 10% (($103,000 – $92,700)/$103,000). Because of the withdrawal, we will reduce your Benefit Base by 10% as well, to $90,000. Also assume that one month later, on your first Quarterly Anniversary, your Contract Value has increased from $92,700 to $93,500 due to favorable market performance. Finally, assume that after that Quarterly Anniversary you do not make any additional Purchase Payments or withdrawals, and your Contract Value on the next three Quarterly Anniversaries is $91,075, $92,999, and $89,500. Therefore, the Highest Quarterly Value on your first Contract Anniversary is $93,500.
On the first Contract Anniversary, we also will determine the SecurePay Roll-up Value by adding the most recently calculated Benefit Base ($90,000) to 5.5% of the Benefit Base on the previous Contract Anniversary (the Rider Issue Date), reduced proportionately for withdrawals made since that anniversary. The Benefit Base on the Rider Issue Date was $100,000, and 5.5% of  $100,000 = $5,500. However, because a withdrawal was made during the year, we will reduce this “roll-up” amount in the same proportion that the withdrawal reduced the Contract Value, which was 10%. Because 10% of the “roll-up” amount is $550, the reduced “roll-up” amount is $4,950 ($5,500 — $550). We then calculate the SecurePay Roll-up Value by adding the “roll-up” amount of  $4,950 to $90,000 (the most recently calculated Benefit Base), and determine that the SecurePay Roll-up Value is $94,950.
We will then recalculate your Benefit Base on the first Contract Anniversary to equal the greatest of:
1.
the Benefit Base on that Contract Anniversary ($90,000);
2.
the SecurePay Highest Quarterly Value on that Contract Anniversary ($93,500); or
3.
the SecurePay Roll-up Value $94,950.
We will set your Benefit Base equal to $94,950 because the SecurePay Roll-up Value is greater than the Benefit Base and SecurePay Highest Quarterly Value on that Contract Anniversary.
Note: Withdrawals could reduce your SecurePay Roll-up Value by substantially more than the actual amount of the withdrawal. For example, assume your Benefit Base at the beginning of the Contract Year is $100,000. Assuming that you do not make any additional Purchase Payments or withdrawals, the SecurePay Roll-up Value on the next Contract Anniversary would be $105,500 ($100,000 + $5,500).
Assume instead, however, that during the Contract Year you make a withdrawal of  $45,000 and your Contract Value at that time is $90,000 (i.e., the withdrawal is 50% of your Contract Value). Both the Benefit Base and the “roll-up” amount are also reduced by 50%, to $50,000 and $2,750, respectively. This would result in a SecurePay Roll-up Value of  $52,750 on the next Contract Anniversary ($50,000 + $2,750), rather than $105,500. Thus, the $45,000 withdrawal would reduce the SecurePay Roll-up Value by more than $45,000 — it would reduce it by $52,750 ($105,500 — $52,750).
We only calculate Roll-Up Values on Contract Anniversaries that occur during a roll-up period. The first roll-up period begins on the Rider Issue Date and ends on the earlier of:
a.
the 10th Contract Anniversary following the Rider Issue Date; or
b.
the first reset date.

A reset date is a Contract Anniversary on which we increase your Benefit Base to equal the Highest Quarterly Value (described above).
A new roll-up period begins on each reset date and ends on the earlier of:
a.
the 10th Contract Anniversary following the most recent reset date; or
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
b.
the next occurring reset date.
The final roll-up period ends, and we stop calculating Roll-Up Values, on the earliest of:
a.
the 20th Contract Anniversary after the Rider Issue Date;
b.
the date we receive notice that you elect not to pay an increase in your SecurePay Fee;
c.
the Benefit Election Date; or
d.
the date your SecurePay FXi rider terminates (see “Terminating the SecurePay FXi Rider”).
A new roll-up period can begin concurrently with the end of the prior roll-up period.
Calculating the Benefit Base On or After the Benefit Election Date
We continue calculating the Benefit Base after the Benefit Election Date in the same manner as we did prior to the Benefit Election Date, except withdrawals are treated differently. The effect of a withdrawal on the Benefit Base depends on whether the withdrawal is a SecurePay Withdrawal or an Excess Withdrawal. An Excess Withdrawal is any withdrawal after the Benefit Election Date which, when aggregated with all prior withdrawals during that Contract Year, exceeds the Contract Year’s Annual Withdrawal Amount.
We will not calculate the SecurePay Rollup Value on or after the Benefit Election Date.
SecurePay Withdrawals
SecurePay Withdrawals do not reduce the Benefit Base. Therefore, if all your withdrawals during the Benefit Period are SecurePay Withdrawals, your Annual Withdrawal Amount will never decrease and you may continue to withdraw at least that amount for the lifetime of the Covered Person (or the last surviving Covered Person, if you selected Joint Life Coverage).
If your Benefit Base increases on a Contract Anniversary, your Annual Withdrawal Amount and therefore SecurePay Withdrawals available to you in subsequent Contract Years will also increase.
Important Consideration

SecurePay Withdrawals are not cumulative. If you choose to receive only a part of, or none of, your AWA in any given Contract Year, you should understand that you cannot carry over any unused SecurePay Withdrawals to any future Contract Years.
For example, assume that the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage set forth in the applicable Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement is 5.4%. If your Benefit Base is $100,000, then your AWA is $5,400 ($100,000 x 0.054). If you withdraw only $4,000 during the Contract Year, the AWA will not increase the next Contract Year by the $1,400 you did not withdraw.
We do not impose a surrender charge on any SecurePay Withdrawals.
Excess Withdrawals
During the Benefit Period any portion of a withdrawal that, when aggregated with all prior withdrawals during that Contract Year, exceeds the Annual Withdrawal Amount constitutes an Excess Withdrawal. Therefore, a withdrawal during the Benefit Period that causes the aggregate withdrawals for that Contract Year to exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount may include amounts that qualify as a SecurePay Withdrawal as well as amounts that are Excess Withdrawals.
An Excess Withdrawal will reduce the Benefit Base. The effect of the Excess Withdrawal on the Benefit Base depends, in part, on the relationship of the Benefit Base to the Contract Value at that time.
a.
If, at the time of the Excess Withdrawal, your Contract Value minus the non-excess portion of the withdrawal (the portion of the withdrawal that qualifies as a SecurePay Withdrawal) is greater than the Benefit Base, we will reduce the Benefit Base by the amount of the Excess Withdrawal plus any applicable surrender charge.
b.
If, at the time of Excess Withdrawal, your Contract Value minus the non-excess portion of the withdrawal (the portion of the withdrawal that qualifies as a SecurePay Withdrawal) is less than or equal to the Benefit Base, we will reduce the Benefit Base in the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal plus any applicable surrender charge bears to the Contract Value minus the SecurePay Withdrawal.
For example, assume that the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage set forth in the applicable Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement is 5.4%. Suppose then that your Benefit Base is $100,000, (i.e. your AWA is $5,400), your Contract Value is $110,000, and no surrender charges apply. If you have already taken $3,000 of SecurePay Withdrawals in the
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Contract Year and then request another $3,000 withdrawal, you will exceed your Annual Withdrawal Amount by $600; $2,400 of that withdrawal will be a SecurePay Withdrawal and $600 will be an Excess Withdrawal. In this case, rule (a) above applies because the Contract Value less the SecurePay Withdrawal ($110,000 – $2,400 = $107,600) is greater than your Benefit Base ($100,000). We will therefore reduce your Benefit Base by the Excess Withdrawal and your new Benefit Base will be $99,400 ($100,000 – $600).
However, if in the example above, your Contract Value is $70,000 then rule (b) applies. In this case, we determine the reduction in your Benefit Base first by determining the proportion that the Excess Withdrawal bears to the Contract Value minus the SecurePay Withdrawal. We calculate this by dividing the $600 Excess Withdrawal by the Contract Value less the $2,400 SecurePay Withdrawal ($600 / ($70,000 – $2,400) = 0.08876%). We then apply this percentage reduction to your Benefit Base. Thus your new Benefit Base will be equal to $99,112 ($100,000 – ($100,000 x 0.08876%)).
The examples above do not include the effect of any surrender charges that may be applicable.
We will recalculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount on the next Contract Anniversary by multiplying the Benefit Base on that date by the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage. We also will apply a surrender charge to the Excess Withdrawal, if a surrender charge would otherwise be applicable.
Reduction of Contract Value to Zero
If the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to the deduction of fees or a SecurePay Withdrawal, the Contract will terminate and we will settle the benefit under your SecurePay FXi rider as follows:

We will pay the remaining AWA not yet withdrawn in the current Contract Year, if any, in a lump sum;

We will establish an Annuity Date that is the Contract Anniversary following the date of the transaction that reduced the Contract Value to zero; and

On the Annuity Date, we will pay a monthly payment equal to the AWA divided by 12 until the death of the Owner, or if the rider covers two spouses, the death of the second spouse. If benefits are being paid under the SecurePay NH benefit on the Annuity Date, the amount of your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of the SecurePay NH endorsement. (See “Availability of SecurePay NH Benefit after Annuitization.”) Please note that we may accept different payment intervals.
If you request a surrender and your Contract Value at the time of the request is less than your remaining AWA for that Contract Year, we will pay you a lump sum equal to such remaining AWA.
If your Contract Value reduces to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, we will terminate your Contract and the SecurePay FXi rider. You will not be entitled to receive any further benefits under the SecurePay FXi rider.
As with any distribution from the Contract, there may be tax consequences. In this regard, we intend to treat any amounts that you receive before the Annuity Date is established as described above and that are in the form of SecurePay Withdrawals as withdrawals. We intend to treat any amounts that you receive after the Annuity Date is established as described above and that are a settlement of the benefit under your SecurePay FXi rider as annuity payments for tax purposes. See “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL.”
Benefit Available on Maximum Annuity Date (oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s 95th birthday)
If the Owner annuitizes before the oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s 95th birthday (“Maximum Annuity Date”) the SecurePay FXi rider will terminate and the Owner will not be entitled to any benefits under the rider, including the Annual Withdrawal Amount. The annuity payments may be less than the Annual Withdrawal Amount. Please discuss with your financial advisor whether it is in your best interest to annuitize prior to the Maximum Annuity Date since you will have paid for the SecurePay FXi rider without having received the benefit payable under the rider. The SecurePay FXi rider may not be suitable for you if you intend to annuitize the Contract prior to the Maximum Annuity Date (oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s 95th birthday).
You must annuitize the Contract no later than the oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s 95th birthday (“Maximum Annuity Date”). If your SecurePay FXi rider is in effect on the Maximum Annuity Date, in addition to the other Annuity Options available to you under your Contract, one of your Annuity Options will be to receive monthly annuity payments equal to the AWA divided by 12 for the life of the Covered Person (or the last surviving Covered Person if Joint Life Coverage was selected). If benefits are being paid under the SecurePay NH benefit on the Maximum Annuity Date, the amount of your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of the SecurePay NH endorsement. (See “Availability of SecurePay NH Benefit after Annuitization.”) If you do not select an Annuity Option, your monthly annuity payments will be the greater of  (i) the AWA divided by 12 or (ii) payments based upon the Contract Value for the life of the Annuitant with a 10-year Certain Period. We must receive Written Notice of your election of such annuity payments
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
at least three days but no earlier than 90 days before the Maximum Annuity Date. For more information regarding Annuity Options, including Certain Period options, see ANNUITY PAYMENTS, Annuity Options.
SecurePay Fee
We deduct a fee for the SecurePay FXi rider that compensates us for the costs and risks we assume in providing this benefit. This SecurePay Fee is a percentage of the Benefit Base. We deduct this fee from your Contract Value on the Valuation Date that occurs after each Valuation Period containing a Monthly Anniversary Date. The SecurePay Fee is deducted from the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account only; it is not deducted from the assets in the DCA Account. The monthly fee is deducted from the Sub-Accounts in the same proportion that the value of each Sub-Account bears to the total Contract Value in the Variable Account on that date. Accordingly, you must have transferred some assets from your DCA Account to Sub-Accounts in accordance with the rider’s Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions before the fee is charged.
The current SecurePay Fee for the SecurePay FXi rider can be found in your Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. The maximum fee that we may charge for your SecurePay FXi rider is [2.20]% ( []% under RightTime) of your Benefit Base.
We reserve the right to increase the SecurePay Fee up to the maximum stated above if, in our sole discretion, the increase is necessary or appropriate to cover the costs Protective Life incurs to mitigate the risks associated with offering the rider. We will not increase the SecurePay Fee above the maximum amount, however. If we increase the SecurePay Fee, we will give you at least 30 days’ written notice prior to the increase which notice will identify the date the increase in the SecurePay Fee will take place and provide instructions on how to accept or decline the increase. You may elect not to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee. If you elect not to pay the increased SecurePay Fee, your rider will not terminate. Instead, you will continue to be assessed your current SecurePay Fee, but you will give up any future increases in your Benefit Base resulting from increases in your Contract Value as calculated on each Quarterly Anniversary. You will continue to be entitled to increases in the Benefit Base resulting from the application of the SecurePay Roll-up Value for the remainder of your current roll-up period, however.
This is how it works: If a Highest Quarterly Value established before you decline a fee increase becomes the Benefit Base on the next Contract Anniversary, a new roll-up period will begin, which extends the time in which you can possibly benefit from the roll-up. After you decline to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee, we will set all subsequent Quarterly Values under the rider at $0. This eliminates the possibility that the next Quarterly Value will increase your Benefit Base. We will continue to calculate the SecurePay Roll-up Value, and will increase your Benefit Base by the amount of any increase in the SecurePay Roll-up Value for the remainder of the current roll-up period. Your Benefit Base will be frozen at the end of the then current roll-up period, except for reductions based upon Excess Withdrawals.
ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR SECUREPAY FXI RIDER
In order to maintain the SecurePay FXi rider, you must allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions that we have established. The Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions are designed to limit our risk under this rider and are divided into two phases- the rider accumulation phase and the rider withdrawal phase. These phases are discussed in more detail below.
Allocation by
Investment Category (“AIC”)
Benefit Allocation
Model Portfolios
Permissible Single
Investment Options
Rider Accumulation Phase
Categories 1-3 are available at designated percentages; Category 4 is not allowed [Income Focus, Moderate Income, Balanced toward Income, and Balanced Growth and Income] []
Rider Withdrawal Phase Not available [Income Focus, Moderate Income, Balanced toward Income, and Balanced Growth and Income] []
The Rider Accumulation Phase
The rider accumulation phase of your Contract begins when you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider, either at Contract Issue or under RightTime.
Specifically, you must: (1) allocate all of your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with the Allocation by Investment Category guidelines (described below), (2) allocate all of your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with one of the eligible Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios (described below) or (3) allocate all of your Purchase Payments and Contract Value to one of the permissible single investment options. All of the investment
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
options available under the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions are described below. You may also allocate your Purchase Payments to the dollar cost averaging (“DCA”) Account(s), provided that transfers from the DCA Account are allocated to the Sub-Accounts in accordance with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions described above.
Note: The Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions in the Investment Options available under your Contract are intended in part to reduce risks of investment losses that would require us to use our own assets to make payments in connection with the guarantees provided by the SecurePay FXi rider. The Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions are designed to reduce the overall volatility of your Contract Value. During rising markets, the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions could cause Contract Value to rise less than would have been the case had you been invested in Funds with more aggressive investment strategies. Conversely, investing according to the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions may be helpful in a declining market because during periods of high volatility, the risk of losses from investing in equity securities may increase. In these instances, your Contract Value may decline less than would have been the case had you not been invested in a more aggressive investment strategy.
There is no guarantee that the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions can limit volatility in your investment portfolio, and you may lose principal.
To the extent that the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions are successful in reducing overall volatility, we will benefit from a reduction of the risk arising from our guarantee obligations under the rider and we will have less risk to hedge under the rider than would be the case if Owners did not invest in accordance with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. The Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions may not be consistent with an aggressive investment strategy. You should consult with your registered representative to determine if they are consistent with your investment objectives.
NOTE: You may not allocate any of your Purchase Payments or Contract Value to the Fixed Account.
Allocation by Investment Category.   The following Allocation by Investment Category guidelines specify the minimum and maximum percentages of your Contract Value that must be allocated to each of the four categories of Sub-Accounts listed below in order for you to remain eligible for benefits under the (unless you are fully invested in a Benefit Allocation Model or a permissible single investment option, as described above). You can select the percentage of Contract Value to allocate to individual Sub-Accounts within each group, but the total investment for all Sub-Accounts in a group must comply with the specified minimum and maximum percentages for that group.
These Allocation by Investment Category guidelines may not be consistent with an aggressive investment strategy. You should consult with your registered representative to determine if they are consistent with your investment objectives.
Allocation by Investment Category
Category 1
Minimum Allocation: [10%
Maximum Allocation: 100% ]
[American Funds IS® Bond Fund
American Funds IS® U.S. Gov Secs Fd
Columbia VP Intermediate Bond Fund
Columbia VP Limited Duration Credit Fund
Fidelity® VIP FundsManager 20% Portfolio
Fidelity® VIP Investment Grade Bond Port
Western Asset Core Plus VIT Portfolio
Goldman Sachs VIT Core Fixed Income Fund
Invesco VI Government Securities Fund
Invesco VI US Government Mny port
Lord Abbett Series Short Duration Inc Pt
PIMCO VIT Low Duration Portfolio
PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio
PIMCO VIT Short-Term Portfolio
PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio]
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Category 2
Minimum Allocation: [0%
Maximum Allocation: 60% ]
[American Century VP Balanced
American Funds IS® Asset Allocation Fund
BlackRock 60/40 Trgt Allc ETF VI Fd
BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund
Columbia VP Balanced Fund
Columbia VP Strategic Income Fund
Fidelity® VIP Asset Manager Portfolio
Fidelity® VIP Balanced Portfolio
Fidelity® VIP Target Volatility Port
Franklin Income VIP Fund
Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund
Goldman Sachs VIT Trend Driv Alloc Fd
Invesco VI Balanced-Risk Allocation Fund
Invesco VI Cnsrv Bal Fd
Janus Henderson VIT Balanced Portfolio
Lord Abbett Series Fd Bd Debenture Port
Morgan Stanley VIF Core Plus FxdInc Port
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Strat Port
PIMCO Income Portfolio
PIMCO VIT All Asset Portfolio
PIMCO VIT Global Diversified Alloc Port
PIMCO VIT High Yield Portfolio
PIMCO VIT Long-Term US Government Port]
Category 3
Minimum Allocation: [0%
Maximum Allocation: 40%]
[AB VPS Growth and Income Portfolio
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio
American Funds IS® Cptl Wld Gr & Inc Fd
American Funds IS® Global Growth Fund
American Funds IS® Growth Fund
American Funds IS® Growth-Income Fund
American Funds IS® Intl Gr And Inc Fund
American Funds IS® Washington Mutual Inv
Fidelity® VIP FundsManager 85% Portfolio
Fidelity® VIP Health Care Portfolio
Fidelity® VIP Index 500 Portfolio
Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio
ClearBridge Variable Dividend Strat Port
ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Gr Port
Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund
Goldman Sachs VIT Growth Opps Fd
Goldman Sachs VIT Strategic Growth Fund
Invesco VI Comstock Fund
Invesco VI Equity and Income Fund
Invesco VI Growth and Income Fund
Janus Henderson VIT Forty Portfolio
Lord Abbett Series Dividend Growth Port
Lord Abbett Series Fund Fdmtl Eq Port
T. Rowe Price Blue Chip Growth Portfolio]
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Category 4
No Allocation Permitted if SecurePay FXi is Selected
[AB VPS Small Cap Growth Portfolio
AB VPS Small/Mid Cap Value Portfolio
American Century VP Disciplined Core Val
American Century VP International
American Century VP Ultra® Fund
American Funds IS® Global Small Cap Fund
American Funds IS® International Fund
American Funds IS® New World Fund
Columbia VP Select Mid Cap Value Fund
Columbia VP Seligman Global TechnologyFd
Fidelity® VIP Energy Portfolio
Fidelity® VIP Technology Portfolio
ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Portfolio
ClearBridge Variable Small Cap Gr Port
Franklin DynaTech VIP Fund
Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund
Franklin Small Mid Cap Growth VIP Fund
Templeton Developing Markets VIP Fund
Goldman Sachs VIT Sm Cp Eq Insights Fd
Invesco V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fd
Invesco V.I. Main Street Small Cap I
Invesco VI Global Fund
Invesco VI Global Real Estate Fund
Invesco VI Small Cap Equity Fund
Janus Henderson VIT Glbl Tech&Innvt Port
Janus Henderson VIT Global Sustainable Equity Portfolio
Janus Henderson VIT Overseas Portfolio
Lord Abbett Series Growth Opps Port
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Franchise Port
Morgan Stanley VIF Global Infras Port
Morgan Stanley VIF Growth Portfolio
T. Rowe Price Health Sciences Port]
The Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios.   Certain of the Model Portfolios (the “Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios”) are approved for use with the SecurePay Rider.
In general, the investment strategies employed by the Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios all include allocations that focus on conservative, high quality bond funds, that combine bond funds and blended stock funds, or that emphasize blended stock funds while including a significant weighting of bond funds. Each of these allocation models seeks to provide income and/or capital appreciation while avoiding excessive risk. If you are seeking a more aggressive growth strategy, the Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios are probably not appropriate for you.
If you allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with one of the eligible Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios, we will allocate your Purchase Payments and transfers out of the DCA Accounts, as the case may be, in accordance with the Benefit Allocation Model Portfolio you selected. You may change your Benefit Allocation Model Portfolio selection provided the new portfolio is one specifically permitted for use with the SecurePay FXi rider.
Other asset allocation model portfolios composed of underlying Sub-Accounts made available from time to time as Investment Options under your Contract may also satisfy our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. See “Asset Allocation Model Portfolios” for more information about the Model Portfolios.
Permissible Single Investment Options.   You may also satisfy the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions by allocating 100% of your Purchase Payments and Contract Value to one of the following permissible single investment options:

[]

[]
If more than one single investment option is available, you must allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value to only one of these options.
The Rider Withdrawal Phase
The Withdrawal Phase of your Contract begins on your Benefit Election Date. During the Withdrawal Phase, your Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions are more limited. The table below outlines your options during the Withdrawal Phase. For more information regarding these options, see “Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios” and “Permissible Single Investment Options” described above.
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Allocation by
Investment Category (“AIC”)
Benefit Allocation
Model Portfolios
Permissible Single
Investment Options
Rider Withdrawal Phase Not available [Income Focus, Moderate Income, Balanced toward Income, and Balanced Growth and Income] []
Changes to the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions.   For purposes of the Allocation by Investment Category guidelines, we determine in our sole discretion whether a Sub-Account is classified as Category 1, Category 2, Category 3, or Category 4. We will provide you with at least five business days prior written notice of any changes in classification of Investment Options. We may change the list of Sub-Accounts in a group, change the number of groups, change the minimum or maximum percentages of Contract Value allowed in a group, or change the Investment Options that are or are not available to you, at any time, in our sole discretion. We may make such modifications at any time when we believe the modifications are necessary to protect our ability to provide the guarantees under the SecurePay FXi rider.
With respect to the Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios, we determine in our sole discretion whether a Benefit Allocation Model Portfolio will continue to be available with the SecurePay FXi rider. We may offer additional Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios or discontinue existing Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios at any time in our sole discretion. We may make such modifications at any time when we believe the modifications are necessary to protect our ability to provide the guarantees under the SecurePay FXi rider. We will provide you with written notice at least five business days before any changes to the Benefit Allocation Model Portfolios take effect.
We may add to, or remove from, the list of single investment options available to satisfy the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions in our sole discretion at any time.
If you receive notice of a change to the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions (including changes to your Benefit Allocation Model Portfolio), you are not required to take any action. We will continue to apply Purchase Payments you submit without allocation instructions, and process automatic DCA and portfolio rebalancing transfers, according to your Contract allocation established before the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions changed. We will only apply the new Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions to additional Purchase Payments submitted with new allocation instructions or to future transfers of Contract Value (not including DCA transfers or transfers made to reallocate your Contract Value under the portfolio rebalancing program) because allocation instructions that accompany a Purchase Payment and instructions to transfer Contract Value change your current Contract allocation. This means you will not be able to make additional Purchase Payments submitted with new allocation instructions or transfers of Contract Value until your current allocation instructions meet the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions in effect at that time (although you will still be required to participate in the portfolio rebalancing program).
Portfolio Rebalancing.   If you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider, we will automatically enroll you in the portfolio rebalancing program. Under this program, we will “re-balance” your Variable Account value based on your allocation instructions in effect at the time of the rebalancing. You may specify rebalancing on a quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis. If you do not specify the period, we will rebalance your Variable Account value semi-annually based on the Rider Issue Date. We will also rebalance your Variable Account value each time your Contract allocation is changed, for example, when we receive a request to transfer Contract Value (not including DCA or portfolio rebalancing transfers) or when we receive a subsequent Purchase Payment that is accompanied by new allocation instructions.
Confirmation of the rebalancing will appear on your quarterly statement and you will not receive an individual confirmation after each reallocation. We reserve the right to change the rebalancing frequency, at any time if, in our sole discretion, such change is necessary or appropriate to mitigate the risks and costs Protective Life assumes in offering the rider. We will not make changes more than once per calendar year. You will be notified at least 30 days prior to the date of any change in frequency.
If you terminate the rebalancing of your Variable Account value, we will consider this to be a Prohibited Allocation Instruction and we will terminate your SecurePay FXi rider (see below).
Note: Changes to the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions, to the frequency of portfolio rebalancing or to the composition of the Model Portfolios, when and if applied to your Contract Value allocations, may negatively affect the overall performance of the Investment Options in the affected Sub-Accounts.
Prohibited Allocation Instructions.   If you instruct us to allocate Purchase Payments or Contract Value, or to take withdrawals, in a manner that is not consistent with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions (a “Prohibited Allocation instruction”), we will terminate your SecurePay FXi rider, but only after receiving confirmation from you of your intention for us to process the Prohibited Allocation instruction and thereby terminate the SecurePay FXi rider. For
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
example, if you are following the Allocation by Investment Category guidelines and you provide new instructions allocating 60% of your Contract Value to the [Fidelity VIP Contrafund] Sub-Account, we will consider this to be a Prohibited Allocation Instruction because the maximum allocation you may make to the Sub-Accounts in Category 3 is 40% of your Contract Value.
For purposes of allocating your Purchase Payments and Contract Value, a Prohibited Allocation Instruction includes:
a.
allocating a Purchase Payment so that the allocation of your Contract Value following the Purchase Payment is inconsistent with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions;
b.
directing a dollar cost averaging transfer so that the allocation of your Contract Value following the transfer is inconsistent with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions;
c.
transferring any Contract Value so that the allocation of your Contract Value following the transfer is inconsistent with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions;
d.
deducting the proceeds of a withdrawal from an Investment Option so that the allocation of your Contract Value following the withdrawal is inconsistent with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions; or
e.
terminating the rebalancing of your Contract Value.
If we terminate your SecurePay FXi rider due to a Prohibited Allocation instruction, you may reinstate the rider subject to certain conditions. See “Reinstating Your SecurePay Rider Within 30 Days of Termination.”
Terminating the SecurePay FXi Rider
The SecurePay FXi rider terminates upon the earliest of the following without any benefit payable under the Rider:

any Annuity Date prior to the Maximum Annuity Date;

the Valuation Date you terminate your SecurePay FXi rider (permitted after the rider has been in effect for at least ten years);

the Valuation Date the Contract is surrendered or terminated;

the Valuation Date your Contract Value reduces to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal;

the Valuation Date on or after the Benefit Election Date we receive instructions from you that results in a change in Covered Person(s);

for a SecurePay FXi rider with one Covered Person, the date of the Covered Person’s death before the Annuity Date (even if the surviving spouse of the deceased Covered Person elects to continue the Contract);

for a SecurePay FXi rider with two Covered Persons, the date of death of the last surviving Covered Person before the Annuity Date;

the Valuation Date we receive instructions that are not in compliance with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions for Protected Lifetime Income Benefit.
The SecurePay FXi rider also terminates under the following circumstances with some benefits payable to you:

the Valuation Date your Contract Value reduces to zero due to poor Sub-Account performance, the deduction of fees, and/or a SecurePay Withdrawal (subject to our obligation to make monthly payments to you, as set forth above under “Reduction of Contract Value to Zero”);

the Maximum Annuity Date (being the Owner’s choice of the options outlined under “Benefit Available on Maximum Annuity Date (Oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s 95th Birthday)”); or
Deduction of the monthly fee for the SecurePay FXi rider ceases upon termination. We will not refund the SecurePay Fees you have paid if your SecurePay FXi rider terminates for any reason. If your SecurePay FXi rider terminates, you may not reinstate it or purchase a new rider except as described below under “Reinstating Your SecurePay FXi Rider Within 30 Days of Termination” and “Continuing or Purchasing a SecurePay FXi Rider When a Surviving Spouse Elects to Continue the Contract.”
Reinstating Your SecurePay FXi Rider Within 30 Days of Termination
If your SecurePay FXi rider terminated due to a Prohibited Allocation instruction (see “ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR SECUREPAY FXI RIDER”) or due to a change in Covered Person after the Benefit Election
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Date (see “Designating the Covered Person(s)”), and you made no additional Purchase Payment after the termination, you may request that we reinstate your rider.
If termination occurred due to a Prohibited Allocation Instruction, your written reinstatement request must correct the previous Prohibited Allocation Instruction by directing us to allocate your Contract Value in accordance with the rider’s Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions and resume portfolio rebalancing. If termination occurred due to a change in Covered Person after the Benefit Election Date, your written reinstatement request must correct the change in Covered Person by directing us to designate under the reinstated rider the original Covered Person(s) that had been selected on the Benefit Election Date.
We must receive your written reinstatement request within 30 days of the date the rider terminated. The reinstated rider will have the same terms and conditions, including the same SecurePay FXi Rider Issue Date, Benefit Base, AWA, SecurePay Fee and, if applicable, Maximum Withdrawal Percentage, as it had prior to termination.
Continuing or Purchasing a SecurePay FXi Rider When a Surviving Spouse Elects to Continue the Contract
Upon the death of the Owner before the Benefit Election Date, if the surviving spouse elects to continue the Contract and become the new Owner, the surviving spouse may also continue the SecurePay FXi rider, provided the surviving spouse meets the rider’s issue age requirements as of the Rider Issue Date or as of any date prior to the date we receive the written request to continue the Contract. On the next Contract Anniversary, the Benefit Base will be the greater of (1) the Contract Value (which will reflect the Death Benefit), or (2) the current Benefit Base.
If the SecurePay Benefit Election Form indicates Single Life Coverage and the SecurePay FXi rider terminates due to the death of the Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date, and if the surviving spouse elects to continue the Contract and become the new sole Owner, then the surviving spouse may purchase a new SecurePay FXi rider before the Annuity Date if we are offering the rider at that time. The new SecurePay FXi rider will be subject to the terms and conditions of the rider in effect at the time it is issued. This means:

The initial Benefit Base will be equal to the Contract Value as of the new Rider Issue Date.

We will impose the current SecurePay Fee under RightTime in effect on the new Rider Issue Date.
The surviving spouse may not purchase a new SecurePay FXi rider if he or she does not meet the rider’s issue age requirements as of the Rider Issue Date or the date we receive the written request to continue the Contract. Only the surviving spouse is eligible to be a Covered Person under the new rider, and the rider will terminate upon the death of that Covered Person. Please note that the SecurePay FXi rider may not be available in all states and that we may limit the availability of the SecurePay FXi rider at any time.
If the SecurePay Benefit Election Form indicates Joint Life Coverage and a Covered Person dies following the Benefit Election Date, and if the surviving spouse elects to continue the Contract and the SecurePay FXi rider, the Annual Withdrawal Amount remains the same until the next Contract Anniversary. On the next Contract Anniversary, the Benefit Base will be the greater of the Contract Value (which will reflect the addition of the Death Benefit) or the current Benefit Base and we will recalculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount, if necessary, using the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage associated with Joint Life Coverage.
Tax Consequences
Treatment of Civil Unions and Domestic Partners.   If applicable state law affords legal recognition of domestic partnerships or civil unions, we will treat those individuals in a bona fide civil union or domestic partnership as spouses for the purposes of the rider benefits. Individuals in these relationships are both eligible to be Covered Persons under the rider, and will receive benefits as long as both are alive. However, federal law does not recognize the parties to these relationships as spouses for federal tax purposes so the surviving Beneficiary may not continue the Contract and become the new Owner, since this right is available only to an individual who is a spouse of the deceased Owner under federal law. In addition, if the Owner and the Beneficiary are no longer married as of the date of death, such individuals are not treated as “spouses” for federal tax purposes. As a result, the surviving Beneficiary of a domestic or civil union partner, or a surviving Beneficiary who is no longer married to the Owner as of the date of death, will be required to take distributions from the Contract under the rules that apply to a non-spouse Beneficiary. In some circumstances, distributing the remaining Contract Value under these rules could substantially reduce or eliminate the rider’s benefit while the surviving Beneficiary is still alive.
An individual who is a party to a civil union or a domestic partnership should not purchase the SecurePay FXi rider before consulting legal and financial advisors and carefully evaluating whether the SecurePay FXi rider is suitable for his or her needs.
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Other Tax Matters.   For a general discussion of tax consequences specific to the SecurePay FXi rider, see “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL, Tax Consequences of SecurePay FXi Rider” and “QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS, SecurePay FXi.”
SecurePay NH: Increased AWA Because of Confinement in Nursing Home
(Not available in Connecticut and South Dakota)
The SecurePay NH benefit may not be available with new contracts in the future. We reserve the right to discontinue this benefit at any time if, in our sole discretion, such change is necessary or appropriate to mitigate the risks and costs Protective Life assumes in offering the benefit. Please check with your financial advisor to determine availability.
If you are confined to a nursing home, you may be eligible for an increased Annual Withdrawal Amount (“AWA”) with our SecurePay NH (Nursing Home Enhancement) feature. This feature is included at no additional charge with the SecurePay FXi rider.
What is SecurePay NH?
If you qualify for the SecurePay NH benefit during a Contract Year, we will double the AWA to which you are currently entitled for that year, not to exceed 10% of your Benefit Base.
Nursing Home Benefit Period
The Nursing Home Benefit Period is the period of time during which the increased SecurePay withdrawal percentage is used to calculate the AWA. Any Contract Year or portion thereof during which the increased SecurePay withdrawal percentage is used to calculate the AWA will be a full Contract Year for the purpose of determining the Nursing Home Benefit Period.
Maximum Aggregate Nursing Home Benefit Period Period.     The Nursing Home Benefit Period will extend for a maximum of five (5) Contract years in which you qualify for the SecurePay NH benefit. The qualifying Contract years need not be consecutive. Any Contract Year or portion thereof during which the increased SecurePay withdrawal percentage is used to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount will be a full Contract Year for the purpose of determining the Nursing Home Benefit Period.
Eligibility for SecurePay NH Benefits.
To qualify for the increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit, the Covered Person must:
1.
have established the Benefit Election Date or establish the Benefit Election Date when he or she applies for the SecurePay NH benefit;
2.
(a) be currently confined to a Nursing Home, as defined below; (b) have been confined to a Nursing Home for at least 90-days immediately preceding your application for the SecurePay NH benefit; and (c) have a reasonable expectation that he or she will continue to be confined to a Nursing Home; and
3.
be unable to perform at least two of the six Activities of Daily Living described below, or be diagnosed with a Severe Cognitive Impairment.
Nursing Home: For purposes of determining your eligibility for the SecurePay NH benefit, a “Nursing Home” is defined as a facility (or portion of a facility) primarily engaged in providing continuous, on-going nursing care to its residents in accordance with the authority granted by a license issued by State or Federal government (or granted pursuant to state certification or operated pursuant to law if your state neither licenses nor certifies such facilities), and qualified as a “skilled nursing home facility” under Medicare or Medicaid. A “Nursing Home” does not include: a hospital or clinic; a facility operated primarily for the treatment of alcoholism or drug addiction; or, an assisted living facility engaged primarily in custodial care.
Ineligibility.   You are not eligible for the SecurePay NH benefit if you were in a nursing home during the one year preceding your purchase of the SecurePay FXi rider, or you are confined to a nursing home during the year following your purchase of the rider.
Activities of Daily Living (ADL).   Under the SecurePay NH benefit, “Activities of Daily Living” refer to the following functions relating to the Covered Person’s ability to live independently:

Bathing — The ability to wash oneself by sponge bath or in either a tub or shower, including the task of getting into or out of the tub or shower.
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continence — The ability to maintain control of bowel and bladder function, or when unable to maintain control of bowel or bladder function, the ability to perform associated personal hygiene, including caring for the catheter or colostomy bag.

Dressing — The ability to put on and take off all items of clothing and any necessary braces, fasteners or artificial limbs.

Eating — The ability to feed oneself by getting food into the body from a receptacle, such as a plate, cup, or table, or by feeding tube or intravenously.

Toileting — The ability to get to and from the toilet, getting on and off the toilet, and performing associated personal hygiene.

Transferring — The ability to move into or out of a bed, chair or wheelchair.
Severe Cognitive Impairment.   For purposes of determining eligibility for the SecurePay NH benefit, Severe Cognitive Impairment is a loss or deterioration of intellectual capacity that is comparable to (and includes) Alzheimer’s disease and similar forms of irreversible dementia.
Two Covered Persons.   If you selected the Joint Life Coverage Option when you established your Benefit Election Date, both Covered Persons must satisfy the eligibility requirements for the increased SecurePay NH benefit.
Applying for Increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit.
Initial Application.   To apply for an increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit, you must submit an application certifying that the Covered Person meets the conditions for qualification under the SecurePay NH benefit. This certification must be signed by the Covered Person’s Physician. If the Owner is unable to submit an application for an increased AWA on his or her own behalf, we will accept an application on behalf of an Owner from a person who provides satisfactory proof that they have legally assumed care, custody, and representation of the incapacitated Owner. Typically, this would be a valid power of attorney or an order of conservatorship from a court of competent jurisdiction.
The certifying Physician must be a medical doctor currently licensed by a state Board of Medical Examiners, or similar authority in the United States, acting within the scope of his or her license and not related to the covered person. We may require an examination of the Covered Person by a Physician of our choice at our expense. In the event of a conflict between the medical opinions, the opinion of our Physician shall prevail.
Re-Certification of Eligibility.   Beginning with the second Contract Anniversary following the end of a Valuation Period during which we determine that the Covered Person qualifies for the increased AWA under SecurePay NH (the “Qualification Date”), you must submit a re-certification of eligibility not less than 10, nor more than 30 days prior to each applicable Contract Anniversary. We will notify you at least 30 days before the re-certification is due.
The re-certification must certify that the Covered Person continues to meet the conditions for eligibility under SecurePay NH, and must be signed by the Covered Person’s physician. We may require an examination by a physician of our choice at our expense. In the event of a conflict between the medical opinions, the opinion of our physician will prevail.
We will notify you if you fail to qualify for continued eligibility for the SecurePay NH benefit. For any Contract Year during which the Covered Person fails to qualify for the Nursing Home Enhancement, we calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount according to the terms of the SecurePay FXi rider you purchased.
If you have questions about applying for an increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit, or to obtain a copy of the SecurePay NH application and other forms required to apply, you can call us at 1-800-456-6330 or write to us at Protective Life Insurance Company, P.O. Box 1928, Birmingham, Alabama 35202-1928.
Determining Your Increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit
Initial Qualifying Year.   Qualification for an increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit may increase the Annual Withdrawal Amount available for the Contract Year during which you qualify. An increase in the Annual Withdrawal Amount will not change the effect of any withdrawal that occurred prior to the Qualification Date. Thus, if you took an Excess Withdrawal during the Contract Year before you were notified that you qualify for the SecurePay NH increased AWA, your earlier withdrawal would still be treated as an Excess Withdrawal under SecurePay.
If your aggregate withdrawals during the qualifying Contract Year are less than or equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount in effect prior to the Qualification Date, we will recalculate the remaining Annual Withdrawal Amount for that Contract Year as of the Qualification Date by multiplying the Benefit Base on that date by the enhanced Maximum Withdrawal Percentage, and subtracting all prior non-Excess Withdrawals taken since the later of the Benefit Election Date or the most recent Contract Anniversary.
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Example: Five years ago, after turning age 75, Elisabeth elected to begin her SecurePay FXi benefit. She is now 80 years old and has a Benefit Base and Contract Value of  $100,000. The Maximum Withdrawal Percentage specified in the applicable Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement for Covered Persons age 75 was 5.7%. Her AWA is $5,700 (5.7% x $100,000).
In February of the current Contract Year, Elisabeth takes a SecurePay Withdrawal of  $5,700. Assume that in March, Elisabeth qualifies for an enhanced Maximum Withdrawal Percentage of 10% under SecurePay NH and her Benefit Base is still $100,000. Her new AWA is $10,000 ($100,000 x 10%) and her remaining AWA for the current Contract Year is $4,300 ($10,000 – $5,700).
If you have taken an Excess Withdrawal during the qualifying Contract Year prior to the Qualification Date, we will recalculate the remaining Annual Withdrawal Amount for that Contract Year as of the Qualification Date by subtracting the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage identified on the Benefit Election Date from the enhanced Maximum Withdrawal Percentage provided by this endorsement, and multiplying the difference in those percentages by the Benefit Base on the Qualification Date.
Example: Five years ago, after turning age 75, Elisabeth elected to begin her SecurePay FXi benefit. She is now 80 years old and has a Benefit Base and Contract Value of  $100,000. The Maximum Withdrawal Percentage specified in the applicable Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement for Covered Persons age 75 was 5.7%. Her AWA is $5,700 (5.7% x $100,000).
In February of the current Contract Year, Elisabeth takes a SecurePay Withdrawal of  $5,700 and an Excess Withdrawal of  $4,000. Her new Benefit Base after the Excess Withdrawal is $95,758 ($100,000 – $4,000 / $94,300 x $100,000). Assume that in March, Elisabeth qualifies for an enhanced Maximum Withdrawal Percentage of 10% under SecurePay NH and her Benefit Base is still $95,758. Her new AWA is $9,576 ($95,758 x 10%) and her remaining AWA for the current Contract Year is $4,117 ((10% – 5.7%) x $95,758).
Notice of Qualification.   We will include the amount of the increase in the AWA for the qualifying year in the notice that confirms the Covered Person’s qualification for the Nursing Home Enhancement.
Subsequent Contract Years.   In subsequent Contract Years in which you are eligible for the Nursing Home Enhancement, we multiply the Benefit Base on the Contract Anniversary by the enhanced Maximum Withdrawal Percentage to determine the Annual Withdrawal Amount for that Contract Year. For any year in which you are not eligible for the Nursing Home Enhancement, we determine the Annual Withdrawal Amount, if any, according to the terms of the SecurePay FXi rider you purchased.
Non-Qualifying Years.   For any Contract Year during which the Covered Person fails to qualify for the increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit, we calculate the AWA using the SecurePay withdrawal percentage established on the Benefit Election Date according to the terms of the SecurePay FXi rider you purchased and that Contract Year will not be included in the Nursing Home Benefit Period.
Availability of SecurePay NH Benefit after Annuitization.   Once the Contract has been annuitized, you may no longer submit an application for an increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit. Thus, you may no longer apply for the increased AWA after —

you choose to apply your Annuity Value to an Annuity Option under the Contract;

the Maximum Annuity Date under the Contract is reached; or

the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to the deduction of fees or a SecurePay Withdrawal and an Annuity Date is established.
Thus, if you have not qualified for, and have not begun receiving, an increased AWA under the SecurePay NH benefit when the Contract is annuitized, you will not be able to receive an increased annuity payment even if you would have later qualified for the SecurePay NH Benefit. If you have already qualified for, and are receiving, an increased AWA under SecurePay NH when the Contract is annuitized because the Maximum Annuity Date is reached or the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to the deduction of fees or a SecurePay Withdrawal, you will continue to receive the increased annuity payment according to the terms of your rider. Specifically, you will receive the increased payments for the remainder of the 5-Contract Year Maximum Aggregate Nursing Home Benefit Period. You will not need to re-certify your eligibility for the increased payments under the SecurePay NH benefit after your annuity payments begin.
Termination and Reinstatement of the SecurePay NH Benefit.   The SecurePay FXi rider terminates when the Contract is annuitized. If your SecurePay FXi rider is reinstated, your SecurePay NH benefit will also be reinstated.
Tax Considerations for the SecurePay NH Benefit.   The tax treatment of the SecurePay NH benefit is uncertain in several respects. Please see “FEDERAL TAX MATTERS, Tax Consequences of SecurePay FXi Rider” and “Qualified
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Retirement Plans SecurePay FXi Rider.” If you are considering purchasing a Qualified Contract with the SecurePay FXi rider, you should consult a tax adviser because the addition of the SecurePay FXi rider could affect the qualification of your Contract and/or the Qualified Plan associated with your Contract.
Required Minimum Distributions
If SecurePay FXi is purchased for use with a Qualified Contract, the Qualified Contract must comply with the required minimum distribution (RMD) rules under the Code Section 401(a)(9). The SecurePay FXi rider, and certain other benefits that the IRS may characterize as “other benefits” for purposes of the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9), may increase the amount of the RMD that must be taken from your Qualified Contract. See “QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS.”
After the Benefit Election Date, we permit withdrawals from a Qualified Contract that exceed the AWA in order to satisfy the RMD for the Qualified Contract without compromising the SecurePay FXi guarantees. In particular, if you provide us with Written Notice of an RMD at the time you request a SecurePay Withdrawal from your Qualified Contract, we will compute an amount that is treated under the SecurePay FXi rider as the RMD for the calendar year with respect to your Qualified Contract. Note that although the tax law may permit you in certain circumstances to take distributions from your Qualified Contract to satisfy the RMDs with respect to other retirement plans established for your benefit, only the amount computed by us as the RMD with respect to your Qualified Contract is treated as an RMD for purposes of the SecurePay FXi rider. Also, if you do not provide us with Written Notice of an RMD at the time you request a SecurePay Withdrawal, the entire amount by which the withdrawal exceeds any remaining AWA for the Contract Year will reduce the amount of your future AWA and could reduce your Benefit Base.
In the future, we may institute certain procedures, including requiring that RMD be established as automatic, periodic distributions, in order to ensure that RMDs for a calendar year do not exceed the AWA for the corresponding Contract Year.
In general, under the SecurePay FXi rider, you may withdraw the greater of  (i) your AWA for a Contract Year or (ii) the RMD attributable to your Contract that is determined as of December 31st immediately preceding the beginning of your Contract Year.
Note: If you submit your Benefit Election Form before the first RMD under Code Section 401(a)(9) is due, we may adjust the amount of your maximum SecurePay Withdrawal for the contract year that includes the due date for the first RMD so that the maximum amount of your withdrawal under the SecurePay FXi rider will be the greater of your first RMD or AWA plus the greater of your second RMD or AWA minus your actual withdrawals in the previous Contract Year. Thereafter, the maximum allowed is the greater of the AWA or the RMD determined as of the preceding December 31st.
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
OTHER OPTIONAL BENEFITS
In addition to the death benefits and the SecurePay FXi rider discussed elsewhere in the Prospectus, other optional benefits are available under the Contract. The following table summarizes information about these optional benefits.
Name of Benefit
Purpose
Maximum Fee
Brief Description of
Restrictions/Limitations
Portfolio Rebalancing
Automatically rebalances the Sub-Accounts you select (either quarterly, semi-annually or annually) to maintain your chosen percentage allocation of Variable Account value among the Sub-Accounts.
No Charge

If you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider, your allocations must comply with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions.
Dollar Cost Averaging
Automatically transfers a specific amount of money from the DCA Account or the Fixed Account to the Sub-Accounts you select, on a monthly basis over a specific period of time.
No Charge

If you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider, your allocations must comply with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions.
Automatic Withdrawal Plan (“AWP”)
Automatically withdraws a level dollar amount from the Contract on a monthly or quarterly basis before the Annuity Date.
No Charge

If, during a Contract Year, the amount of withdrawals exceed the annual free withdrawal amount, we will deduct a surrender charge.

If you select the SecurePay FXi rider, the AWP will reduce the Benefit Base and available SecurePay withdrawals.

Income taxes, including a10% additional tax if you are younger than age 591/2, may apply.
SUSPENSION OR DELAY IN PAYMENTS
Payments of a surrender or withdrawal of the Variable Account value or death benefit are usually made within seven (7) calendar days. However, we may delay such payment of a surrender or withdrawal of the Variable Account value or death benefit for any period in the following circumstances:
1.
when the New York Stock Exchange is closed other than the customary weekend and holiday closures;
2.
when trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;
3.
when an emergency exists (as determined by the SEC as a result of which (a) the disposal of securities in the Variable Account is not reasonably practical; or (b) it is not reasonably practical to determine fairly the value of the net assets of the Variable Account);
4.
when the SEC, by order, so permits for the protection of security holders; or
5.
your premium check has not cleared your bank.
If, pursuant to SEC rules, the Invesco V.I. U.S. Government Money Portfolio suspends payment of redemption proceeds in connection with a liquidation of the Fund, we will delay payment of any transfer, withdrawal, surrender, or death benefit from the Invesco V.I. U.S. Government Money Portfolio Sub-Account until the Fund is liquidated. We will also delay execution of the following: (a) transfers and variable income payments from the Variable Account; (b) variable
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
income payments from the Invesco V.I. U.S. Government Money Portfolio Sub-Account; and (c) transfers, fixed income payments, and payment of death benefit from the Guaranteed Account.
We may delay payment of a surrender or withdrawal from the Guaranteed Account for up to six months where permitted.
SUSPENSION OF CONTRACTS
If mandated under applicable law, we may be required to reject a Purchase Payment. We also may be required to provide additional information about you and your account to government regulators or law enforcement authorities. In addition, we may be required to block an Owner’s account and thereby refuse to pay any request for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders, or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator or law enforcement authorities.
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
Premium Based Charge
For each Purchase Payment, we deduct a quarterly Premium Based Charge from your Contract Value during the first seven years after each Purchase Payment is made, or until we receive Due Proof of Death of the Owner at our Administrative Office, whichever is first. This fee reimburses us for expenses related to sales and distribution of the Contract, including commissions we pay to selling brokers, advertising and marketing materials, and other promotional expenses, and is in addition to the surrender charge we may also impose under the Contract (if you withdraw or surrender your Purchase Payments from the Contract) to reimburse us for expenses related to sales and distribution of the Contract. In the event Premium Based Charges are not sufficient to cover sales expenses, we will bear the loss; conversely, if the amount of such charges provides more than enough to cover such expenses, we will retain the excess. Protective Life does not currently believe that the Premium Based Charges imposed will cover the expected costs of distributing the Contracts. Any shortfall will be made up from Protective Life’s general assets, which may include amounts derived from the mortality and expense risk charge.
Premium Based Charge Percentage
The Premium Based Charge is a percentage of each Purchase Payment. We determine the percentage for each Purchase Payment when we apply the Purchase Payment to your Contract by adding that Purchase Payment to all prior Purchase Payments applied to your Contract Value. We will add together all Purchase Payments received within 90 days of the Issue Date for the purpose of determining the Premium Based Charge percentage for each of them.
The schedule of Premium Based Charges is shown in the table below.
Current Purchase Payment Plus All Prior Purchase Payments Applied to the Contract
Quarterly Premium
Based Charge Percentage
(as a percentage of each
Purchase Payment)
Annual Equivalent
of Premium Based
Charge Percentage
Less than $50,000
0.1750% 0.70%
At least $50,000, but less than $100,000
0.1600% 0.64%
At least $100,000, but less than $250,000
0.1250% 0.50%
At least $250,000, but less than $500,000
0.0875% 0.35%
At least $500,000, but less than $1,000,000
0.0625% 0.25%
$1,000,000 or more
0.0375% 0.15%
We do not separate a Purchase Payment into multiple portions when determining its Premium Based Charge percentage. When a Purchase Payment (which includes all prior Purchase Payments applied to the Contract) falls within one of the “breakpoints” in the table above, the entire amount of the Purchase Payment is subject to the Premium Based Charge percentage applicable to that breakpoint. Charge percentage is established for any Purchase Payment, such percentage is fixed and will not change even if additional Purchase Payments are made or withdrawals are taken. Please see Appendix E for examples of the operation of the Premium Based Charge.
Amount of Quarterly Premium Based Charge
We assess the Premium Based Charge for each Purchase Payment subject to the fee on each successive three-month anniversary of the Issue Date (each, a “Quarterly Contract Anniversary”). On the business day following each Quarterly Contract Anniversary, we deduct from your Contract Value an amount equal to the sum of the quarterly fees for all Purchase Payments less than seven years old and received on or before the Quarterly Contract Anniversary.
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Please note that, during the seven years following a Purchase Payment, the amount of the Purchase Payment withdrawn from Contract Value will be subject to the surrender charge and will not reduce the amount of the Premium Based Charge.
We do not deduct the Premium Based Charge on or after the Annuity Date.
Surrender Charge (Contingent Deferred Sales Charge)
General
Within certain time limits described below, we deduct a surrender charge (contingent deferred sales charge) from the Contract Value when you make a surrender or withdrawal before the Annuity Date or when you fully or partially surrender your Contract for a commuted value while variable income payments under Annuity Option A (payments for a certain period) are being made. (See “ANNUITY PAYMENTS, Annuity Date.”) We do not apply the surrender charge to the payment of a death benefit or when we apply your Annuity Value to an Annuity Option.
The surrender charge reimburses us for expenses related to sales and distribution of the Contract, including commissions, marketing materials, and other promotional expenses, and is in addition to the Premium Based Charge we may also impose under the Contract (during the first seven years after you make a Purchase Payment) to reimburse us for expenses related to sales and distribution of the Contract. In the event surrender charges are not sufficient to cover sales expenses, we will bear the loss; conversely, if the amount of such charges provides more than enough to cover such expenses, we will retain the excess. Protective Life does not currently believe that the surrender charges imposed will cover the expected costs of distributing the Contracts. Any shortfall will be made up from Protective Life’s general assets, which may include amounts derived from the mortality and expense risk charge.
If you have elected the SecurePay FXi rider, we impose a surrender charge on Excess Withdrawals but not on SecurePay Withdrawals. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).)
Free Withdrawal Amount
Each Contract Year you may withdraw a specified amount, called the “free withdrawal amount”, from your Contract without incurring a surrender charge. During the first Contract Year the free withdrawal amount is equal to 10% of your initial Purchase Payment. In any subsequent Contract Year the free withdrawal amount is equal to the greatest of: (1) the earnings in your Contract as of the prior Contract Anniversary; (2) 10% of your cumulative Purchase Payments as of the prior Contract Anniversary; or (3) 10% of the Contract Value as of the prior Contract Anniversary. For the purpose of determining the free withdrawal amount, earnings equal the Contract Value minus the Purchase Payments not previously assessed with a surrender charge, both measured as of the Contract Anniversary for which values are being determined. Withdrawals in excess of the free withdrawal amount in any Contract Year may be subject to surrender charges. Withdrawals, including withdrawals of the free withdrawal amount, may be subject to income taxation and may be subject to a 10% federal additional tax if taken before the Owner reaches age 59½. (See “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL, Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.”)
If you have elected the SecurePay FXi rider, we count SecurePay Withdrawals and Excess Withdrawals when determining the free withdrawal amount. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).”)
Determining the Surrender Charge
The surrender charge is based on cumulative Purchase Payments under the Contract. For the purpose of determining the amount of the surrender charge, we assign to each Purchase Payment a surrender charge tier that specifies a percentage of the Purchase Payment that we will use in determining the amount of the surrender charge based on the age of the Purchase Payment and the amount of the Purchase Payment and any prior Purchase Payment(s). The surrender charge percentage for each Purchase Payment decreases as the Purchase Payment gets older. The age of the Purchase Payment is measured from the date it is allocated to your Contract. We also limit the withdrawal amount subject to the surrender charge by the available free withdrawal amount and allocate any gain in Contract Value being withdrawn in excess of the free withdrawal amount to one or more surrender charge tiers in determining the amount of the surrender charge, as described below.
When you make a Purchase Payment, we assign that Purchase Payment to a specific surrender charge tier determined by reference to the tiered schedule set forth below. The surrender charge tier assigned to each Purchase Payment is determined by adding that Purchase Payment to all prior Purchase Payments applied to your Contract Value, as shown in the table below. Subsequent Purchase Payments do not change the surrender charge tier assigned to any prior Purchase Payment, with one exception: we will add together all Purchase Payments received within 90 days of the Issue Date for the purpose of determining the surrender charge tier assigned to each of them.
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Surrender Charge Percentages Table
Current Purchase
Payment Plus All Prior
Purchase Payments
Applied to the Contract
Number of Complete Years Elapsed
Between the Date the Purchase Payment was Applied
to the Contract and the Withdrawal or Surrender Date
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7+
Less than $50,000
7.0% 6.0% 6.0% 5.0% 4.0% 3.0% 2.0% 0%
At least $50,000 but
less than
$100,000
6.0% 5.0% 5.0% 4.0% 3.0% 2.0% 1.0% 0%
At least $100,000 but less than $250,000
5.0% 4.0% 4.0% 3.0% 2.0% 2.0% 1.0% 0%
At least $250,000 but less than $500,000
4.0% 3.0% 3.0% 2.0% 2.0% 1.0% 1.0% 0%
At least $500,000 but less than $1,000,000
3.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 1.0% 1.0% 0.5% 0%
$1,000,000 or more
2.0% 1.0% 1.0% 1.0% 1.0% 0.5% 0.5% 0%
We calculate the surrender charge in the following manner:
1.
We deduct any available free withdrawal amount from the requested withdrawal amount;
2.
We allocate any withdrawal amount in excess of any free withdrawal amount to Purchase Payments (or portions of Purchase Payments) not previously assessed a surrender charge on a “first-in, first-out” ​(FIFO) basis; and
3.
If there is still a portion of the withdrawal amount that has not been allocated (which may occur if the amount withdrawn exceeds the free withdrawal amount plus Purchase Payments not previously assessed a surrender charge, for example, if there has been gain in the Contract Value since the previous Contract Anniversary), then we will allocate this remaining amount pro-rata to such Purchase Payments.
The surrender charge is the total of each of these allocated amounts multiplied by its applicable surrender charge percentage, as shown above. If at the time of withdrawal, all Purchase Payments have already been withdrawn from the Contract, then we will apply the surrender charge percentage associated with the most recent Purchase Payment we accepted to the amount withdrawn (in excess of any free withdrawal amount).
Refer to Appendix B for an example of how the surrender charge is calculated.
We will monitor the amount of the surrender charge we assess such that the amount of any surrender charge we impose, when added to any Premium Based Charge and surrender charge previously paid on the Contract, will not exceed nine percent (9%) of aggregate Purchase Payments made to date for your Contract.
Waiver of Surrender Charges
We will waive any applicable surrender charge if, at any time after the first Contract Year:
1.
you are first diagnosed as having a terminal illness by a physician who is not related to you or the Annuitant; or,
2.
you enter, for a period of at least ninety (90) days, a facility which is both
a.
licensed by the state or operated pursuant to state law; and
b.
qualified as a skilled nursing home facility under Medicare or Medicaid.
The term “terminal illness” means that you are diagnosed as having a non-correctable medical condition that, with a reasonable degree of medical certainty, will result in your death in 12 months or less. A “physician” is a medical doctor licensed by a state’s Board of Medical Examiners, or similar authority in the United States, acting within the scope of his or her license. You must submit written proof satisfactory to us of a terminal illness or nursing home confinement. We reserve the right to require an examination by a physician of our choice at our expense.
Once we have granted the waiver of surrender charges under the provision described above, no surrender charges will apply to the Contract in the future and we will accept no additional Purchase Payments. If any Owner is not
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
an individual, the waiver of surrender charge provisions described above will apply to the Annuitant. For a period of one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, we will not waive the surrender charges under the provision described above.
If the surrender charge is waived, payments will still be treated for federal tax purposes as withdrawals from the Contract. (See “FEDERAL TAX MATTERS.”)
We may decrease or waive surrender charges on Contracts issued to a trustee, employer or similar entity pursuant to a retirement plan or when sales are made in a similar arrangement where offering the Contracts to a group of individuals under such a program results in savings of sales expenses, or where the sponsor of a Qualified Plan determines to surrender a Qualified Contract when there has been a modification to the Investment Options available under the Contract. We will determine the entitlement to such a reduction in surrender charge.
We may also waive surrender charges on withdrawals taken as a minimum distribution required under federal or state tax laws on amounts attributable to Protective Life annuity contracts. (See “QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS.”) During any Contract Year, the total amount of such withdrawals will reduce the free withdrawal amount available on any subsequent withdrawal.
Payment of the Surrender Charge on Withdrawals
We will deduct the surrender charge associated with a withdrawal either from the amount withdrawn (a “gross” withdrawal) or from your remaining Contract Value (a “net” withdrawal), based on your instructions.

In a “gross” withdrawal, you request a specific withdrawal amount, and we reduce that amount by the amount of the surrender charge. Therefore, you will receive less than the dollar amount of the withdrawal you requested. If you choose to have us withhold for taxes, we will reduce the amount we pay you by the amount we withhold.

In a “net” withdrawal, you request a specific withdrawal amount, and we deduct the surrender charge from your remaining Contract Value by withdrawing the charge from the Investment Options in which you invest in the same proportion as the withdrawal upon which the charge is assessed. Therefore, we will deduct a larger amount from your Contract Value than the withdrawal amount you specified.
If you do not indicate whether you would like a “gross” or a “net” withdrawal when you submit your withdrawal request, then we will process your withdrawal request as a gross withdrawal.
Waiver of Premium Based and Surrender Charges
We may waive surrender charges and the Premium Based Charge (1) for Contracts issued in connection with fee-only arrangements between the Owner and the registered representative of the selling broker-dealer; (2) for Contracts issued to employees and registered representatives of any member of the selling group, or to officers, directors, trustees or bona-fide full time employees of Protective Life or the investment advisers of any of the Funds or their affiliated companies (based upon the Owner’s status at the time the Contract is purchased); and (3) in order to facilitate exceptions to our normally issued product guidelines. In all cases, no marketing expenses or sales commissions are associated with such Contracts.
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge
To compensate Protective Life for assuming mortality and expense risks, we deduct a daily mortality and expense risk charge. We deduct the mortality and expense risk charge only from the Variable Account. The charge is equal, on an annual basis, to [0.65]% of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account attributable to your Contract. This charge is represented as a component of the Base Contract Expense in the Fee Table section of this Prospectus.
The mortality risk Protective Life assumes is that Annuitant(s) may live for a longer period of time than estimated when the guarantees in the Contract were established. Because of these guarantees, each payee is assured that longevity will not have an adverse effect on the annuity payments received. The expense risk that Protective Life assumes is the risk that the administration charge, contract maintenance fee and transfer fees may be insufficient to cover actual future expenses. We expect to make a reasonable profit with respect to the Contracts. We may make a profit or incur a loss from the mortality and expense risk charge. Any profit, including profit from the mortality and expense risk charge, may be used to finance distribution and other expenses.
Administration Charge
We will deduct an administration charge equal, on an annual basis, to 0.10% of the daily net asset value of the Variable Account attributable to your Contract. We make this deduction to reimburse Protective Life for expenses incurred in the administration of the Contract and the Variable Account. We deduct the administration charge only from the Variable Account value. This fee is represented as a component of the Base Contract Expense in the Fee Table section of this Prospectus.
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Death Benefit Fees
Contract Value Death Benefit.   We do not charge any additional fee for the Contract Value Death Benefit.
Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit.   If you select the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit, we assess a fee to compensate us for the cost of providing this optional death benefit. For the current Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit fee, consult your Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. The charge for this benefit is applied to the Return of Purchase Payment Death Benefit value. The value of your Return of Puchase Payments Death Benefit on any Monthly Anniversary Date is the greater of  (1) your Contract Value, or (2) your adjusted aggregate Purchase Payments. (See “DEATH BENEFIT, Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit” for a more complete description.) For example, if on a Monthly Anniversary Date your Contract Value equals $125,000 and your adjusted aggregate Purchase Payments equal $100,000, the fee we deduct on that day will be based on your Contract Value of  $125,000.
Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit Fee.   If you select the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit, we assess a fee to compensate us for the cost of providing this optional death benefit. For the current Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit fee, see your Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. The charge for this benefit is applied to the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit value. The value of your Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit on any Monthly Anniversary Date is the greatest of  (1) your Contract Value, (2) your adjusted aggregate Purchase Payments, or (3) your greatest anniversary value attained as of that day. (See “DEATH BENEFIT, Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit” for a more complete description.) For example, if on a Monthly Anniversary Date your Contract Value equals $125,000, your adjusted aggregate Purchase Payments equal $100,000, and your greatest anniversary value attained equals $120,000, the fee we deduct on that day will be based on your Contract Value of $125,000. Alternatively, if your Contract Value equals only $115,000, your adjusted aggregate Purchase Payments equal $100,000, and your greatest anniversary value attained equals $120,000, the fee we deduct on that day will be based on your greatest anniversary value attained of  $120,000.
Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit Fee.   If you select the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit, we assess a fee to compensate us for the cost of providing this optional death benefit. For your current Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit fee, see your Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. The charge for this benefit is applied to the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit value. The value of your Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit on any Monthly Anniversary Date is the greatest of  (1) your Contract Value, (2) your adjusted aggregate Purchase Payments, or (3) your greatest quarterly value attained as of that day. (See “DEATH BENEFIT, Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit” for a more complete description.) For example, if on a Monthly Anniversary Date your Contract Value equals $125,000, your adjusted aggregate Purchase Payments equal $100,000, and your greatest anniversary value attained equals $120,000, the fee we deduct on that day will be based on your Contract Value of  $125,000. Alternatively, if your Contract Value equals only $115,000, your adjusted aggregate Purchase Payments equal $100,000, and your greatest anniversary value attained equals $120,000, the fee we deduct on that day will be based on your greatest quarterly value attained of  $120,000.
Deduction of Maximum Anniversary and Maximum Quarterly Death Benefit Fee.   We calculate the death benefit fee as of each Monthly Anniversary Date on which the fee is assessed, and we deduct it from your Contract Value on the next Valuation Date. We will deduct the death benefit fee pro-rata from the Investment Options (e.g., in the same proportion that each Investment Option has to Contract Value). The deduction of the death benefit fee will reduce your Contract Value, but it will not otherwise reduce the value of your Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit or Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit. We deduct this fee whether or not the value of the death benefit is greater than the Contract Value on the Contract Anniversary the fee is deducted. It is possible that this fee (or some portion thereof) could be treated for federal tax purposes as a withdrawal from the Contract. (See “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL, Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.”) We do not assess a death benefit fee after the Annuity Date.
SecurePay Fee
If you have elected the SecurePay FXi rider, we deduct a fee for the rider that compensates us for the costs and risks we assume in providing this benefit. This SecurePay Fee is a percentage of the Benefit Base. We deduct this fee from your Contract Value on the Valuation Date that occurs after each Valuation Period containing a Monthly Anniversary Date. The monthly fee is deducted from the Sub-Accounts in the same proportion that the value of each Sub-Account bears to the total Contract Value in the Variable Account on that date.
For your current SecurePay FXi fee, see your Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement. We reserve the right to increase the SecurePay Fee up to the maximum if, in our sole discretion, such change is necessary or appropriate to mitigate the risks and costs Protective Life assumes in offering the rider. We will not increase the SecurePay Fee above a maximum of [2.20]% ([2.20]% under RightTime) of your Benefit Base, however.
If we increase the SecurePay Fee, we will give you at least 30 days’ written notice prior to the increase which notice will identify the date the increase in the SecurePay Fee will take place and provide instructions on how to accept or decline
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
the increase.You may elect not to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee. If you elect not to pay the increased SecurePay Fee, your rider will not terminate. Instead, you will continue to be assessed your current SecurePay Fee, but you will give up any future increases in your Benefit Base resulting from increases in your Contract Value as calculated on each Quarterly Anniversary. You will continue to be entitled to increases in the Benefit Base resulting from the application of the SecurePay Roll-up Value for the remainder of your current roll-up period, however. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).”)
This is how it works: If a Highest Quarterly Value established before you decline a fee increase becomes the Benefit Base on the next Contract Anniversary, a new roll-up period will begin, which extends the time in which you can possibly benefit from the roll-up. After you decline to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee, we will set all subsequent Quarterly Values under the rider at $0. This eliminates the possibility that the next Quarterly Value will increase your Benefit Base. We will continue to calculate the SecurePay Roll-up Value, and will increase your Benefit Base by the amount of any increase in the SecurePay Roll-up Value for the remainder of the current roll-up period. Your Benefit Base will be frozen at the end of the then current roll-up period, except for reductions based upon Excess Withdrawals.
Transfer Fee
Currently, there is no charge for transfers. Protective Life reserves the right, however, to charge $25 for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in any Contract Year if Protective Life determines, in its sole discretion, that the number of transfers or the cost of processing such transfers is excessive. We will give written notice thirty (30) days before we impose a transfer fee or limit the number of transfers. For the purpose of assessing the fee, we would consider each request to be one transfer, regardless of the number of Investment Options affected by the transfer in one day. We would deduct the fee from the amount being transferred.
Contract Maintenance Fee
Prior to the Annuity Date, we deduct a contract maintenance fee of  $50 from the Contract Value on each Contract Anniversary, and on any day that you surrender the Contract other than the Contract Anniversary. The contract maintenance fee compensates us for expenses associated with administering the Contract. We will deduct the contract maintenance fee from the Investment Options in the same proportion as their values are to the Contract Value. We will waive the contract maintenance fee in the event the Contract Value or the aggregate Purchase Payments reduced by surrenders and associated surrender charges equals or exceeds $75,000 on the date we are to deduct the contract maintenance fee.
Fund Expenses
The net assets of each Sub-Account of the Variable Account will reflect the investment management fees and other operating expenses the Funds incur. For each Fund, an investment manager receives a daily fee for its services. Some Funds also deduct 12b-1 fees from Fund assets. Over time these fees, which are paid out of a Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, will increase the cost of an investment in Fund shares. (See the prospectuses for the Funds for information about the Funds.)
Premium Taxes
Some states impose premium taxes at rates currently ranging up to 3.5%. If premium taxes apply to your Contract, we will deduct them from the Purchase Payment(s) when accepted or from the Contract Value upon a surrender or withdrawal, death or annuitization.
Other Taxes
Currently, no charge will be made against the Variable Account for federal, state or local taxes other than premium taxes. We reserve the right, however, to deduct a charge for taxes attributable to the operation of the Variable Account.
Other Information
We sell the Contracts through registered representatives of broker-dealers. These registered representatives are also appointed and licensed as insurance agents of Protective Life. We pay commissions and other compensation to the broker-dealers for selling the Contracts. You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation, we do. We intend to recover commissions and other compensation, marketing, administrative and other expenses and costs of Contract benefits through the fees and charges imposed under the Contracts. (See “DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS” for more information about payments we make to the broker-dealers.)
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ANNUITY PAYMENTS
Annuity Date
On the Issue Date, the Annuity Date is the oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s 95th birthday. You may elect a different Annuity Date, provided that it is no later than the oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s 95th birthday (the “Maximum Annuity Date”). You may not choose an Annuity Date that is less than 3 years after the most recent Purchase Payment. Distributions from Qualified Contracts may be required before the Annuity Date. We will terminate the SecurePay FXi rider in effect on the Annuity Date and any benefits under the rider will terminate as well. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”) - Benefit Available on Maximum Annuity Date (oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s 95th birthday).”)
Changing the Annuity Date
The Owner may change the Annuity Date by Written Notice. The new Annuity Date must be at least 30 days after the date we receive Written Notice and no later than the oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s 95th birthday. You may not choose a new Annuity Date that is less than 3 years after the most recent Purchase Payment. You also must elect as your Annuity Option either payments for the life of the Annuitant with no certain period or for a certain period of no less than 10 years.
Annuity Value
The Annuity Value is the amount we will apply to the Annuity Option you have selected. Generally the Annuity Value is your Contract Value on the Annuity Date, less any applicable fees, charges and premium tax on that date. In the circumstances described below, however, we may use an Annuity Value that is higher than the Contract Value or that includes a bonus amount.
Annuity Income Payments
On the Annuity Date, we will apply your Annuity Value to the Annuity Option you have selected to determine your annuity income payment. You may elect to receive a fixed income payment, a variable income payment, or a combination of both using the same Annuity Option and certain period. You have the option of choosing to receive annuity income payments monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually.
Fixed Income Payments
Fixed income payments are periodic payments from Protective Life to the designated Payee, the amount of which is fixed and guaranteed by Protective Life. Fixed income payments are not in any way dependent upon the investment experience of the Variable Account. Once fixed income payments have begun, they may not be surrendered.
Variable Income Payments
Variable income payments are periodic payments from Protective Life to the designated Payee, the amount of which varies from one payment to the next as a reflection of the net investment experience of the Sub-Account(s) you select to support the payments. You may fully or partially surrender variable income payments for a commuted value if those payments are being made under Annuity Option A (payments for a certain period). “Commuted value” is the present value of the future variable income payments made over the selected certain period, discounted back at an Assumed Investment Return. Refer to Appendix C for an explanation of the commuted value calculation. You may not surrender variable income payments if those payments are being made under Annuity Option B (life income with or without a certain period).
A surrender charge will apply if you fully or partially surrender variable income payments within 7 years after our receipt of any Purchase Payment. In this case, the surrender charge will be determined as described in the “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Surrender Charge” section of this Prospectus, but without regard to any free withdrawal amount that may have otherwise been available.
Annuity Units
On the Annuity Date, we will apply the Annuity Value you have allocated to variable income payments (less applicable charges and premium taxes) to the variable Annuity Option you have selected. Using an interest assumption of 5%, we will determine the dollar amount that would equal a variable income payment if a payment were made on that date. (No payment is actually made on that date.) We will then allocate that dollar amount among the Sub-Accounts you selected to support your variable income payments, and we will determine the number of Annuity Units in each of those Sub-Accounts that is credited to your Contract. We will make this determination based on the Annuity Unit values established at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on the Annuity Date. If the Annuity Date
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
is a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed, we will determine the number of Annuity Units on the next day the New York Stock Exchange is open. The number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account under a Contract generally remains constant unless there is an exchange of Annuity Units between Sub-Accounts.
Determining the Amount of Variable Income Payments
We will determine the amount of your variable income payment no earlier than five Valuation Dates before the date on which a payment is due, using values established at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange that day.
We determine the dollar amount of each variable income payment attributable to each Sub-Account by multiplying the number of Annuity Units of that Sub-Account credited to your Contract by the Annuity Unit value (described below) for that Sub-Account on the Valuation Period during which the payment is determined. The dollar value of each variable income payment is the sum of the variable income payments attributable to each Sub-Account.
The Annuity Unit value of each Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is equal to (a) multiplied by (b) divided by (c) where:
a.
is the net investment factor for the Valuation Period for which the Annuity Unit value is being calculated;
b.
is the Annuity Unit value for the preceding Valuation Period; and
c.
is a daily Assumed Investment Return (AIR) factor adjusted for the number of days in the Valuation Period.
The AIR is equal to 5%.
If the net investment return of the Sub-Account for a variable income payment period is equal to the AIR during that period, the variable income payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will equal the payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net investment return exceeds the AIR for that period, the payment for that period will be greater than the payment for the prior period; to the extent that such net investment return falls short of the AIR for that period, the payment for that period will be less than the payment for the prior period.
Refer to Appendix C for an explanation of the variable income payment calculation.
Exchange of Annuity Units
After the Annuity Date, you may exchange the dollar amount of a designated number of Annuity Units of a particular Sub-Account for an equivalent dollar amount of Annuity Units of another Sub-Account. On the date of the exchange, the dollar amount of a variable income payment generated from the Annuity Units of either Sub-Account would be the same. We allow only one exchange between Sub-Accounts in any calendar month, and allow no exchanges between the Guaranteed Account and the Variable Account.
Annuity Options
You may select an Annuity Option, or change your selection by Written Notice that Protective Life receives no later than 30 days before the Annuity Date. You may not change your selection of an Annuity Option less than 30 days before the Annuity Date. We will send you a notice in advance of your Annuity Date which asks you to select your Annuity Option. Your choice of Annuity Option may be limited, depending on your use of the Contract. If you have not selected an Annuity Option within 30 days of the Annuity Date, we will apply your Annuity Value to Option B — Life Income with Payments for a 10 Year Certain Period, with the Variable Account value used to purchase variable income payments and the Guaranteed Account value used to purchase fixed income payments.
Generally, you may select from among the Annuity Options described below. However, certain Annuity Options and/or certain period durations may not be available, depending on the age of the Annuitant and whether your Contract is a Qualified Contract that is subject to limitations under the Required Minimum Distribution rules of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. In addition, once annuity payments start under an Annuity Option, it may be necessary to modify those payments following the Annuitant’s death in order to comply with the Required Minimum Distribution rules, if your Annuity is a Qualified Contract. For a discussion of the post-death distribution requirements for Qualified Contracts, see “QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS, Required Minimum Distributions Upon Your Death.”
Option A — Payments For a Certain Period:
We will make payments for the period you select. No certain period may be longer than 30 years. Payments under this Annuity Option do not depend on the life of an Annuitant.
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Option B — Life Income With Or Without A Certain Period:
Payments are based on the life of the named Annuitant(s). If you elect to include a certain period, we will make payments for the lifetime of the Annuitant(s), with payments guaranteed for the certain period you select. No certain period may be longer than 30 years. Payments stop at the end of the selected certain period or when the Annuitant(s) dies, whichever is later. We reserve the right to demand proof that the Annuitant(s) is living prior to making any payment under Option B. If no certain period is selected, no payments will be made after the death of the Annuitant(s), no matter how few or how many payments have been made. This means the Payee will receive no annuity payments if the Annuitant(s) dies before the first scheduled payment, will receive only one payment if death occurs before the second scheduled payment, and so on.
Additional Option:
You may use the Annuity Value to purchase any annuity contract that we offer on the date you elect this option.
When selecting an Annuity Option, you should bear in mind that the amount of each payment for a certain period compared to the amount of each payment for life (either with or without a certain period) depends on the length of the certain period chosen and the life expectancy of the Annuitant(s). The longer the life expectancy, the lower the payments. Generally, the shorter the certain period chosen, the higher the payments. In addition, more frequent payments will generally result in lower payment amounts, and conversely, less frequent payments will result in higher payment amounts. You also should consider that, assuming Annuitants with the same life expectancy, choosing Option B — Life Income Without a Certain Period will result in larger annuity payments than Option B — Life Income with a Certain Period (although the Payee will receive more payments under Option B — Life Income with a Certain Period if the Annuitant dies before the end of the certain period). You should consult your sales representative to discuss which Annuity Option would be most appropriate for your circumstances.
At this time Protective does not allow a “partial annuitization,” i.e., we do not allow you to apply a portion of your Contract Value to an annuity option while maintaining the remaining Contract Value available for withdrawals or a surrender. However, in the future we may allow a partial annuitization subject to our then applicable rules and procedures.
Minimum Amounts
If your Annuity Value is less than $5,000 on the Annuity Date, we reserve the right to pay the Annuity Value in one lump sum if, in our sole discretion, we determine that a single payment is necessary to avoid excessive administrative costs. If at any time your annuity income payments are less than the minimum payment amount according to the Company’s rules then in effect, we reserve the right to change the frequency to an interval that will result in a payment at least equal to the minimum.
Death of Annuitant or Owner After Annuity Date
In the event of the death of any Owner on or after the Annuity Date, the Beneficiary will become the new Owner. If any Owner or Annuitant dies on or after the Annuity Date and before all benefits under the Annuity Option you selected have been paid, we generally will pay any remaining portion of such benefits at least as rapidly as under the Annuity Option in effect when the Owner or Annuitant died. However, in the case of a Qualified Contract, the Required Minimum Distribution rules of Code Section 401(a)(9) may require any remaining portion of such benefits to be paid more rapidly than originally scheduled. In that regard, it is important to understand that in the case of a Qualified Contract, once annuity payments start under an Annuity Option it may be necessary to modify those payments following the Annuitant’s death in order to comply with the Required Minimum Distribution rules. See “QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS, Required Minimum Distributions Upon Your Death.” After the death of the Annuitant, any remaining payments shall be payable to the Beneficiary unless you specified otherwise before the Annuitant’s death.
YIELDS AND TOTAL RETURNS
From time to time, Protective Life may advertise or include in sales literature yields, effective yields, and total returns for the Sub-Accounts. These figures are based on historic results and do not indicate or project future performance.
Yields, effective yields, and total returns for the Sub-Accounts are based on the investment performance of the corresponding Funds. The Funds’ performance also reflects the Funds’ expenses, including any 12b-1 fees. Certain of the expenses of each Fund may be reimbursed by the investment manager. See the prospectuses for the Funds.
Yields
The yield of the Invesco V.I. U.S. Government Money Portfolio Sub-Account refers to the annualized income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account over a specified seven-day period. The SEC Standardized yield is calculated by
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
assuming that the income generated for that seven-day period is generated each seven day period over a 52 week period and is shown as a percentage of the investment. The SEC Standardized effective yield is calculated similarly but when annualized the income earned by an investment in the Sub-Account is assumed to be reinvested. The effective yield will be slightly higher than the yield because of the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment.
The yield of a Sub-Account (except the Invesco V.I. U.S. Government Money Portfolio Sub-Account) refers to the annualized income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account over a specified 30 day or one-month period. The yield is calculated by assuming that the income generated by the investment during that 30 day or one month period is generated each period over a 12 month period and is shown as a percentage of the investment.
Information regarding the current yield of the Invesco V.I. U.S. Government Money Portfolio Sub-Account as well as the performance of the other Sub-Accounts can be found at https://apps.myprotective.com/vavulperformance/Views/​default.aspx. Both SEC standardized and non-SEC standardized data are available.
Total Returns
The total return of a Sub-Account refers to return quotations assuming an investment under a Contract has been held in the Sub-Account for various periods of time including a period measured from the date the Sub-Account commenced operations. Average annual total return refers to total return quotations that are based on an average return over various periods of time.
Certain Funds have been in existence prior to the investment by the Sub-Accounts in such Funds. Protective Life may advertise and include in sales literature the performance of the Sub-Accounts that invest in these Funds for these prior periods. The performance information of any period prior to the investments by the Sub-Accounts is calculated as if the Sub-Accounts had invested in those Funds during those periods, using current charges and expenses associated with the Contract.
Standardized Average Annual Total Returns
The average annual total return quotations represent the average annual compounded rates of return that would equate an initial investment of  $1,000 under a Contract to the redemption value of that investment as of the last day of each of the periods for which the quotations are provided. Average annual total return information shows the average percentage change in the value of an investment in the Sub-Account from the beginning date of the measuring period to the end of that period. This SEC standardized version of average annual total return reflects all historical investment results, less all charges and deductions applied under the Contract and any surrender charges that would apply if you terminated the Contract at the end of each indicated period, but excluding any deductions for premium taxes.
When a Sub-Account has been in operation prior to the commencement of the offering of the Contract described in this Prospectus, Protective Life may advertise and include in sales literature the performance of the Sub-Accounts for these prior periods. The Sub-Account performance information of any period prior to the commencement of the offering of the Contract is calculated as if the Contract had been offered during those periods, using current charges and expenses.
Until a Sub-Account (other than the Invesco V.I. U.S. Government Money Portfolio Sub-Account) has been in operation for 10 years, Protective Life will always include quotes of standard average annual total return for the period measured from the date that Sub-Account began operations. When a Sub-Account (other than the Invesco V.I. U.S. Government Money Portfolio Sub-Account) has been in operation for one, five and ten years, respectively, the standard version average annual total return for these periods will be provided.
Non-Standard Average Annual Total Returns
In addition to the standard version of average annual total return described above, total return performance information computed on non-standard bases may be used in advertisements or sales literature. Non-standard average annual total return information may be presented, computed on the same basis as the standard version except deductions may not include the surrender charges or the contract maintenance fee. In addition, Protective Life may from time to time disclose average annual total return in other non-standard formats and cumulative total return for Contracts funded by the Sub-Accounts.
Protective Life may, from time to time, also disclose yield, standard average annual total returns, and non-standard total returns for the Funds.
Non-standard performance data will only be disclosed if the standard performance data for the periods described in “Standardized Average Annual Total Returns,” above, is also disclosed.
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Performance Comparisons
Protective Life may, from time to time, advertise or include in sales literature Sub-Account performance relative to certain performance rankings and indices compiled by independent organizations. In advertising and sales literature, the performance of each Sub-Account may be compared to the performance of other variable annuity issuers in general or to the performance of particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual funds, or investment portfolios of mutual funds with investment objectives similar to each of the Sub-Accounts. Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. (“Lipper”), the Variable Annuity Research Data Service (“VARDS”), and Morningstar Inc. (“Morningstar”) are independent services which monitor and rank the performance of variable annuity issuers in each of the major categories of investment objectives on an industry-wide basis.
Lipper and Morningstar rankings include variable life insurance issuers as well as variable annuity issuers. VARDS rankings compare only variable annuity issuers. The performance analyses prepared by Lipper, Morningstar and VARDS each rank such issuers on the basis of total return, assuming reinvestment of distributions, but do not take sales charges, redemption fees, or certain expense deductions at the separate account level into consideration. In addition, VARDS prepares risk adjusted rankings, which consider the effects of market risk on total return performance. This type of ranking provides data as to which funds provide the highest total return within various categories of funds defined by the degree of risk inherent in their investment objectives.
Advertising and sales literature may also compare the performance of each Sub-Account to the Standard & Poor’s Index of 500 Common Stocks, a widely used measure of stock performance. This unmanaged index assumes the reinvestment of dividends but does not reflect any “deduction” for the expense of operating or managing an investment portfolio. Other independent ranking services and indices may also be used as a source of performance comparison.
Other Matters
Protective Life may also report other information including the effect of tax-deferred compounding on a Sub-Account’s investment returns, or returns in general, which may be illustrated by tables, graphs, or charts.
All income and capital gains derived from Sub-Account investments are reinvested and can lead to substantial long-term accumulation of assets, provided that the underlying Fund’s investment experience is positive.
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS
Introduction
The following discussion of the federal income tax treatment of the Contract is not exhaustive, does not purport to cover all situations, and is not intended as tax advice. The federal income tax treatment of the Contract is unclear in certain circumstances, and you should always consult a qualified tax adviser regarding the application of law to individual circumstances. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury Department regulations, and interpretations existing on the date of this Prospectus. These authorities, however, are subject to change by Congress, the Treasury Department, and judicial decisions.
This discussion does not address federal estate, gift, or generation skipping transfer taxes, or any state or local tax consequences associated with the purchase of the Contract. In addition, Protective Life makes no guarantee regarding any tax treatment — federal, state or local — of any Contract or of any transaction involving a Contract.
The Company’s Tax Status
Protective Life is taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. Since the operations of the Variable Account are a part of, and are taxed with, the operations of the Company, the Variable Account is not separately taxed as a “regulated investment company” under the Code. Under existing federal income tax laws, investment income and capital gains of the Variable Account are not taxed to the extent they are applied under a Contract. Protective Life does not anticipate that it will incur any federal income tax liability attributable to such income and gains of the Variable Account, and therefore does not intend to make provision for any such taxes. If Protective Life is taxed on investment income or capital gains of the Variable Account, then Protective Life may impose a charge against the Variable Account in order to make provision for such taxes.
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL
Tax Deferral During Accumulation Period
Under existing provisions of the Code, except as described below, any increase in an Owner’s Contract Value is generally not taxable to the Owner until received, either in the form of annuity payments as contemplated by the Contracts, or in some other form of distribution. However, this rule applies only if:
1.
the investments of the Variable Account are “adequately diversified” in accordance with Treasury Department regulations;
2.
the Company, rather than the Owner, is considered the owner of the assets of the Variable Account for federal income tax purposes; and
3.
the Owner is an individual (or an individual is treated as the Owner for tax purposes).
Diversification Requirements
The Code and Treasury Department regulations prescribe the manner in which the investments of a segregated asset account, such as the Variable Account, are to be “adequately diversified.” If the Variable Account fails to comply with these diversification standards, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes and the Owner would generally be taxable currently on the excess of the Contract Value over the premiums paid for the Contract. Protective Life expects that the Variable Account, through the Funds, will comply with the diversification requirements prescribed by the Code and Treasury Department regulations.
Ownership Treatment
In certain circumstances, variable annuity contract owners may be considered the owners, for federal income tax purposes, of the assets of a segregated asset account, such as the Variable Account, used to support their contracts. In those circumstances, income and gains from the segregated asset account would be currently includable in the contract owners’ gross income. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be considered the owner of the assets of a segregated asset account if the owner possesses incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the assets.
The ownership rights under the Contract are similar to, but differ in certain respects from, the ownership rights described in certain IRS rulings where it was determined that contract owners were not owners of the assets of a segregated asset account (and thus not currently taxable on the income and gains). For example, the Owner of this Contract has the choice of more Investment Options to which to allocate Purchase Payments and Variable Account values than were addressed in such rulings. These differences could result in the Owner being treated as the owner of the assets of the Variable Account and thus subject to current taxation on the income and gains from those assets. In addition, the Company does not know what standards will be set forth in any further regulations or rulings which the Treasury Department or IRS may issue. Protective Life therefore reserves the right to modify the Contract as necessary to attempt to prevent Contract Owners from being considered the owners of the assets of the Variable Account. However, there is no assurance such efforts would be successful.
Nonnatural Owner
As a general rule, Contracts held by “nonnatural persons” such as a corporation, trust or other similar entity, as opposed to a natural person, are not treated as annuity contracts for federal tax purposes. The income on such Contracts (as defined in the tax law) is taxed as ordinary income that is received or accrued by the Owner of the Contract during the taxable year. There are several exceptions to this general rule for nonnatural Owners. First, Contracts will generally be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal owner is a trust or other entity which holds the Contract as an agent for a natural person. Thus, if a group Contract is held by a trust or other entity as an agent for certificate owners who are individuals, those individuals should be treated as owning an annuity for federal income tax purposes. However, this special exception will not apply in the case of any employer who is the nominal owner of a Contract under a non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement for its employees.
In addition, exceptions to the general rule for nonnatural Owners will apply with respect to:
1.
Contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by reason of the death of the decedent;
2.
Certain Qualified Contracts;
3.
Contracts purchased by employers upon the termination of certain Qualified Plans;
4.
Certain Contracts used in connection with structured settlement agreements; and
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
5.
Contracts purchased with a single purchase payment when the annuity starting date is no later than a year from purchase of the Contract and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the annuity period.
Delayed Annuity Dates
If the Contract’s Annuity Date occurs (or is scheduled to occur) at a time when the Annuitant has reached an advanced age (e.g., past age 95), it is possible that the Contract would not be treated as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. In that event, the income and gains under the Contract could be currently includable in the Owner’s income.
The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Contract will be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes.
Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders
In the case of a withdrawal, amounts you receive are generally includable in income to the extent your Contract Value before the withdrawal exceeds your “investment in the contract” ​(defined below). All amounts includable in income with respect to the Contract are taxed as ordinary income; no amounts are taxed at the special lower rates applicable to long term capital gains and corporate dividends. Amounts received under an automatic withdrawal plan are treated for tax purposes as withdrawals, not annuity payments. In the case of a surrender, amounts received are includable in income to the extent they exceed the “investment in the contract.” For these purposes, the “investment in the contract” at any time equals the total of the Purchase Payments made under the Contract to that time (to the extent such payments were neither deductible when made nor excludable from income as, for example, in the case of certain contributions to Qualified Contracts) less any amounts previously received from the Contract which were not includable in income.
Withdrawals and surrenders may be subject to a 10% additional tax. (See “Additional Tax on Premature Distributions.”) Withdrawals and surrenders may also be subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. (See “FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING.”)
Under the Waiver of Surrender Charges provision of the Contract, amounts we distribute may not be subject to surrender charges if you have a terminal illness or enter, for a period of at least 90 days, certain nursing home facilities. However, such distributions will be treated as withdrawals for federal income tax purposes.
As described elsewhere in this Prospectus, the Company assesses a fee with respect to the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit and the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit. It is possible that this fee (or some portion thereof) could be treated for federal tax purposes as a withdrawal from the Contract.
Taxation of Annuity Payments
Normally, the portion of each annuity income payment taxable as ordinary income equals the excess of the payment over the exclusion amount. In the case of variable income payments, the exclusion amount is the “investment in the contract” ​(defined above) you allocate to the variable Annuity Option when payments begin, adjusted for any period certain or refund feature, divided by the number of payments expected (as determined by Treasury Department regulations which take into account the Annuitant’s life expectancy and the form of annuity benefit selected). In the case of fixed income payments, the exclusion amount is determined by multiplying (1) the payment by (2) the ratio of the investment in the contract you allocate to the fixed Annuity Option, adjusted for any period certain or refund feature, to the total expected amount of annuity income payments for the term of the Contract (determined under Treasury Department regulations).
Once the total amount of the investment in the contract is excluded using the above formulas, annuity income payments will be fully taxable. If annuity income payments cease because of the death of the Annuitant and before the total amount of the investment in the contract is recovered, the unrecovered amount generally will be allowed as a deduction.
There may be special income tax issues present in situations where the Owner and the Annuitant are not the same person and are not married to one another within the meaning of federal law. You should consult a tax advisor in those situations.
Annuity income payments may be subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. See “FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING.”
Tax Consequences of the Optional SecurePay FXi Rider
Withdrawals, pledges, or gifts.   In general, SecurePay Withdrawals are treated for tax purposes as withdrawals. As described elsewhere, in the case of a withdrawal, an assignment or pledge of any portion of a Contract, or a transfer of the Contract without adequate consideration, the Owner will be required to include in income an amount determined by reference to the excess of his or her Contract Value (“cash surrender value” in the case of a transfer without
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
adequate consideration) over the “investment in the contract” at the time of the transaction. If you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider, the IRS may determine that the income in connection with such transactions should be determined by reference to the excess of the greater of  (1) the AWA or (2) the Contract Value (“cash surrender value” in the case of a transfer without adequate consideration) over the “investment in the contract.”
Annuity Payments.   If the oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s 95th birthday occurs while the SecurePay FXi rider is in effect, and we provide monthly payments equal to the greater of  (1) the AWA divided by 12, and (2) payments under a life annuity with a 10 year certain period, we will treat such monthly payments as annuity income payments. Also, if the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to the deduction of fees and charges or a SecurePay Withdrawal, we will treat periodic payments made on or after the Annuity Date established under the SecurePay settlement as annuity income payments. As described above, annuity income payments are includable in gross income to the extent they exceed the exclusion amount. Once the total amount of the investment in the contract is excluded from income, annuity income payments will be fully taxable. It is possible that the total amount of the investment in the contract will be excluded from income as a result of withdrawals taken prior to the Annuity Date established under the SecurePay settlement, in which case all payments made on or after that date will be fully includable in income.
SecurePay NH.   The proper characterization for federal income tax purposes of the SecurePay NH benefit is unclear. We believe that the increased AWA payable because of confinement in a nursing home will be treated as a taxable payment under your annuity contract (as described above) and will not be excludable from your income as a payment under a long term care insurance contract. It is possible that the IRS could determine that the SecurePay NH benefit provides a form of long term care insurance coverage. In that event, (1) you could be treated as in receipt of some amount of income attributable to the value of the benefit even though you have not received a payment from your Contract, and (2) the amount of income attributable to AWA payments could differ from the amounts described above.
Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds
Prior to the Annuity Date, we may distribute amounts from a Contract because of the death of an Owner or, in certain circumstances, the death of the Annuitant. Such death benefit proceeds are includable in income as follows:
1.
if distributed in a lump sum, they are taxed in the same manner as a surrender, as described above; or
2.
if distributed under an Annuity Option, they are taxed in the same manner as annuity income payments, as described above.
After the Annuity Date, if a guaranteed period exists under a life income Annuity Option and the Annuitant dies before the end of that period, payments we make to the Beneficiary for the remainder of that period are includable in income as follows:
1.
if received in a lump sum, they are included in income to the extent that they exceed the unrecovered investment in the contract at that time; or
2.
if distributed in accordance with the existing Annuity Option selected, they are fully excluded from income until the remaining investment in the contract is deemed to be recovered, and all annuity income payments thereafter are fully includable in income.
Proceeds payable on death may be subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. (See “FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING.”)
Assignments, Pledges, and Gratuitous Transfers
Other than in the case of Qualified Contracts (which generally cannot be assigned or pledged), any assignment or pledge of  (or agreement to assign or pledge) any portion of the Contract Value is treated for federal income tax purposes as a withdrawal of such amount or portion. If the entire Contract Value is assigned or pledged, subsequent increases in the Contract Value are also treated as withdrawals for as long as the assignment or pledge remains in place. The investment in the contract is increased by the amount included in income with respect to such assignment or pledge, though it is not affected by any other aspect of the assignment or pledge (including its release). If an Owner transfers a Contract without adequate consideration to a person other than the Owner’s spouse (or to a former spouse incident to divorce), the Owner will be required to include in income the difference between the “cash surrender value” and the investment in the contract at the time of transfer. In such case, the transferee’s “investment in the contract” will increase to reflect the increase in the transferor’s income. The exceptions for transfers to the Owner’s spouse (or to a former spouse) are limited to individuals that are treated as spouses under federal law.
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Additional Tax on Premature Distributions
Where we have not issued the Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan, there generally is a 10% additional tax on the amount of any payment from the Contract (e.g., withdrawals, surrenders, annuity payments, death benefit proceeds, assignments, pledges, and gratuitous transfers) that is includable in income unless the payment is:
a.
received on or after the Owner reaches age 59½;
b.
attributable to the Owner’s becoming disabled (as defined in the tax law);
c.
made on or after the death of the Owner or, if the Owner is not an individual, on or after the death of the primary annuitant (as defined in the tax law);
d.
made as part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Owner or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Owner and a designated beneficiary (as defined in the tax law); or
e.
made under a Contract purchased with a single Purchase Payment when the annuity starting date is no later than a year from purchase of the Contract and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the annuity period.
Certain other exceptions to the 10% additional tax not described herein also may apply. (Similar rules, discussed below, apply in the case of certain Qualified Contracts.)
Aggregation of Contracts
In certain circumstances, the IRS may determine the amount of an annuity income payment, withdrawal, or a surrender from a Contract that is includable in income by combining some or all of the annuity contracts a person owns that were not issued in connection with Qualified Plans. For example, if a person purchases a Contract offered by this Prospectus and also purchases at approximately the same time an immediate annuity issued by Protective Life (or its affiliates), the IRS may treat the two contracts as one contract. In addition, if a person purchases two or more deferred annuity contracts from the same insurance company (or its affiliates) during any calendar year, all such contracts will be treated as one contract for purposes of determining whether any payment that was not received as an annuity (including surrenders prior to the Annuity Date) is includable in income. The effects of such aggregation are not always clear; however, it could affect the amount of a withdrawal, surrender or an annuity payment that is taxable and the amount which might be subject to the 10% additional tax described above.
Exchanges of Annuity Contracts
We may issue the Contract in exchange for all or part of another annuity contract that you own. Such an exchange will be tax free if certain requirements are satisfied. If you exchange all of another annuity contract and the exchange is tax free, your investment in the Contract immediately after the exchange will generally be the same as that of the annuity contract exchanged, increased by any additional Purchase Payment made as part of the exchange. Your Contract Value immediately after the exchange may exceed your investment in the Contract. That excess may be includable in income should amounts subsequently be withdrawn or distributed from the Contract (e.g., as a withdrawal, surrender, annuity income payment, or death benefit).
If you exchange part of an existing contract for the Contract, and within 180 days of the exchange you receive a payment other than certain annuity payments (e.g., you make a withdrawal) from either contract, the exchange may not be treated as a tax free exchange. Rather, some or all of the amount exchanged into the Contract could be includible in your income and subject to a 10% additional tax.
You should consult your tax advisor in connection with an exchange of all or part of an annuity contract for the Contract, especially if you may make a withdrawal from either contract within 180 days after the exchange.
Medicare Hospital Insurance Tax on Certain Distributions
A Medicare hospital insurance tax of 3.8% will apply to some types of investment income. This tax will apply to all taxable distributions from non-Qualified Contracts. This tax only applies to taxpayers with “modified adjusted gross income” above $250,000 in the case of married couples filing jointly or a qualifying widow(er) with dependent child, $125,000 in the case of married couples filing separately, and $200,000 for all others. For more information regarding this tax and whether it may apply to you, please consult your tax advisor.
Loss of Interest Deduction Where Contract Is Held By or For the Benefit of Certain Nonnatural Persons
In the case of Contracts issued after June 8, 1997, to a nonnatural taxpayer (such as a corporation or a trust), or held for the benefit of such an entity, that entity’s general interest deduction under the Code may be limited. More specifically,
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
a portion of its otherwise deductible interest may not be deductible by the entity, regardless of whether the interest relates to debt used to purchase or carry the Contract. However, this interest deduction disallowance does not affect Contracts where the income on such Contracts is treated as ordinary income that the Owner received or accrued during the taxable year. Entities that are considering purchasing the Contract, or entities that will be Beneficiaries under a Contract, should consult a tax adviser.
QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS
In General
The Contracts are also designed for use in connection with certain types of retirement plans which receive favorable treatment under the Code. Many Qualified Plans provide the same type of tax deferral as provided by the Contract. The Contract, however, provides a number of benefits and features not provided by such retirement plans and employee benefits plans or arrangements alone. Those who are considering the purchase of a Contract for use in connection with a Qualified Plan should consider, in evaluating the suitability of the Contract, that the Contract requires a minimum initial Purchase Payment of at least $10,000 and that additional Purchase Payments may be limited or not accepted. Numerous special tax rules apply to the participants in Qualified Plans and to Contracts used in connection with Qualified Plans. Therefore, we make no attempt in this Prospectus to provide more than general information about use of the Contract with the various types of Qualified Plans. State income tax rules applicable to Qualified Plans and Qualified Contracts often differ from federal income tax rules, and this Prospectus does not describe any of these differences. Those who intend to use the Contract in connection with Qualified Plans should seek competent advice.
The tax rules applicable to Qualified Plans vary according to the type of plan and the terms and conditions of the plan itself. For example, for surrenders, automatic withdrawals, withdrawals, and annuity income payments under Qualified Contracts, there may be no “investment in the contract” and the total amount received may be taxable. Both the amount of the contribution that you and/or your employer may make, and the tax deduction or exclusion that you and/ or your employer may claim for such contribution, are limited under Qualified Plans.
Temporary Rules under the CARES Act
On March 27, 2020, Congress passed and the President signed into law the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic SecurityAct (the “CARES Act”). The CARES Act included temporary relief during 2020 from certainof the tax rules applicable to IRAs and qualified plans. For example, the CARES Act modified the required minimum distribution rules for 2020 and provided more favorable tax treatment for certain qualified “coronavirus-related distributions” in 2020. Some of this temporary relief may continue to impact federal income taxes for years after 2020. You should consult with a tax and/or legal adviser to determine if any CARES Act relief you may have received affects your taxes for years after 2020.
Required Minimum Distributions   
In General.    In the case of Qualified Contracts, rules imposed by Section 401(a)(9) of the Code determine the time at which distributions must commence to you or your beneficiary and the manner in which the minimum amount of the distribution is computed (the “RMD” rules). Legislation passed in 2019 (the “SECURE Act”) changed a number of the RMD rules applicable to distributions after the death of a Qualified Contact owner. These changes were generally effective for deaths occurring after 2019. This discussion describes only those new RMD rules and not those of prior law, which remain applicable in certain circumstances. Failure to complywith the RMD rules may result in the imposition of an excise tax. This excise tax generally equals 50% of the amount by which the minimum required distribution exceeds the actualdistribution from the QualifiedPlan.
When Distributions Must Begin.   Distributions of minimum amounts (as specified in the RMD rules) must commence from Qualified Plans by the “required beginning date.” In the case of Individual Retirement Accounts or Annuities (IRAs), this generally means April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Owner attains age 72 (or 70½ for Owners born before July 1, 1949). In the case of certain other Qualified Plans,distributions of such minimum amounts must generally commence by the later of this date or April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the employee retires.
Annual Distribution Amount.   If you choose to take RMDs in the form of withdrawals, the annual amount to be distributed is determined by dividing your Contract’s account value by the applicable factor from IRS life expectancy tables. The death benefit under your Contract, the benefits under the SecurePay rider, and certain other benefits of your Contract may increase the amount of the minimum required distribution that must be taken from your Contract. If your Contract is an IRA, Protective Life will calculate your RMDs during your lifetime if you ask us to do so.
Death Before Your Required Beginning Date.    In general, if you die before your required beginning date, and you have a designated beneficiary, any remaining interest in your Contract must be distributed within 10 years after your death,
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS
unless the designated beneficiary is an “eligible designated beneficiary” ​(“EDB”). A designated beneficiary is any individual designated as a beneficiary by the IRA owner or an employee-annuitant. An EDB is any designated beneficiary who is (1) your surviving spouse, (2) your minor child (3) disabled, (4) chronically ill, or (5) an individual not more than 10 years younger than you. An EDB (other than a minor child) can generally stretch distributions over their life or life expectancy if payments begin within a year of your death. Special rules apply to EDBs who are minors and beneficiaries that are not individuals.
Death On Or After Your Required Beginning Date.    In general, if you die on or after your required beginning date, and you have a designated beneficiary who is not an EDB, any remaining interest in your Contract must continue to be distributed over the longer of your remaining life expectancy and your beneficiary’s life expectancy (or more rapidly), but all amounts must be distributed within 10 years of your death. If your beneficiary is an EDB (other than a minor child), distributions must continue over the longer of your remaining life expectancy and the EDB’s life expectancy (or more rapidly), but all amounts must be distributed within 10 years of the EDB’s death. Special rules apply to EDBs who are minors, EDBs who are older than the Owner, and beneficiaries that are not individuals.
Spousal Continuation.    If your beneficiary is your spouse, your surviving spouse can delay the application of the post-death distribution requirements until after their death by transferring the remaining interest tax-free to your surviving spouse’s own IRA,or by treating your IRA as your surviving spouse’s own IRA.
Annuity Payments.   If you choose to take some or all of your RMDs in the form of annuity payments rather than withdrawals, the payments may be made over your life, your life and the life of your designated beneficiary, for a certain period, or for life with or without a period certain. If you commence taking distributions in the form of an annuity that can continue after your death, such as in the form of a joint and survivor annuity or an annuity with a guaranteed period of more than 10 years, any distributions after your death that are scheduled to be made beyond the applicable distribution period imposed under the new law might need to be accelerated at the end of that period (or otherwise modified after your death if permitted under federal tax law and by Protective Life) in order to comply with the post-death distribution requirements.
The minimum distribution requirements are complex and unclear in numerous respects. The manner in which these requirements will apply will depend on your particular facts and circumstances. You may wish to consult a professional tax adviser for tax advice as to your particular situation.
Additional Tax on Premature Distributions
There may be a 10% additional tax under section 72(t) of the Code on the taxable amount of payments from certain Qualified Contracts. There are exceptions to this additional tax which vary depending on the type of Qualified Plan. In the case of an IRA, exceptions provide that the additional tax does not apply to a payment:
a.
received on or after the date the Owner reaches age 59½;
b.
received on or after the Owner’s death or because of the Owner’s disability (as defined in the tax law); or
c.
made as part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Owner or for the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Owner and his designated beneficiary (as defined in the tax law).
These exceptions generally apply to taxable distributions from other Qualified Plans (although, in the case of plans qualified under section 401, exception “c” above for substantially equal periodic payments applies only if the Owner has separated from service). In addition, the additional tax does not apply to certain distributions from IRAs which are used for qualified first time home purchases or for qualified higher education expenses, or in the case of a qualified birth or adoption. You must meet special conditions to be eligible for these three exceptions to the additional tax. Those wishing to take a distribution from an IRA for these purposes should consult their tax advisor. Certain other exceptions to the 10% additional tax not described herein also may apply.
Other Considerations
When issued in connection with a Qualified Plan, we will amend a Contract as generally necessary to conform to the requirements of the plan. However, Owners, Annuitants, and Beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights of any person to any benefits under Qualified Plans may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plans themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract. In addition, the Company shall not be bound by terms and conditions of Qualified Plans to the extent such terms and conditions contradict the Contract, unless the Company consents.
Following are brief descriptions of various types of Qualified Plans in connection with which the Company may issue a Contract.
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Individual Retirement Accounts and Annuities
Section 408 of the Code permits eligible individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as an IRA. If you use this Contract in connection with an IRA, the Owner and Annuitant generally must be the same individual and generally may not be changed. IRAs are subject to limits on the amounts that may be contributed and deducted, on the persons who may be eligible, and on the time when distributions must commence. Also, subject to the direct rollover and mandatory withholding requirements (discussed below), you may “roll over” distributions from certain Qualified Plans on a tax-deferred basis into an IRA.
However, you may not use the Contract in connection with a “Coverdell Education Savings Account” ​(formerly known as an “Education IRA”) under Section 530 of the Code, a “Simplified Employee Pension” under Section 408(k) of the Code, or a “Simple IRA” under Section 408(p) of the Code.
Roth IRAs
Section 408A of the Code permits eligible individuals to contribute to a type of IRA known as a “Roth IRA.” Roth IRAs are generally subject to the same rules as non-Roth IRAs, but differ in several respects. Among the differences is that, although contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible, “qualified distributions” from a Roth IRA will be excludable from income.
A qualified distribution is a distribution that satisfies two requirements. First, the distribution must be made in a taxable year that is at least five years after the first taxable year for which a contribution to any Roth IRA established for the Owner was made. Second, the distribution must be either (1) made after the Owner attains the age of 59½; (2) made after the Owner’s death; (3) attributable to the Owner being disabled; or (4) a qualified first-time homebuyer distribution within the meaning of Section 72(t)(2)(F) of the Code. In addition, distributions from Roth IRAs need not commence during the Owner’s lifetime. A Roth IRA may accept a “qualified rollover contribution” from (1) a non-Roth IRA, (2) a “designated Roth account” maintained under a Qualified Plan, and (3) certain Qualified Plans of eligible individuals. Special rules apply to rollovers to Roth IRAs from Qualified Plans and from designated Roth accounts under Qualified Plans. You should seek competent advice before making such a rollover.
A conversion of a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA, and a rollover from any other eligible retirement plan to a Roth IRA, made after December 31, 2017, cannot be recharacterized as having been made to a traditional IRA.
IRA to IRA Rollovers and Transfers
A rollover contribution is a tax-free movement of amounts from one IRA to another within 60 days after you receive the distribution. In particular, a distribution from a non-Roth IRA generally may be rolled over tax-free within 60 days to another non-Roth IRA, and a distribution from a Roth IRA generally may be rolled over tax-free within 60 days to another Roth IRA. A distribution from a Roth IRA may not be rolled over (or transferred) tax-free to a non-Roth IRA.
A rollover from any one of your IRAs (including IRAs you have with another company) with another IRA is allowed only once within a one-year period. This limitation applies on an aggregate basis and applies to all types of your IRAs, meaning that you cannot make an IRA to IRA rollover if you have made such a rollover involving any of your IRAs in the preceding one-year period. For example, a rollover between your Roth IRAs would preclude a separate rollover within the one-year period between your non-Roth IRAs, and vice versa. The one-year period begins on the date that you receive the IRA distribution, not the date it is rolled over into another IRA.
If the IRA distribution does not satisfy the rollover rules, it may be (1) taxable in the year distributed, (2) subject to a 10% tax on early distributions, and (3) treated as a regular contribution to the recipient IRA, which could result in an excess contribution.
If you inherit an IRA from your spouse, you generally can roll it over into an IRA established for you, or you can choose to make the inherited IRA your own. If you inherited an IRA from someone other than your spouse, you cannot roll it over, make it your own, or allow it to receive rollover contributions.
A rollover from one IRA to another is different from a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer of your IRA assets from one IRA trustee to another IRA trustee. A “trustee-to-trustee” transfer is not considered a rollover and is not subject to the 60-day rollover requirement or the one rollover per year rule. In addition, a rollover between IRAs is different from direct rollovers from certain Qualified Plans to non-Roth IRAs and “qualified rollover contributions” to Roth IRAs.
Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans
Section 401(a) of the Code permits employers to establish various types of tax-favored retirement plans for employees. The Self-Employed Individuals’ Tax Retirement Act of 1962, as amended, commonly referred to as “H.R. 10” or “Keogh,” permits self-employed individuals also to establish such tax-favored retirement plans for themselves and their employees. Such retirement plans may permit the purchase of the Contract in order to provide benefits under the
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
plans. These types of plans may be subject to rules under Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code that provide rights to a spouse or former spouse of a participant. In such a case, the participant may need the consent of the spouse or former spouse to change annuity options, to elect a partial automatic withdrawal option, or to make a partial or full surrender of the Contract.
Pension and profit sharing plans are subject to nondiscrimination rules. The nondiscrimination rules generally require that benefits, rights or features of the plan not discriminate in favor of highly compensated employees. In that regard, the Contract requires a minimum initial Purchase Payment of at least $10,000. In addition, each Purchase Payment is subject to a fee, which is a percentage of the cumulative Purchase Payments. The percentage decreases as the cumulative Purchase Payments increase. Also, the Annual Contract Maintenance Fee is waived for Contract Values that are greater than $75,000. In evaluating whether the Contract is suitable for purchase in connection with such a plan, you should consider the extent to which certain aspects of the Contract, e.g., the Contract Maintenance Fee waiver, the minimum initial Purchase Payment, and the Premium Based Charge, may affect the plan’s compliance with applicable nondiscrimination requirements. Violation of these rules can cause loss of the plan’s tax favored status under the Code. Employers intending to use the Contract in connection with such plans should seek competent advice.
Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments and Tax-Exempt Organizations
Section 457 of the Code permits employees of state and local governments and tax-exempt organizations to defer a portion of their compensation without paying current taxes. The employees must be participants in an eligible deferred compensation plan. Generally, a Contract purchased by a state or local government or a tax-exempt organization under a Section 457 plan will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes. The Contract will be issued in connection with a Section 457 deferred compensation plan sponsored by a state or local government only if the plan has established a trust to hold plan assets, including the Contract.
SecurePay FXi
Protective offers for an additional charge the SecurePay FXi rider, which is a protected lifetime income benefit rider. As noted above, Qualified Plans are subject to numerous special requirements and there is no authoritative guidance from the IRS on the effects on a Qualified Plan of the purchase of a protected lifetime income benefit such as SecurePay FXi rider. Plan fiduciaries should consult a tax advisor before purchasing a Qualified Contract with the SecurePay FXi rider because the purchase of the SecurePay FXi rider could affect the qualification of the Contract and/or the Qualified Plan associated with the Contract. For example, it is unclear whether the SecurePay FXi rider is part of the “balance of the employee’s account” within the meaning of Code Section 411(a)(7), and, if so, whether a discontinuance or adjustment in the SecurePay FXi rider coverage (such as upon the participant taking an “excess” withdrawal, or reallocating to another investment option within the plan) can result in an impermissible forfeiture under Code Section 411(a). In addition, certain types of Qualified Plans, such as a profit sharing plan under section 401(a) of the Code, must comply with certain qualified joint and survivor annuity rules (“QJSA rules”) if a participant elects to receive a life annuity. The manner in which the QJSA rules apply to the SecurePay FXi rider is unclear. For example, it is unclear whether an election to receive benefits under the rider could be viewed as the election of a life annuity triggering certain spousal consent requirements. Noncompliance with the QJSA rules could affect the qualification of the Qualified Plan associated with the Contract. There may be other aspects of the SecurePay FXi rider that could affect a Qualified Plan’s tax status which are not discussed here.
When a SecurePay FXi rider is purchased, one of the benefits available is the SecurePay NH benefit. The proper characterization for federal income tax purposes of the SecurePay NH benefit is unclear. We believe the better characterization of the SecurePay NH benefit is that it is an annuity benefit and the increased AWA payments made under the SecurePay NH benefit are payments from your annuity. However, it is possible that the IRS could determine that the SecurePay NH benefit provides a form of long term care insurance coverage or some other type of  “incidental benefit.” The tax consequences of such a characterization are uncertain, but it could affect the qualification of the Contract and/or the Qualified Plan associated with the Contract.
Direct Rollovers
If your Contract is used in connection with a pension or profit-sharing plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, or is used with an eligible deferred compensation plan that has a government sponsor and that is qualified under Section 457(b) of the Code, any “eligible rollover distribution” from the Contract will be subject to direct rollover and mandatory withholding requirements. An eligible rollover distribution generally is any taxable distribution from a qualified pension plan under Section 401(a) of the Code, or an eligible Section 457(b) deferred compensation plan that has a government sponsor, excluding certain amounts (such as minimum distributions required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, distributions which are part of a “series of substantially equal periodic payments” made for life or a specified period of 10 years or more, or hardship distributions as defined in the tax law).
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Under these requirements, federal income tax equal to 20% of the eligible rollover distribution will be withheld from the amount of the distribution. Unlike withholding on certain other amounts distributed from the Contract, discussed below, you cannot elect out of withholding with respect to an eligible rollover distribution. However, this 20% withholding will not apply if, instead of receiving the eligible rollover distribution, you elect to have it directly transferred to certain eligible retirement plans (such as an IRA). Prior to receiving an eligible rollover distribution, you will receive a notice (from the plan administrator or the Company) explaining generally the direct rollover and mandatory withholding requirements and how to avoid the 20% withholding by electing a direct transfer.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING
In General
Protective Life will withhold and remit to the federal government a part of the taxable portion of each distribution made under a Contract, including amounts that escheat to the state, unless the distributee notifies Protective Life at or before the time of the distribution that he or she elects not to have any amounts withheld. In certain circumstances, Protective Life may be required to withhold tax. The withholding rates applicable to the taxable portion of periodic annuity payments (other than eligible rollover distributions) are the same as the withholding rates generally applicable to payments of wages. In addition, a 10% withholding rate applies to the taxable portion of non-periodic payments (including surrenders prior to the Annuity Date) and conversions of, or rollovers from, non-Roth IRAs and Qualified Plans to Roth IRAs. Regardless of whether you elect not to have federal income tax withheld, you are still liable for payment of federal income tax on the taxable portion of the payment. As discussed above, the withholding rate applicable to eligible rollover distributions is 20%.
Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations
The discussion above provides general information regarding federal withholding tax consequences to annuity contract purchasers or beneficiaries that are U.S. citizens or residents. Purchasers or beneficiaries that are not U.S. citizens or residents will generally be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax on taxable distributions from annuity contracts at a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. Prospective purchasers that are not U.S. citizens or residents are advised to consult with a tax advisor regarding federal tax withholding with respect to the distributions from a Contract.
FATCA Withholding
In order for the Company to comply with income tax withholding and information reporting rules which may apply to annuity contracts, the Company may request documentation of  “status” for tax purposes. “Status” for tax purposes generally means whether a person is a “U.S. person” or a foreign person with respect to the United States; whether a person is an individual or an entity; and if an entity, the type of entity. Status for tax purposes is best documented on the appropriate IRS Form or substitute certification form (IRS Form W-9 for a U.S. person or the appropriate type of IRS Form W-8 for a foreign person). If the Company does not have appropriate certification or documentation of a person’s status for tax purposes on file, it could affect the rate at which the Company is required to withhold income tax. Information reporting rules could apply not only to specified transactions, but also to contract ownership. For example, under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), which applies to certain U.S.-source payments, and similar or related withholding and information reporting rules, the Company may be required to report contract values and other information for certain contractholders. For this reason the Company may require appropriate status documentation at purchase, change of ownership, and affected payment transactions, including death benefit payments. FATCA and its related guidance is extraordinarily complex and its effect varies considerably by type of payor,type of payee and type of distributee or recipient.
GENERAL MATTERS
Error in Age or Gender
When a benefit of the Contract is contingent upon any person’s age or gender, we may require proof of such. We may suspend payments until we receive proof. When we receive satisfactory proof, we will make the payments which were due during the period of suspension. Where the use of unisex mortality rates is required, we will not determine or adjust benefits based upon gender.
If after we receive proof of age and gender (where applicable), we determine that the information you furnished was not correct, we will adjust any benefit under this Contract to that which would be payable based upon the correct information. If we have underpaid a benefit because of the error, we will make up the underpayment in a lump sum. If the error resulted in an overpayment, we will deduct the amount of the overpayment from any current or future payment due under the Contract. We will deduct up to the full amount of any current or future payment until the overpayment has been fully repaid. Underpayments and overpayments will bear interest at an annual effective interest rate of 3% when permitted by the state of issue.
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Incontestability
We will not contest the Contract.
Non-Participation
The Contract is not eligible for dividends and will not participate in Protective Life’s surplus or profits.
Assignment or Transfer of a Contract
You have the right to assign or transfer a Contract if it is permitted by law. Generally, you do not have the right to assign or transfer a Qualified Contract. We do not assume responsibility for any assignment or transfer. Any claim made under an assignment or transfer is subject to proof of the nature and extent of the assignee’s or transferee’s interest before we make a payment. Assignments and transfers have federal income tax consequences. An assignment or transfer may result in the Owner recognizing taxable income. (See “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL, Assignments, Pledges and Gratuitous Transfers” in the Prospectus.)
Notice
All instructions and requests to change or assign the Contract must be received in Good Order. The instruction, change or assignment will relate back to and take effect on the date it was signed, except we will not be responsible for following any instruction or making any change or assignment before we receive it.
Modification
No one is authorized to modify or waive any term or provision of this Contract unless we agree to the modification or waiver in writing and it is signed by our President, Vice-President or Secretary. We reserve the right to change or modify the provisions of this Contract to conform to any applicable laws, rules or regulations issued by a government agency, or to assure continued qualification of the Contract as an annuity contract under the Code. We will send you a copy of the endorsement that modifies the Contract, and where required we will obtain all necessary approvals, including that of the Owner(s).
Reports
At least annually prior to the Annuity Date, we will send to you at the address contained in our records a report showing the current Contract Value and any other information required by law.
Settlement
Benefits due under this Contract are payable from our Administrative Office. You may apply the settlement proceeds to any payout option we offer for such payments at the time you make the election. Unless directed otherwise in writing, we will make payments according to the Owner’s instructions as contained in our records at the time we make the payment. We shall be discharged from all liability for payment to the extent of any payments we make.
Receipt of Payment
If any Owner, Annuitant, Beneficiary or Payee is incapable of giving a valid receipt for any payment, we may make such payment to whomever has legally assumed his or her care and principal support. Any such payment shall fully discharge us to the extent of that payment.
Protection of Proceeds
To the extent permitted by law and except as provided by an assignment, no benefits payable under this Contract will be subject to the claims of creditors.
Minimum Values
The values available under the Contract are at least equal to the minimum values required in the state where the Contract is delivered.
Application of Law
The provisions of the Contract are to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state where the Contract is delivered, with the Code and with applicable regulations.
No Default
The Contract will not be in default if subsequent Purchase Payments are not made.
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
We have entered into an agreement with Investment Distributors, Inc. (“IDI”) under which IDI has agreed to distribute the Contracts on a “best efforts” basis. Under the agreement, IDI serves as principal underwriter (as defined under Federal securities laws and regulations) for the Contracts. IDI is a Tennessee corporation and was established in 1993. IDI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of PLC, is an affiliate of Protective Life, and its home office shares the same address as Protective Life. IDI is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member firm of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).
IDI does not sell Contracts directly to purchasers. IDI, together with Protective Life, enters into distribution agreements with other broker-dealers, including ProEquities, Inc., an affiliate of Protective Life and IDI (collectively, “Selling Broker-Dealers”) for the sale of the Contracts. Registered representatives of the Selling Broker-Dealers sell the Contracts directly to purchasers. Registered representatives of the Selling Broker-Dealers must be licensed as insurance agents by applicable state insurance authorities and appointed as agents of Protective Life in order to sell the Contracts.
We pay commissions and additional asset-based compensation to Selling Broker-Dealers through IDI. IDI does not retain any commission payment or other amounts as principal underwriter for the Contracts. However, we pay IDI a fee to cover some or all of IDI’s operating and other expenses.
We paid the following aggregate dollar amounts to IDI in commissions and additional asset-based compensation relating to sales of our variable annuity contracts, not including the Contracts, which IDI passed along directly to the Selling Broker-Dealers.
Fiscal Year Ended
Amount Paid to IDI
December 31, 2019
$ 56,817,374
December 31, 2020
$ 55,084,201
December 31, 2021
$ 45,344,875
We offer the Contract on a continuous basis. While we anticipate continuing to offer the Contracts, we reserve the right to discontinue the offering at any time.
Selling Broker-Dealers
We pay commissions to all Selling Broker-Dealers and provide some form of non-cash compensation to some Selling Broker-Dealers in connection with the promotion and sale of the Contracts. A portion of any payments made to Selling Broker-Dealers may be passed on to their registered representatives in accordance with their internal compensation programs. We may use any of our corporate assets to pay commissions and other costs of distributing the Contracts, including any profit from the mortality and expense risk charge or other fees and charges imposed under the Contracts. Commissions and other incentives or payments described below are not charged directly to Contract owners or the Variable Account. We intend to recoup commissions and other sales expenses through fees and charges deducted under the Contracts or from our general account.
Compensation Paid to All Selling Broker-Dealers.   We pay commissions as a percentage of initial and subsequent Purchase Payments at the time we receive them, as a percentage of Contract Value on an ongoing basis, or a combination of both. While the amount and timing of commissions varies depending on the distribution agreement, we do not expect them to exceed 8% of any Purchase Payment (if compensation is paid as a percentage of Purchase Payments) and/or 1.0% annually of average Contract Value (if compensation is paid as a percentage of Contract Value). In the normal course of business, we also provide non-cash compensation in connection with the promotion of the Contracts, including conferences and seminars (including travel, lodging and meals in connection therewith), and items of relatively small value, such as promotional gifts, meals, or tickets to sporting or entertainment events, in accordance with all applicable federal and state rules, including FINRA’s non-cash compensation rules.
The registered representative who sells you the Contract typically receives a portion of the compensation we pay to his or her Selling Broker-Dealer, depending on the agreement between the Selling Broker-Dealer and your registered representative and the Selling Broker-Dealer’s internal compensation program. These programs may include other types of cash and non-cash compensation and other benefits. If you would like information about what your registered representative and the Selling Broker-Dealer for whom he or she works may receive in connection with your purchase of a Contract, please ask your registered representative.
Additional Compensation Paid to Selected Selling Broker-Dealers.   In addition to ordinary commissions and non-cash compensation, we may pay additional asset-based compensation to selected Selling Broker-Dealers. These payments may be made through IDI. These payments may be (1) additional amounts as a percentage of purchase payments and/or premiums we receive on our variable insurance products (including the Contracts), and (2) additional
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS
“trail” commissions, which are periodic payments as a percentage of the contract and policy values or variable account values of our variable insurance products (including Contract Values and Variable Account values of the Contracts). Some or all of these additional asset-based compensation payments may be conditioned upon the Selling Broker-Dealer producing a specified amount of new purchase payments and/or premiums (including Purchase Payments for the Contracts) and/or maintaining a specified amount of contract and policy value (including Contract Values of the Contracts) with us.
The Selling Broker-Dealers to whom we pay additional asset-based compensation may provide preferential treatment with respect to our products (including the Contracts) in their marketing programs. Preferential treatment of our products by a Selling Broker-Dealer may include any or all of the following: (1) enhanced marketing of our products over non-preferred products; (2) increased access to the Selling Broker-Dealer’s registered representatives; and (3) payment of higher compensation to registered representatives for selling our products (including the Contracts) than for selling non-preferred products.
In 2021, we paid additional asset-based compensation to the Selling Broker-Dealers Advisor Group, Aria, Cetera, Concourse, DPL Financial Partners, Edward Jones, LPL Financial, Pinnacle, Raymond James, Schwab, Stifel, TD Ameritrade and UBS in connection with the sale of our variable insurance products. These payments ranged from $0 to $12,412,015 in total.
These additional asset-based compensation arrangements are not offered to all Selling Broker-Dealers. These arrangements are designed to specially encourage the sale of our products (and/or our affiliates’ products) by such Selling Broker-Dealers. The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, additional asset-based compensation provides Selling Broker-Dealers and/or their registered representatives with an incentive to favor sales of our variable insurance products (including the Contracts) over other variable insurance products (or other investments) with respect to which a Selling Broker-Dealer does not receive additional compensation, or receives lower levels of additional compensation. You may wish to take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation relating to the Contracts. If you would like information about what your registered representative and the Selling Broker-Dealer for whom he or she works may receive in connection with your purchase of a Contract, please ask your registered representative.
We may also pay to selected Selling Broker-Dealers, including those listed above as well as others, additional compensation in the form of  (1) payments for participation in meetings and conferences that include presentations about our products (including the Contracts), and (2) payments to help defray the costs of sales conferences and educational seminars for the Selling Broker-Dealers’ registered representatives.
Arrangements with Affiliated Selling Broker-Dealer.   In addition to the ordinary commissions and non-cash compensation that we pay to all Selling Broker-Dealers, including Concourse Financial Group Securities, Inc., we or our parent company, PLC, pay some of the operating and other expenses of Concourse Financial Group Securities, Inc., and may contribute capital to Concourse Financial Group Securities, Inc. Additionally, employees of Concourse Financial Group Securities, Inc. may be eligible to participate in various employee benefit plans offered by PLC.
Inquiries
You may make inquiries regarding a Contract by writing to Protective Life at its Administrative Office.
CEFLI
Protective Life Insurance Company is a member of the Compliance & Ethics Forum for Life Insurers (“CEFLI”), and as such may include the CEFLI logo and information about CEFLI membership in its advertisements. Companies that belong to CEFLI subscribe to a set of ethical standards covering the various aspects of sales and service for individually sold life insurance and annuities.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Protective Life and its subsidiaries, like other insurance companies, in the ordinary course of business are involved in some class action and other lawsuits, or alternatively in arbitration. In some class action and other lawsuits involving insurance companies, substantial damages have been sought and material settlement payments have been made. Although the outcome of any litigation or arbitration cannot be predicted, Protective Life believes that at the present time there are no pending or threatened lawsuits that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse impact on the Variable Account, the ability of IDI to perform its contract with the Variable Account, or the ability of Protective Life to meet its obligations under the Contracts.
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOTING RIGHTS
In accordance with its view of applicable law, Protective Life will vote the Fund shares held in the Variable Account at special shareholder meetings of the Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting interests in the corresponding Sub-Accounts. If, however, the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended, or if the present interpretation thereof should change, or Protective Life determines that it is allowed to vote such shares in its own right, it may elect to do so.
The number of votes available to an Owner will be calculated separately for each Sub-Account of the Variable Account, and may include fractional votes. The number of votes attributable to a Sub-Account will be determined by applying an Owner’s percentage interest, if any, in a particular Sub-Account to the total number of votes attributable to that Sub-Account. An Owner holds a voting interest in each Sub-Account to which that Owner has allocated Accumulation Units or Annuity Units. Before the Annuity Date, the Owner’s percentage interest, if any, will be the percentage of the dollar value of Accumulation Units allocated for his or her Contract to the total dollar value of that Sub-Account. On or after the Annuity Date, the Owner’s percentage interest, if any, will be the percentage of the dollar value of the liability for future variable income payments to be paid from the Sub-Account to the total dollar value of that Sub-Account. The liability for future payments is calculated on the basis of the mortality assumptions, (if any), the Assumed Investment Return and the Annuity Unit Value of that Sub-Account. Generally, as variable income payments are made to the payee, the liability for future payments decreases as does the number of votes.
The number of votes which are available to the Owner will be determined as of the date coincident with the date established by the Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the relevant meeting of that Fund. Voting instructions will be solicited by written communication prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures established by the Fund.
It is important that each Owner provide voting instructions to Protective Life because shares as to which no timely instructions are received and shares held by Protective Life in a Sub-Account as to which no Owner has a beneficial interest will be voted in proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all Contracts participating in that Sub-Account. As a result, a small number of Owners may control the outcome of a vote. Voting instructions to abstain on any item to be voted upon will be applied to reduce the votes eligible to be cast on that item.
Protective Life will send or make available to each person having a voting interest in a Sub-Account proxy materials, reports, and other material relating to the appropriate Fund.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The audited statements of assets and liabilities of the subaccounts of Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account as of December 31, 2021, and the related statements of operations and of changes in net assets for each of the years or periods presented as well as the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are incorporated into the Statement of Additional Information by reference to the Variable Account’s Form N-VPFS, File No. 811-8108, filed with the SEC on April 20, 2022.
The audited consolidated balance sheets for Protective Life Insurance Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), shareowner’s equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021 as well as the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are incorporated into the Statement of Additional Information by reference to the Variable Account’s Form N-VPFS, File No. 811-8108, filed with the SEC on April 20, 2022.
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS
FUND APPENDIX
FUNDS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT
The following is a list of Funds available under the Contract. More information about the Funds is available in the prospectuses for the Funds, which may be amended from time to time and can be found online at www.protective.com/​eprospectus. You can also request this information at no cost by calling 855-920-9713 or by sending an email request to prospectus@protective.com. Depending on the optional benefits you choose, you may not be able to invest in certain Funds.
The current expenses and performance information below reflects fee and expenses of the Funds, but do not reflect the other fees and expenses that your Contract may charge. Expenses would be higher and performance would be lower if these other charges were included. Each Fund’s past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance.
Asset
Allocation
Type
Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser; Sub-
Adviser(s), as applicable
Current
Expenses
Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2021)
1 Year
5 Year
10 Year
(1)
These Funds and their investment advisers have entered into contractual fee waivers or expense reimbursement arrangements. These temporary fee reductions are reflected in their annual expenses. Those contractual arrangements are designed to reduce total annual Fund operating expenses for Contract Owners and will continue past the current year.
(3)
If you have purchased the SecurePay FXi rider, you must allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions that we have established. These Funds are permissible investment options under the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions during the rider accumulation phase. However, the apportionment of Purchase Payments and Contract Value among the Funds must conform to one of the prescribed options set forth in the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. See “ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR SECUREPAY FXI RIDER” in the Prospectus.
(3)
If you have purchased the SecurePay FXi rider, you must allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions that we have established. These funds are permissible investment options under the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions during the rider withdrawal phase. See “ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR SECUREPAY FXI RIDER” in the Prospectus.
FUND-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX A
DEATH BENEFIT CALCULATION EXAMPLES
The purpose of the following examples is to illustrate the Contract Value, Return of Purchase Payments, Maximum Anniversary Value, and Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefits when the SecurePay FXi rider has been elected and when the SecurePay FXi rider has not been elected. Each example is based on hypothetical Contract Values and transactions and assumes hypothetical positive and negative investment performance of the Variable Account. The examples reflect the deduction of fees and charges. The examples are not representative of past or future performance and are not intended to project or predict future investment results. There is, of course, no assurance that the Variable Account will experience positive investment performance. Actual results may be higher or lower.
Example of Death Benefit Calculation — Contract Value Death Benefit When Owning the SecurePay FXi Rider
Assumptions:

Owner is 60 years old on the Issue Date (1/1/2025)

Selected Contract Value Death Benefit at the time of Contract purchase

Purchased the SecurePay FXi Rider

Elected Single Life Coverage under the SecurePay FXi Rider

Set the Benefit Election Date on 11/30/2029 and began taking SecurePay Withdrawals

Owner passed away on 7/1/2030
Transaction
Date
Transaction
Type
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Before
Transaction
Purchase
Payments
Net
Withdrawals
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Benefit
Base
Adjusted
Withdrawal
Amount
Return of
Contract
Value
Death
Benefit
1/1/25
Contract Issue
N/A 100,000(A) N/A 100,000 100,000 100,000
1/1/26
Anniversary
120,000(B) 120,000 120,000 120,000
5/15/26
Purchase
Payment
130,000 80,000(C) 210,000(D) 210,000 210,000
1/1/27
Anniversary
202,000 202,000 221,550 202,000
4/1/27
Withdrawal
208,000 25,000(E) 183,000(F) 205,642 25,000(G) 183,000(H)
1/1/28
Anniversary
190,000 190,000 216,952 190,000
7/1/28
Quarterly
Anniversary
195,000 195,000 216,952 195,000
1/1/29
Anniversary
180,000 180,000 228,885 180,000
11/30/29
SecurePay WD
175,000 9,155(I) 165,845 228,885 9,155(J) 165,845
1/1/30
SecurePay WD
165,000 9,155(K) 155,845 228,885 9,155 155,845
3/31/30
Excess
Withdrawal
158,000 16,000(L) 142,000 218,969 16,000(L) 142,000
7/1/30
Owner Death
125,000(M) 125,000 218,969 125,000(N)
(A)
Contract is issued with a Purchase Payment of  $100,000.
(B)
This column shows the Contract Values before any transactions occur. In this case the Contract Value is $120,000.
(C)
A Purchase Payment of  $80,000 is made on 5/15/2026 (no purchase payments are allowed more than two years after the rider issue date or election date, whichever comes first).
(D)
$210,000 = $130,000 + $80,000.
(E)
A withdrawal of  $25,000 (including applicable surrender charges) is made. This withdrawal is made before the SecurePay rider’s Benefit Election Date.
(F)
$183,000 = $208,000 – $25,000.
(G)
The “Adjusted Withdrawal Amount” is used to adjust the Death Benefit for withdrawals. The adjustment for each
A-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
withdrawal is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn (including surrender charges) reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $208,000 (equal to the Contract Value), the adjusted withdrawal amount is $25,000 is equal to $25,000 / $208,000 x $208,000.
(H)
The Return of Contract Value Death Benefit is equal to Contract Value.
(I)
The SecurePay Benefit Election Date is set on 11/30/2029, and the first SecurePay Withdrawal of  $9,155 is taken.
(J)
The Adjusted Withdrawal Amount is $9,155. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $175,000 (equal to the Contract Value), the adjusted withdrawal amount is $9,155 is equal to $9,155 / $175,000 x $175,000.
(K)
A withdrawal of  $9,155 is made on 1/1/2030. This amount is equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount for this Contract Year. Since the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is 4.00%, we have $9,155 = $228,885 x 4.00%. The Adjusted Withdrawal Amount is $9,155. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $175,000 (equal to the Contract Value), the adjusted withdrawal amount is $9,155 is equal to $9,155 / $175,000 x $175,000.
(L)
An Excess Withdrawal under the SecurePay rider of  $16,000 is made on 3/31/2030.
(M)
The Adjusted Withdrawal Amount is $16,000. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $158,000 (equal to the Contract Value), the adjusted withdrawal amount is $16,000 is equal to $16,000 / $158,000 x $158,000.
(N)
The Owner dies on 7/1/2030 and the Contract Value at that time has declined to $125,000. The Contract Value Death Benefit paid to the beneficiary is $125,000.
A-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Example of Death Benefit Calculation — Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit When Owning the SecurePay FXi Rider
Assumptions:

Owner is 60 years old on the Issue Date (1/1/2025)

Selected Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit at the time of Contract purchase

Purchased the SecurePay FXi Rider

Elected Single Life Coverage under the SecurePay FXi Rider

Set the Benefit Election Date on 11/30/2029 and began taking SecurePay Withdrawals

Owner passed away on 7/1/2030
Transaction
Date
Transaction
Type
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Before
Transaction
Purchase
Payments
Net
Withdrawals
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Benefit
Base
Adjusted
Withdrawal
Amount
Return of
Purchase
Payments
Death
Benefit
1/1/25
Contract Issue
N/A 100,000(A) N/A 100,000 100,000 100,000
1/1/26
Anniversary
120,000(B) 120,000 120,000 120,000
5/15/26
Purchase
Payment
130,000 80,000(C) 210,000(D) 210,000 210,000
1/1/27
Anniversary
202,000 202,000 221,550 202,000
4/1/27
Withdrawal
208,000 25,000(E) 183,000(F) 205,642 21,635(G) 183,000(H)
1/1/28
Anniversary
190,000 190,000 216,952 190,000
7/1/28
Quarterly
Anniversary
195,000 195,000 216,952 195,000
1/1/29
Anniversary
180,000 180,000 228,885 180,000
11/30/29
SecurePay WD
175,000 11,788(I) 163,212 228,885 11,788(J) 163,212(K)
1/1/30
SecurePay WD
165,000 11,788(L) 153,212 228,885 11,788 153,212
3/31/30
Excess
Withdrawal
158,000 16,000(M) 142,000 222,782 14,843(N) 142,000(O)
7/1/30
Owner Death
125,000(P) 125,000 222,782 125,000(Q)
(A)
Contract is issued with a Purchase Payment of  $100,000.
(B)
This column shows the Contract Values before any transactions occur. In this case the Contract Value is $120,000.
(C)
A Purchase Payment of  $80,000 is made on 5/15/2026 (no purchase payments are allowed more than two years after the rider issue date or election date, whichever comes first).
(D)
$210,000 = $130,000 + $80,000.
(E)
A withdrawal of  $25,000 (including applicable surrender charges) is made. This withdrawal is made before the SecurePay rider’s Benefit Election Date.
(F)
$183,000 = $208,000 – $25,000.
(G)
The “Adjusted Withdrawal Amount” is used to adjust the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit for withdrawals. The adjustment for each withdrawal before the Benefit Election Date is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn (including surrender charges) reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $180,000, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $21,635 is equal to $25,000 / $208,000 x $180,000.
(H)
The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is greater of Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal amount. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is $183,000. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit of  $183,000 is equal to the greater of  $183,000 or $158,365 ($100,000 + $80,000 – $21,635), respectively.
(I)
The SecurePay Benefit Election Date is set on 11/30/2029, and the first SecurePay Withdrawal of $11,788 is taken.
(J)
For SecurePay withdrawals the death benefit is adjusted dollar for dollar, so the Adjusted Withdrawal Amount is $11,788.
A-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(K)
The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is greater of Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal amount. $163,212 is equal to the greater of $163,212 or $146,578 ($100,000 + $80,000 – $21,635 – $11,788) respectively.
(L)
A withdrawal of $11,788 is made on 1/1/2030. This amount is equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount for this Contract Year. Since the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is 5.15%, we have $11,788 = $228,885 x 5.15%.
(M)
An Excess Withdrawal under the SecurePay rider of  $16,000 is made on 3/31/2030.
(N)
The adjustment for each Excess Withdrawal under the SecurePay rider is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn (including surrender charges) reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $146,578, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $14,843 = $16,000 / $158,000 x $146,578.
(O)
The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is greater of Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal amount. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is $142,000. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit of  $142,000 is equal to the greater of  $142,000 or $119,947 ($100,000 + $80,000 – $21,635 – $11,788 – $11,788 – $14,843) respectively.
(P)
The Owner dies on 7/1/2030 and the Contract Value at that time has declined to $125,000.
(Q)
The actual Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is greater of Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal amount. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is $125,000. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit of $125,000 is equal to the greater of  $125,000 or $119,947 ($100,000 + $80,000 – $21,635 – $11,788 – $11,788 – $14,843), respectively.
A-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Example of Death Benefit Calculation — Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit When Owning the SecurePay FXi Rider
Assumptions:

Owner is 60 years old on the Issue Date (1/1/2025)

Purchased Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit at the time of Contract purchase

Purchased the SecurePay FXi Rider

Elected Single Life Coverage under the SecurePay FXi Rider

Set the Benefit Election Date on 11/30/2029 and began taking SecurePay Withdrawals

Owner passed away on 7/1/2030
Transaction
Date
Transaction
Type
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Before
Transaction
Purchase
Payments
Net
Withdrawals
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Benefit
Base
Adjusted
Withdrawal
Amount
Anniversary
Value (A)
Maximum
Anniversary
Value
Death
Benefit
1/1/25
Contract Issue
N/A 100,000(B) N/A 100,000 100,000 100,000
1/1/26
Anniversary
120,000(C) 120,000 120,000 133,825
5/15/26
Purchase
Payment
130,000 80,000(D) 210,000(E) 210,000
1/1/27
Anniversary
202,000 202,000 221,550 135,825
4/1/27
Withdrawal
208,000 25,000(F) 183,000(G) 205,642 25,240(H)
1/1/28
Anniversary
190,000 190,000 216,952 149,065(I)
7/1/28
Quarterly
Anniversary
195,000 195,000 216,952
1/1/29
Anniversary
180,000 180,000 228,885 139,065
11/30/29
SecurePay WD
175,000 11,788(J) 163,212 228,885 11,788(K) 134,065(L)
1/1/30
SecurePay WD
165,000 11,788(M) 153,212 228,885 11,788 135,853
3/31/30
Excess
Withdrawal
158,000 16,000(N) 142,000 222,782 17,359(O)
7/1/30
Owner Death
125,000(P) 125,000 222,782 149,065(Q)
(A)
For purposes of the example, the anniversary values have been retrospectively calculated from the date of death of 7/1/2030. If an alternative date of death was assumed, the anniversary values may differ.
(B)
Contract is issued with a Purchase Payment of  $100,000.
(C)
This column shows the Contract Values before any transactions occur. In this case the Contract Value is $120,000.
(D)
A Purchase Payment of  $80,000 is made on 5/15/2026 (no purchase payments are allowed more than two years after the rider issue date or election date, whichever comes first).
(E)
$210,000 = $130,000 + $80,000.
(F)
A withdrawal of  $25,000 (including applicable surrender charges) is made. This withdrawal is made before the SecurePay rider’s Benefit Election Date.
(G)
$183,000 = $208,000 - $25,000.
(H)
The “Adjusted Withdrawal Amount” is used to adjust the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit for withdrawals. The adjustment for each withdrawal before the Benefit Election Date is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn (including surrender charges) reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $210,000, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $25,240. The adjusted withdrawal amount of $25,240 is equal to $25,000 / $208,000 x $210,000.
(I)
Each Anniversary Value equals the Contract Value on the contract anniversary plus all Purchase Payments since that contract anniversary minus an adjustment for each withdrawal since that contract anniversary. The Anniversary Value is $149,065. The Anniversary Value of  $149,065 is equal to $190,000 – $11,788 – $11,788 – $17,359. Also, this value is the greatest anniversary value for the Maximum Anniversary Value calculation.
(J)
The SecurePay Benefit Election Date is set on 11/30/2029, and the first SecurePay Withdrawal of  $11,788 is taken.
A-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(K)
For SecurePay withdrawals the death benefit is adjusted dollar for dollar, so the Adjusted Withdrawal Amount is $11,788.
(L)
Each Anniversary Value equals the Contract Value on the contract anniversary plus all Purchase Payments since that contract anniversary minus an adjustment for each withdrawal since that contract anniversary. The Anniversary Value is $134,065. The Anniversary Value of  $134,065 is equal to $175,000 – $11,788 – $11,788 – $17,359.
(M)
A withdrawal of $11,788 is made on 1/1/2030. This amount is equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount for this Contract Year. For this example assume the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is 5.15%. $11,788 = $228,885 x 5.15%.
(N)
An Excess Withdrawal under the SecurePay rider of  $16,000 is made on 3/31/2030.
(O)
The adjustment for each Excess Withdrawal under the SecurePay rider is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn (including surrender charges) reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $171,425, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $17,359. The adjusted withdrawal amount of $17,359 is equal to $16,000 / $158,000 x $171,425.
(P)
The Owner dies on 7/1/2030 and the Contract Value at that time has declined to $125,000.
(Q)
The Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of (1) the Contract Value, (2) the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal, or (3) the greatest anniversary value attained. The Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit is $149,065. The Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit of $149,065 is equal to the greatest of $125,000 or $113,825 ($100,000 + $80,000 – $25,240 – $11,788 – $11,788 – $17,359) or $149,065, respectively.
A-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Example of Death Benefit Calculation — Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit When Owning the SecurePay FXi Rider
Assumptions:

Owner is 60 years old on the Issue Date (1/1/2025)

Purchased Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit at the time of Contract purchase

Purchased the SecurePay FXi Rider

Elected Single Life Coverage under the SecurePay FXi Rider

Set the Benefit Election Date on 11/30/2029 and began taking SecurePay Withdrawals

Owner passed away on 7/1/2030
Transaction
Date
Transaction
Type
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Before
Transaction
Purchase
Payments
Net
Withdrawals
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Benefit
Base
Adjusted
Withdrawal
Amount
Quarterly
Anniversary
Value (A)
Maximum
Quarterly
Value
Death
Benefit
1/1/25
Contract Issue
N/A 100,000(B) N/A 100,000 100,000 100,000
1/1/26
Anniversary
120,000(C) 120,000 120,000 133,825
5/15/26
Purchase
Payment
130,000 80,000(D) 210,000(E) 210,000
1/1/27
Anniversary
202,000 202,000 221,550 135,825
4/1/27
Withdrawal
208,000 25,000(F) 183,000(G) 205,642 25,240(H) 141,825
1/1/28
Anniversary
190,000 190,000 216,952 149,065
7/1/28
Quarterly
Anniversary
195,000 195,000 216,952 154,065(I)
1/1/29
Anniversary
180,000 180,000 228,885 139,065
11/30/29
SecurePay WD
175,000 11,788(J) 163,212 228,885 11,788(K) 134,065(L)
1/1/30
SecurePay WD
165,000 11,788(M) 153,212 228,885 11,788 135,853
3/31/30
Excess
Withdrawal
158,000 16,000(N) 142,000 222,782 17,359(O)
7/1/30
Owner Death
125,000(P) 125,000 222,782 154,065(Q)
(A)
For purposes of the example, the quarterly anniversary values have been retrospectively calculated from the date of death of 7/1/2030. If an alternative date of death was assumed, the quarterly anniversary values may differ.
(B)
Contract is issued with a Purchase Payment of  $100,000.
(C)
This column shows the Contract Values before any transactions occur. In this case the Contract Value is $120,000.
(D)
A Purchase Payment of  $80,000 is made on 5/15/2026 (no purchase payments are allowed more than two years after the rider issue date or election date, whichever comes first).
(E)
$210,000 = $130,000 + $80,000.
(F)
A withdrawal of  $25,000 (including applicable surrender charges) is made. This withdrawal is made before the SecurePay rider’s Benefit Election Date.
(G)
$183,000 = $208,000 – $25,000.
(H)
The “Adjusted Withdrawal Amount” is used to adjust the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit for withdrawals. The adjustment for each withdrawal before the Benefit Election Date is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn (including surrender charges) reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $210,000, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $25,240. The adjusted withdrawal amount of  $25,240 is equal to $25,000 / $208,000 x $210,000.
(I)
Each Quarterly Anniversary Value equals the Contract Value on the anniversary plus all Purchase Payments since that anniversary minus an adjustment for each withdrawal since that anniversary. The Quarterly Anniversary Value is $154,065. The Quarterly Anniversary Value of  $154,065 is equal to $195,000 – $11,788 – $11,788 – $17,359. Also, this value is the greatest anniversary value for the Maximum Quarterly Value calculation.
(J)
The SecurePay Benefit Election Date is set on 11/30/2029, and the first SecurePay Withdrawal of  $11,788 is taken.
A-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(K)
For SecurePay withdrawals the death benefit is adjusted dollar for dollar, so the Adjusted Withdrawal Amount is $11,788.
(L)
Each Quarterly Anniversary Value equals the Contract Value on the anniversary plus all Purchase Payments since that anniversary minus an adjustment for each withdrawal since that anniversary. The Quarterly Anniversary Value is $134,065. The Quarterly Anniversary Value of  $134,065 is equal to $175,000 – $11,788 – $11,788 – $17,359.
(M)
A withdrawal of  $11,788 is made on 1/1/2030. This amount is equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount for this Contract Year. For this example assume the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is 5.15%. $11,788 = $228,885 x 5.15%.
(N)
An Excess Withdrawal under the SecurePay rider of  $16,000 is made on 3/31/2030.
(O)
The adjustment for each Excess Withdrawal under the SecurePay rider is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn (including surrender charges) reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $171,425, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $17,359. The adjusted withdrawal amount of  $17,359 is equal to $16,000 / $158,000 x $171,425.
(P)
The Owner dies on 7/1/2030 and the Contract Value at that time has declined to $125,000.
(Q)
The Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of (1) the Contract Value, (2) the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal, or (3) the greatest anniversary value attained. The Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit is $154,065. The Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit of  $154,065 is equal to the greatest of  $125,000 or $113,825 ($100,000 + $80,000 – $25,240 – $11,788 – $11,788 – $17,359) or $154,065, respectively.
A-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Example of Death Benefit Calculation — Return of Contract Value Death Benefit Without a SecurePay rider
Assumptions:

Owner is 60 years old on the Issue Date (1/1/2025)

Selected Return of Contract Value Death Benefit at the time of Contract purchase

Owner passed away on 7/1/2030
Transaction
Date
Transaction
Type
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Before
Transaction
Purchase
Payments
Net
Withdrawals
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Adjusted
Withdrawal
Amount
Return of
Contract
Value
Death
Benefit
1/1/25
Contract Issue
N/A 100,000(A) N/A 100,000 100,000
1/1/26
Anniversary
120,000(B) 120,000 120,000
1/1/27
Anniversary
130,000 130,000 130,000
4/1/27
Withdrawal
125,000 25,000(C) 100,000(D) 25,000(E) 100,000(F)
7/1/28
Quarterly
Anniversary
105,000 105,000 105,000
1/1/29
Anniversary
103,000 103,000 103,000
10/1/29
Purchase
Payment
85,000 80,000(G) 165,000 165,000
11/30/29
Withdrawal
155,000 5,500(H) 149,500 5,500(I) 149,500
1/1/30
Anniversary
152,000 152,000 152,000
3/31/30
Withdrawal
160,000 16,000(J) 144,000 16,000(J) 144,000
7/1/30
Owner Death
135,000(K) 135,000 135,000(K)
(A)
Contract is issued with a Purchase Payment of  $100,000.
(B)
This column shows the Contract Values before any transactions occur. In this case the Contract Value is $120,000.
(C)
A withdrawal of  $25,000 (including applicable surrender charges) is made.
(D)
$100,000 = $125,000 – $25,000.
(E)
The “Adjusted Withdrawal Amount” is used to adjust the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit for withdrawals. The adjustment for each withdrawal is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn (including surrender charges), reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $125,000 (equal to the Contract Value), the adjusted withdrawal amount is $25,000 is equal to $25,000 / $125,000 x $125,000.
(F)
The Return of Contract Value Death Benefit is equal to the Contract Value, $100,000.
(G)
A Purchase Payment of  $80,000 is made on 10/1/2029.
(H)
A withdrawal of  $5,500 (including applicable surrender charges) is made on 11/30/2029.
(I)
Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $155,000 (equal to the Contract Value), the adjusted withdrawal amount is $5,500 is equal to $5,500 / $155,000 x $155,000.
(J)
A withdrawal of  $16,000 (including applicable surrender charges) is made on 3/31/2030. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $160,000 (equal to the Contract Value), the adjusted withdrawal amount is $16,000 is equal to $16,000 / $160,000 x $160,000.
(K)
The Owner dies on 7/1/2030 and the Contract Value at that time has declined to $135,000. The Contract Value Death Benefit paid to the beneficiary is $135,000.
A-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Example of Death Benefit Calculation — Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Without the SecurePay FXi Rider
Assumptions:

Owner is 60 years old on the Issue Date (1/1/2025)

Selected Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit at the time of Contract purchase

Owner passed away on 7/1/2030
Transaction
Date
Transaction
Type
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Before
Transaction
Purchase
Payments
Net
Withdrawals
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Adjusted
Withdrawal
Amount
Return of
Purchase
Payments
Death
Benefit
1/1/25
Contract Issue
N/A 100,000(A) N/A 100,000 100,000
1/1/26
Anniversary
120,000(B) 120,000 120,000
1/1/27
Anniversary
130,000 130,000 130,000
4/1/27
Withdrawal
125,000 25,000(C) 100,000(D) 26,000(E) 100,000(F)
7/1/28
Quarterly
Anniversary
105,000 105,000 105,000
1/1/29
Anniversary
103,000 103,000 103,000
10/1/29
Purchase
Payment
85,000 80,000(G) 165,000 165,000
11/30/29
Withdrawal
155,000 5,500(H) 149,500 5,465(I) 149,500(J)
1/1/30
Anniversary
152,000 152,000 152,000
3/31/30
Withdrawal
160,000 16,000(K) 144,000 14,854 144,000
7/1/30
Owner Death
135,000(L) 135,000 135,000(M)
(A)
Contract is issued with a Purchase Payment of  $100,000.
(B)
This column shows the Contract Values before any transactions occur. In this case the Contract Value is $120,000.
(C)
A withdrawal of  $25,000 (including applicable surrender charges) is made.
(D)
$100,000 = $125,000 – $25,000.
(E)
The “Adjusted Withdrawal Amount” is used to adjust the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit for withdrawals. The adjustment for each withdrawal is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn (including surrender charges), reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $130,000, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $26,000. The adjusted withdrawal amount of  $26,000 is equal to $25,000 / $125,000 x $130,000.
(F)
The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is greater of Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal amount. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is $100,000. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit of  $100,000 is equal to the greater of  $100,000 or $74,000 ($100,000 – $26,000), respectively.
(G)
A Purchase Payment of  $80,000 is made on 10/1/2029.
(H)
A withdrawal of  $5,500 (including applicable surrender charges) is made on 11/30/2029.
(I)
The adjustment for each withdrawal is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn (including surrender charges) reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $154,000, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $5,465. The adjusted withdrawal amount of  $5,465 equal to $5,500 / $155,000 x $154,000.
(J)
The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is greater of Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal amount. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is $149,500. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit of  $149,500 is equal to the greater of  $149,500 or $148,535 ($100,000 + $80,000 – $26,000 – $5,465), respectively.
(K)
A withdrawal of  $16,000 (including applicable surrender charges) is made on 3/31/2030.
(L)
The Owner dies on 7/1/2030 and the Contract Value at that time has declined to $135,000.
(M)
The actual Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is the greater of the Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal amount. The Return of Purchase Payments Death
A-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Benefit is $135,000. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit of  $135,000 is equal to the greater of $135,000 or $133,682 ($100,000 + $80,000 – $26,000 – $5,465 – $14,854), respectively.
A-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Example of Death Benefit Calculation — Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit Without the SecurePay FXi Rider
Assumptions:

Owner is 60 years old on the Issue Date (1/1/2025)

Purchased Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit at the time of Contract purchase

Owner passed away on 7/1/2030
Transaction
Date
Transaction
Type
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Before
Transaction
Purchase
Payments
Net
Withdrawals
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Adjusted
Withdrawal
Amount
Anniversary
Value (A)
Maximum
Anniversary
Value
Death
Benefit
1/1/25
Contract Issue
N/A 100,000(B) N/A 100,000 100,000
1/1/26
Anniversary
120,000(C) 120,000 150,550
1/1/27
Anniversary
130,000 130,000 160,550(D)
4/1/27
Withdrawal
125,000 25,000(E) 100,000(F) 26,000(G)
7/1/28
Quarterly
Anniversary
105,000 105,000
1/1/29
Anniversary
103,000 103,000 159,550
10/1/29
Purchase
Payment
85,000 80,000(H) 165,000
11/30/29
Withdrawal
155,000 5,500(I) 149,500 5,500(J)
1/1/30
Anniversary
152,000 152,000 134,050(K)
3/31/30
Withdrawal
160,000 16,000(L) 144,000 17,950
7/1/30
Owner Death
135,000(M) 135,000 160,550(N)
(A)
For purposes of the example, the anniversary values have been retrospectively calculated from the date of death of 7/1/2030. If an alternative date of death was assumed, the anniversary values may differ.
(B)
Contract is issued with a Purchase Payment of  $100,000.
(C)
This column shows the Contract Values before any transactions occur. In this case the Contract Value is $120,000.
(D)
Each Anniversary Value equals the Contract Value on the contract anniversary plus all Purchase Payments since that contract anniversary minus an adjustment for each withdrawal since that contract anniversary. The Anniversary Value is $160,550. The Anniversary Value of  $160,550 is equal to $130,000 + $80,000 – $26,000 – $5,500 – $17,950. Also, this value is the greatest anniversary value for the Maximum Anniversary Value calculation.
(E)
A withdrawal of  $25,000 (including applicable surrender charges) is made.
(F)
$100,000 = $125,000 – $25,000.
(G)
The “Adjusted Withdrawal Amount” is used to adjust the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit for withdrawals. The adjustment for each withdrawal is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn (including surrender charges), reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $130,000, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $26,000. The adjusted withdrawal amount of  $26,000 is equal to $25,000 / $125,000 x $130,000.
(H)
A Purchase Payment of  $80,000 is made on 10/1/2029.
(I)
A withdrawal of  $5,500 (including applicable surrender charges) is made.
(J)
The adjustment for each withdrawal is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn (including surrender charges) reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $155,000, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $5,500. The adjusted withdrawal amount of  $5,500 is equal to $5,500 / $155,000 x $155,000.
(K)
Each Anniversary Value equals the Contract Value on the anniversary plus all Purchase Payments since that anniversary minus an adjustment for each withdrawal since that anniversary. The Anniversary Value is $134,050. The Anniversary Value of  $134,050 is equal to $152,000 – $17,950.
(L)
A withdrawal of  $16,000 (including applicable surrender charges) is made on 3/31/2030.
(M)
The Owner dies on 7/1/2030 and the Contract Value at that time has declined to $135,000.
(N)
The Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of (1) the Contract Value, (2) the aggregate
A-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal, or (3) the greatest anniversary value attained. The Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit is $160,550. The Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit of  $160,550 is equal to the greatest of  $135,000 or $130,550 ($100,000 + $80,000 – $26,000 – $5,500 – $17,950) or $160,550, respectively.
A-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Example of Death Benefit Calculation — Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit Without the SecurePay FXi Rider
Assumptions:

Owner is 60 years old on the Issue Date (1/1/2025)

Purchased Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit at the time of Contract purchase

Owner passed away on 7/1/2030
Transaction
Date
Transaction
Type
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Before
Transaction
Purchase
Payments
Net
Withdrawals
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Adjusted
Withdrawal
Amount
Quarterly
Anniversary
Value (A)
Maximum
Quarterly
Value
Death
Benefit
1/1/25
Contract Issue
N/A 100,000(B) N/A 100,000 100,000
1/1/26
Anniversary
120,000(C) 120,000 150,550
1/1/27
Anniversary
130,000 130,000 160,550
4/1/27
Withdrawal
125,000 25,000(D) 100,000(E) 26,000(F) 155,550
7/1/28
Quarterly
Anniversary
105,000 105,000 161,550(G)
1/1/29
Anniversary
103,000 103,000 159,550
10/1/29
Purchase
Payment
85,000 80,000(H) 165,000
11/30/29
Withdrawal
155,000 5,500(I) 149,500 5,500(J)
1/1/30
Anniversary
152,000 152,000 134,050(K)
3/31/30
Withdrawal
160,000 16,000(L) 144,000 17,950
7/1/30
Owner Death
135,000(M) 135,000 161,550(N)
(A)
For purposes of the example, the quarterly anniversary values have been retrospectively calculated from the date of death of 7/1/2030. If an alternative date of death was assumed, the quarterly anniversary values may differ.
(B)
Contract is issued with a Purchase Payment of  $100,000.
(C)
This column shows the Contract Values before any transactions occur. In this case the Contract Value is $120,000.
(D)
A withdrawal of  $25,000 (including applicable surrender charges) is made.
(E)
$100,000 = $125,000 – $25,000.
(F)
The “Adjusted Withdrawal Amount” is used to adjust the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit for withdrawals. The adjustment for each withdrawal is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn (including surrender charges), reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $130,000, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $26,000. The adjusted withdrawal amount of  $26,000 is equal to $25,000 / $125,000 x $130,000.
(G)
Each Quarterly Anniversary Value equals the Contract Value on the anniversary plus all Purchase Payments since that anniversary minus an adjustment for each withdrawal since that anniversary. The Quarterly Anniversary Value is $161,550. The Quarterly Anniversary Value of  $161,550 is equal to $105,000 + $80,000 – $5,500 – $17,950. Also, this value is the greatest anniversary value for the Maximum Quarterly Value calculation.
(H)
A Purchase Payment of  $80,000 is made on 10/1/2029.
(I)
A withdrawal of  $5,500 (including applicable surrender charges) is made.
(J)
The adjustment for each withdrawal is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of withdrawal in the same proportion that the amount withdrawn (including surrender charges) reduces Contract Value. Assuming the death benefit at the time of withdrawal is $155,000, the adjusted withdrawal amount is $5,500. The adjusted withdrawal amount of  $5,500 is equal to $5,500 / $155,000 x $155,000.
(K)
Each Quarterly Anniversary Value equals the Contract Value on the anniversary plus all Purchase Payments since that anniversary minus an adjustment for each withdrawal since that anniversary. The Quarterly Anniversary Value is $134,050. The Quarterly Anniversary Value of  $134,050 is equal to $152,000 – $17,950.
(L)
A withdrawal of  $16,000 (including applicable surrender charges) is made on 3/31/2030.
(M)
The Owner dies on 7/1/2030 and the Contract Value at that time has declined to $135,000.
(N)
The Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of (1) the Contract Value, (2) the aggregate
A-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal, or (3) the greatest quarterly value attained. The Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit is $161,550. The Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit of  $161,550 is equal to the greatest of  $135,000 or $130,550 ($100,000 + $80,000 – $26,000 – $5,500 – $17,950) or $161,550, respectively.
A-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX B
EXAMPLE OF SURRENDER CHARGE CALCULATION
The purpose of the following example is to illustrate the surrender charges under the Contract. The example is based on hypothetical Contract Values and transactions and assumes hypothetical positive and negative investment performance of the Variable Account. The example is not representative of past or future performance and is not intended to project or predict future investment results. There is, of course, no assurance that the Variable Account will experience positive investment performance. Actual results may be higher or lower.
Within certain time limits, we deduct a surrender charge from your Contract Value when you make a surrender or withdrawal before the Annuity Date or when you fully or partially surrender your Contract for a commuted value while variable income payments under Annuity Option A (payments for a certain period) are being made. We do not apply the surrender charge to the payment of a death benefit or when we apply your Annuity Value to an Annuity Option.
Each Contract Year you may withdraw a specified amount, called the “free withdrawal amount”, from your Contract without incurring a surrender charge. During the first Contract Year the free withdrawal amount is equal to 10% of your initial Purchase Payment. In any subsequent Contract Year the free withdrawal amount is equal to the greatest of: (1) the earnings in your Contract as of the prior Contract Anniversary; (2) 10% of your cumulative Purchase Payments as of the prior Contract Anniversary; or (3) 10% of the Contract Value as of the prior Contract Anniversary. For the purpose of determining the free withdrawal amount, earnings equal the Contract Value minus the Purchase Payments not previously assessed with a surrender charge, both measured as of the Contract Anniversary for which values are being determined. Withdrawals in excess of the free withdrawal amount in any Contract Year may be subject to surrender charges. If you have elected the SecurePay FXi rider, we count SecurePay Withdrawals and Excess Withdrawals when determining the free withdrawal amount. (See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”).”)
Surrender charges are applied to Contract Value withdrawn or surrendered according to the table below:
Surrender Charge Percentages Table
Current Purchase
Payment Plus All Prior
Purchase Payments
Applied to the Contract
Number of Complete Years Elapsed
Between the Date the Purchase Payment was
Applied to the Contract and the Withdrawal or Surrender Date
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7+
Less than $50,000
7.0% 6.0% 6.0% 5.0% 4.0% 3.0% 2.0% 0%
At least $50,000 but
less than
$100,000
6.0% 5.0% 5.0% 4.0% 3.0% 2.0% 1.0% 0%
At least $100,000 but less than $250,000
5.0% 4.0% 4.0% 3.0% 2.0% 2.0% 1.0% 0%
At least $250,000 but less than $500,000
4.0% 3.0% 3.0% 2.0% 2.0% 1.0% 1.0% 0%
At least $500,000 but less than $1,000,000
3.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 1.0% 1.0% 0.5% 0%
$1,000,000 or more
2.0% 1.0% 1.0% 1.0% 1.0% 0.5% 0.5% 0%
Assume an initial Purchase Payment of  $95,000 is made on the Issue Date, followed by a subsequent Purchase Payment of  $80,000 made 2 months later. Then 3 years after the Issue Date, assume another Purchase Payment of $75,000 is made (no purchase payments are allowed beyond the second contract anniversary for contracts with SecurePay Fxi rider). Assume Contract Value is $270,000 on the fourth Contract Anniversary, and $260,000 on the fifth Contract Anniversary.
During the fifth Contract Year, when the Contract Value has increased to $315,000, a withdrawal of  $50,000 is requested. On the sixth Contract Anniversary, when the Contract Value is $305,400, a full surrender is requested.
We will monitor the amount of the surrender charge we assess such that the amount of any surrender charge we impose, when added to any Premium Based Charge and surrender charge previously paid on the Contract, will not exceed nine percent (9%) of aggregate Purchase Payments made to date for your Contract, which in this case is $22,500.
B-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following table outlines the steps we take to determine the surrender charge for the $50,000 withdrawal and for the $305,400 full surrender:
Step
$50,000 Withdrawal during the 5th
Contract Year
$305,400 Full Surrender on 6th
Contract Anniversary
(1)
Determination of free withdrawal amount – greatest of:
(A)
Earnings in your Contract as of the prior Contract Anniversary
(B)
10% of your cumulative Purchase Payments as of the prior Contract Anniversary
(C)
10% of the Contract Value as of the prior Contract Anniversary.
Greatest of:
(A)
Earnings = Contract Value – total net Purchase Payments
Earnings = $270,000 – $250,000 = $20,000
(B)
10% x $250,000 = $25,000
(C)
10% x $270,000 = $27,000
Greatest value is (C), or $27,000
Greatest of:
(A)
Earnings = Contract Value – total net Purchase Payments Earnings = $260,000 – $227,000 = $33,000
(B)
10% x $250,000 = $25,000
(C)
10% x $260,000 = $26,000
Greatest value is (A), or $33,000
(2)
Amount subject to surrender charge: Requested amount less amount from step (1)
$50,000 – $27,000 = $23,000 $305,400 – $33,000 = $272,400
B-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Step
$50,000 Withdrawal during the 5th
Contract Year
$305,400 Full Surrender on 6th
Contract Anniversary
(3)
Applicable surrender charge percentage based on the aggregate Purchase Payments and the number of full years that have passed:
NOTE: Withdrawals come from earliest Purchase Payment first (FIFO)
NOTE: We will add together all Purchase Payments received within 90 days of the Issue Date for the purpose of determining the surrender charge tier assigned to each of them.

$23,000 withdrawal comes from $95,000 Purchase Payment

4 full years have elapsed since Purchase Payment
$175,000 of Purchase Payments were made in the first 90 days
Surrender charge percentage = 2%

Since $23,000 was withdrawn from the first Purchase Payment of $95,000, $72,000 ($95,000 – $23,000)is allocated to the initial Purchase Payment

6 full years have elapsed since the first Purchase Payment
$175,000 of Purchase Payments were made in the first 90 days
Surrender charge percentage = 1%

Since the second Purchase Payment was $80,000, the entire $80,000 is allocated to the second Purchase Payment

5 full years have elapsed since the second Purchase Payment
$175,000 of Purchase Payments were made in the first 90 days
Surrender charge percentage = 2%

Since the third Purchase Payment was $75,000, the entire $75,000 is allocated to the third Purchase Payment

3 full years have elapsed since the third Purchase Payment
At the time the third Purchase Payment was made, cumulative Purchase Payments made = $250,000 so this band is used for determination of the surrender charge
Surrender charge percentage = 2%

Allocating the surrender amount to the three Purchase Payments covers only $227,000 of the eligible $272,400. So the remaining $45,400 must be allocated on a pro-rata basis to the remaining Purchase Payments:

$45,400 x ($72,000 / $227,000) = $14,400 (The first Purchase Payment has $86,400 ($72,000 + $14,400) allocated to it)

$45,400 x ($80,000 / $227,000) = $16,000 (The second Purchase Payment has $96,000 ($80,000 + $16,000) allocated to it)

$45,400 x ($75,000 / $227,000) = $15,000 (The third Purchase Payment has $90,000 ($75,000 + $15,000) allocated to it)
(4)
Surrender charge: Step (2) multiplied by step (3)
$23,000 x 2% = $460 $86,400 x 1% = $864
$96,000 x 2% = $1,920
$90,000 x 2% = $1,800
$864 + $1,920 + $1,800 = $4,584
B-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX C
EXPLANATION OF THE VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENT CALCULATION
The purpose of the following example is to illustrate variable income payments under the Contract. The example is based on hypothetical Annuity Values and transactions and assumes hypothetical positive and negative investment performance of the Variable Account. The example is not representative of past or future performance and is not intended to project or predict future investment results. There is, of course, no assurance that the Variable Account will experience positive investment performance. Actual results may be higher or lower.
Assuming an Annuity Value of  $100,000 on the Annuity Date and annual variable income payments selected under Option A with a 5 year certain period, the dollar amount of the payment determined, but not paid, on the Annuity Date is calculated using an interest assumption of 5%, as shown below.
There are 5 annual payments scheduled. Assuming an interest rate of 5%, the applied Annuity Value is then assumed to have a balance of  $0 after the last payment is made at the end of the 5th year. The amount of the payment determined on the Annuity Date is the amount necessary to force this balance to $0.
Date
Interest
Earned
During Year
at 5%
Annuity
Value
Before
Payment
Payment
Made
Annuity
Value
After
Payment
Annuity Date
$ 100,000.00 $ 0.00 $ 100,000.00
End of 1st year
$ 5,000.00 $ 105,000.00 $ 23,097.48 $ 81,902.52
End of 2nd year
$ 4,095.13 $ 85,997.65 $ 23,097.48 $ 62,900.17
End of 3rd year
$ 3,145.01 $ 66,045.17 $ 23,097.48 $ 42,947.69
End of 4th year
$ 2,147.38 $ 45,095.08 $ 23,097.48 $ 21,997.60
End of 5th year
$ 1,099.88 $ 23,097.48 $ 23,097.48 $ 0.00
Assuming an interest rate of 5%, a payment of  $23,097.48 is determined, but not paid, on the Annuity Date.
The actual variable income payment made at the end of the 1st year will equal $23,097.48 only if the net investment return during the 1st year equals 5%. If the net investment return exceeds 5%, then the 1st payment will exceed $23,097.48. If the net investment return is less than 5%, then the 1st payment will be less than $23,097.48.
Subsequent variable payments will vary based on the net investment return during the year in which the payment is scheduled to be made. A payment will equal the payment made at the end of the prior year only if the net investment return equals 5%. If the net investment return exceeds 5%, then the payment will exceed the prior payment. If the net investment return is less than 5%, then the payment will be less than the prior payment.
EXPLANATION OF THE COMMUTED VALUE CALCULATION
A Contract may be fully or partially surrendered for a commuted value while variable income payments under Annuity Option A are being made. (See “Annuity Options.”) If the Contract is surrendered, the amount payable will be the commuted value of future payments at the assumed interest rate of 5%, which will be equal to the values shown in the column titled “Annuity Value after Payment,” above. If the Contract is surrendered while variable income payments are being made under Annuity Option A and within 7 years of a Purchase Payment, the amount payable will be reduced by any applicable surrender charge. (See “Annuity Income Payments, Variable Income Payments.”)
C-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX D
EXAMPLE OF SECUREPAY FXI RIDER
The purpose of the following example is to demonstrate the operation of the Secure Pay FXi rider. The example is based on hypothetical Contract Values and transactions and assumes hypothetical positive and negative investment performance of the Variable Account. The example is not representative of past or future performance and is not intended to project or predict future investment results. There is, of course, no assurance that the Variable Account will experience positive investment performance. Actual results may be higher or lower. The example does not reflect the deduction of fees and charges.
Assumptions:

Joe, 60 years old on the Issue Date

Purchased the SecurePay FXi Rider at time of Contract Purchase

Elected Single Life Coverage

Began making SecurePay Withdrawals 11 years after the Rider Issue Date

Because Joe was 70 on the Contract Anniversary when he began taking withdrawals, he received the SecurePay FXi withdrawal rate of 5.4%
Contract
Year
End of
Year
Attained
Age
Roll Up
Percentage
Maximum
Allowed
Withdrawal
Percentage
Purchase
Payments
Actual
Withdrawals
Annual
Withdrawal
Amount
Annual
Withdrawal
Amount
Balance
Excess
Withdrawal
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
Highest
Quarterly
Value
SecurePay
Roll-Up
Value
End of
Year
Benefit
Base
At issue
60 100,000 N/A 100,000 100,000(A) 100,000(A)
1
61 5.5% 4.00% 50,000(B) 153,975 153,975 155,500(C) 155,500(D)
2
62 5.5% 4.00% 161,676 161,676 164,053(E) 164,053(F)
3
63 5.5% 4.00% 173,698 173,698 173,075(G) 173,698(H)
4
64 5.5% 4.00% 176,543 176,543 183,251 183,251(I)
5
65 5.5% 4.00% 185,796 185,796 193,330 193,330(J)
6
66 5.5% 5.15% 192,345 192,345 203,963 203,963(K)
7Q1
67 5.5% 5.15% 228,976 203,963 203,963
7Q2
67 5.5% 5.15% 230,065 203,963 203,963
7Q3
67 5.5% 5.15% 235,765 203,963 203,963
7Q4
67 5.5% 5.15% 232,976 235,765(L) 215,181 235,765(M)
8
68 5.5% 5.15% 10,000(N) 228,630 228,630 238,309(O) 238,309(P)
9
69 5.5% 5.15% 249,675 249,675 251,416 251,416
10
70 5.5% 5.15% 265,498 265,498 265,244 265,498(Q)
11
71 0% (R) 5.40% 14,337 14,337(S) 256,438 256,438 265,244 265,498
12
72 0% 5.40% 14,337 14,337(S) 245,854 245,854 265,244 265,498
13
73 0% 5.40% 14,337 14,337(S) 243,965 243,965 265,244 265,498
14
74 0% 5.40% 5,000 14,337(T) 9,337(T) 240,951 240,951 265,244 265,498
15
75 0% 5.40% 14,337 14,337(U) 236,710 236,710 265,244 265,498
16
76 0% 5.40% 14,337 14,337(U) 227,843 227,843 265,244 265,498
17
77 0% 5.40% 14,337 14,337(U) 201,496 201,496 265,244 265,498
18
78 0% 5.40% 50,000 14,337(V) 35,663(V) 161,985 161,985 214,702 214,907(W)
(A)
The initial Benefit Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment of  $100,000.
(B)
The $50,000 Purchase Payment is added to the current Benefit Base of  $100,000 (no purchase payments are allowed beyond the second contract anniversary since SecurePay FXi was purchased). The new Benefit Base is $150,000.
(C)
The SecurePay Roll-Up Value is equal to the most recently calculated Benefit Base ($150,000) plus 5.5% of the Benefit Base on the previous contract anniversary (5.5% of  $100,000).
(D)
The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the greatest of the Benefit Base on that anniversary, the Highest Quarterly Value, and the SecurePay Roll-Up Value (the greatest of  $150,000, $153,975, and $155,500, respectively).
(E)
The SecurePay Roll-Up Value is equal to the most recently calculated Benefit Base ($155,500) plus 5.5% of the Benefit Base on the previous contract anniversary (5.5% of  $155,500).
D-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(F)
The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the greatest of the Benefit Base on that anniversary, the Highest Quarterly Value, and the SecurePay Roll-Up Value (the greatest of  $155,500, $161,676, and $164,053, respectively).
(G)
The SecurePay Roll-Up Value is equal to the most recently calculated Benefit Base ($164,053) plus 5.5% of the Benefit Base on the previous contract anniversary (5.5% of  $164,053).
(H)
The SecurePay Roll-Up Value ($173,075) is compared to the Contract Value ($173,698).
(I)
The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the SecurePay Roll-Up Value since it is higher than the Highest Quarterly Value of  $176,543.
(J)
The SecurePay Roll-Up Value ($193,330) is compared to the Contract Value ($185,796).
(K)
The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the SecurePay Roll-Up Value since it is higher than the Highest Quarterly Value of  $192,345.
(L)
In year 7, the Highest Quarterly Value occurs at the third quarterly anniversary ($235,765).
(M)
The SecurePay Roll-Up Value ($215,181) is compared to the Highest Quarterly Value ($235,765).
(N)
The Benefit Base is reduced due to the $10,000 withdrawal in the same proportion that the withdrawal reduces the Contract Value. The Benefit Base is reduced by 4.2%. The 4.2% reduction is determined by dividing the withdrawal amount ($10,000) by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal ($238,630). After the withdrawal, the reduced Benefit Base equals $225,885, which is the prior Benefit Base of  $235,765 reduced by 4.2%.
(O)
The Roll-Up Guaranteed increase is also reduced in the same proportion that the withdrawal reduces the Contract Value, 4.2%. The Roll-Up Guaranteed Increase is $11,633. The Roll-Up Guaranteed Increase of  $11,633 is equal to the Roll-Up Percentage 5.50% multiplied by the Benefit Base at the end of the prior year $235,765 and then reduced by the proportion that the withdrawal reduced the Contract Value (4.2%). The Roll-Up Value is then calculated by adding the adjusted Roll-Up Guaranteed amount to the adjusted Benefit Base ($225,885 + $11,633 = $238,309).
(P)
The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to $238,309. The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the greatest of: 1) the Benefit Base on that anniversary after the withdrawal adjustment ($225,885) 2) the Highest Quarterly Value ($228,630) and 3) the SecurePay Roll-Up Value after the withdrawal adjustment ($238,309).
(Q)
The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the Highest Quarterly Value since it is higher than the SecurePay Roll-Up Value of  ($265,244).
(R)
The Roll-Up Period stops after the Benefit Election Date.
(S)
For the next three years, Joe takes the full Annual Withdrawal Amount of  $14,337. The full Annual Withdrawal Amount of  $14,337 is determined by multiplying the Benefit Base ($265,498) by the Maximum Allowed Withdrawal Percentage (5.40%).
(T)
In year 14, Joe only takes $5,000 of the available $14,337. The remaining $9,337 is not carried over to the next year.
(U)
For years 15-17, Joe takes the full Annual Withdrawal Amount of  $14,337, which equals the Benefit Base ($265,498) by the Maximum Allowed Withdrawal Percentage (5.40%).
(V)
In year 18, Joe takes a $50,000 withdrawal. Since the Annual Withdrawal Amount is only $14,337, the remaining portion of his withdrawal ($35,663) is considered an Excess Withdrawal.
(W)
At the time of the Excess Withdrawal, the Benefit Base is reduced because the Contract Value minus the non-excess part of the withdrawal ($201,496 – $14,337 = $187,159) is less than the Benefit Base ($265,498). The Benefit Base is reduced in the same proportion that the excess part of the withdrawal reduces the Contract Value less the non-excess part of the withdrawal: 19.1% = ($50,000 – $14,337) / ($201,496 – $14,337). After the Excess Withdrawal, the reduced Benefit Base equals $214,907, which is the prior Benefit Base of  $265,498 reduced by 19.1%.
D-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX E
EXAMPLE OF PREMIUM BASED CHARGE
Current Purchase Payment Plus All Prior Purchase Payments Applied to the Contract
Quarterly
Premium-Based
Charge Percentage
Annual
Equivalent
Less than $50,000
0.1750% 0.70%
At least $50,000 but less than $100,000
0.1600% 0.64%
At least $100,000 but less than $250,000
0.1250% 0.50%
At least $250,000 but less than $500,000
0.0875% 0.35%
At least $500,000 but less than $1,000,000
0.0625% 0.25%
At least $1,000,000
0.0375% 0.15%
Assume an initial Purchase Payment of  $95,000 is made on the Issue Date, followed by a subsequent Purchase Payment of  $80,000 made 2 months later. Then 3 years after the Issue Date, assume another Purchase Payment of $75,000 is made (no Purchase Payments are allowed beyond the second Contract Anniversary for Contracts with the SecurePay FXi rider).
After 3 months, the first quarterly premium based charge of  $218.75 is collected:
$95,000 x 0.1250% + $80,000 x 0.1250% = $218.75
Please note that since the second Purchase Payment is received less than 90 days after the Issue Date, it is aggregated with the first Purchase Payment in determining the applicable quarterly Premium Based Charge percentage.
This quarterly premium based charge amount continues to be assessed at 3-month intervals through the third Contract Anniversary (at which point, a new Purchase Payment is received). Three months later, the quarterly premium based charge is recalculated as follows:
$95,000 x 0.1250% + $80,000 x 0.1250% + $75,000 x 0.0875% = $284.38
The quarterly premium based charge remains at this level, assessed at 3-month intervals through the seventh Contract Anniversary. After this point, the first 2 Purchase Payments fall outside of the 7-year charge window. Three month later, the quarterly premium based charge amount is recalculated as follows:
$75,000 x 0.0875% = $65.63
This quarterly premium based charge amount would be assessed at 3-month intervals through the tenth Contract Anniversary. After this point, the final Purchase Payment will fall outside of the 7-year charge window, and the quarterly premium based charge would be $0.
Once a Premium Based Charge percentage is established for any Purchase Payment, such percentage is fixed and will not change even if additional Purchase Payments are made or withdrawals are taken.
E-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX F
VARIATIONS OF RIGHT TO CANCEL DEADLINES AFTER RECEIPT OF CONTRACT BY OWNER, BY STATE
STATE
Deadline for New Contract Purchase
Deadline Replacement Contract Purchase
AL within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
AK within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
AZ within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
AZ – Senior (A) within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
AR within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
CA within twenty (20) days for greater of return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
CA – Senior (B) within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
CO within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
CT (C) within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
DE within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within twenty (20) days for a return of Contract Value
DC within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value
FL within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
GA within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value
HI within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
ID within twenty (20) days for greater of return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value
IL within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
IN within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value
IA within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
KS within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value
KY within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
LA within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
STATE
Deadline for New Contract Purchase
Deadline Replacement Contract Purchase
ME within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
MD within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
MA within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value
MI within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value
MN within twenty (20) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
MS within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
MO within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value
MT within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
NE within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
NV within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
NH within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
NJ within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
NM within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
NY within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within sixty (60) days for a return of Contract Value
NC within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value
ND within twenty (20) days for a return of Contract Value within twenty (20) days for a return of Contract Value
OH within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
OK within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value
OR within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
PA within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value
RI within twenty (20) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
STATE
Deadline for New Contract Purchase
Deadline Replacement Contract Purchase
SC within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
SD within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
TN within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value
TX within twenty (20) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
UT within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value
VT within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
VA within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
WA within ten (10) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value within thirty (30) days for greater of Return of Purchase Payments & Contract Value
WV within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
WI within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
WY within ten (10) days for a return of Contract Value within thirty (30) days for a return of Contract Value
(A)
“Seniors” are defined as “any owner or annuitant 65 years old or older on contract issue date”
(B)
“Seniors” are defined as “any owner or annuitant 60 years old or older on contract issue date”
(C)
If the Annuity is cancelled before it is issued, the premium is returned
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX G
SUPERCEDED RATE SHEET PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT INFORMATION
G-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The Statement of Additional Information, which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), contains additional information about the Contract and the Variable Account. The Statement of Additional Information is dated the same date as this Prospectus and is incorporated herein by reference. You may obtain a copy of the Statement of Additional Information free of charge by calling us at 1-800-456-6330 or writing to us at the address shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. You may also obtain an electronic copy of the Statement of Additional Information, as well as other material that we file electronically and certain material incorporated by reference, at the SEC website (http://www.sec.gov).
Reports and other information about the Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of the information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov.
EDGAR Contract Identifier: C000xxxxxx

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

P.O. Box 10648
Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648
Telephone: 1-800-456-6330

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT
A FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
DEFERRED VARIABLE AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACT

This Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") contains information in addition to the information described in the Prospectus for the individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract (the "Contract") offered by Protective Life Insurance Company. This Statement of Additional Information is not a Prospectus. It should be read only in conjunction with the Prospectus for the Contract and the prospectuses for the Funds. That Prospectus provides detailed information concerning the Contracts and the variable investment options that fund the Contracts. Each variable investment option is a subaccount of the Company's Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account. Definitions of special terms used in the SAI are found in the Prospectus. The Prospectus for the Contract is dated []. You may obtain a copy of the Prospectus by writing us at P.O. Box 10648, Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648 or calling us toll free at 1-800-456-6330.

THE DATE OF THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS [].

1

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   

Page

 
THE COMPANY     1    

SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS

   

1

   

RECORDS AND REPORTS

   

1

   

LEGAL MATTERS

   

1

   

EXPERTS

   

1

   

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   

2

   
2

 

 

THE COMPANY

We are Protective Life Insurance Company (the "Company", "we," "our," "us" and "Protective Life"), a Tennessee corporation. Protective Life is the principal operating subsidiary of Protective Life Corporation ("PLC"), a U.S. insurance holding company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Dai-ichi Life Holdings, Inc. ("Dai-ichi"). Dai-ichi's stock is traded on the Tokyo Stock Exchange. No other company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that the Company owes under the Contracts. The Company is solely responsible for paying all amounts owed to you under the Contract.

SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS

Title to the assets of the Variable Account is held by Protective Life. The assets are kept physically segregated and held separate and apart from the Company's General Account assets and from the assets in any other separate account.

Records are maintained of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares held by each of the Sub-Accounts.

The officers and employees of Protective Life are covered by an insurance company blanket bond issued in the amount of $50 million dollars. The bond insures against dishonest and fraudulent acts of officers and employees.

RECORDS AND REPORTS

Protective Life will maintain all records and accounts relating to the Variable Account. As presently required by the 1940 Act and regulations promulgated thereunder, reports containing such information as may be required under the Act or by any other applicable law or regulation will be sent to Owner(s) periodically at the last known address.

LEGAL MATTERS

Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP of Washington, D. C. has provided advice on certain matters relating to the federal securities laws.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of the subaccounts, which comprise Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account as of December 31, 2021, and for each of the years or periods presented, have been incorporated by reference in this Statement of Additional Information in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of Protective Life Insurance Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, have been incorporated by reference in this Statement of Additional Information in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2021 financial statements refers to a change in accounting principle due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses as of January 1, 2020.

The business address for KPMG LLP is 420 20th Street North, Suite 1800, Birmingham, Alabama 35203.

1

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited statements of assets and liabilities of the subaccounts of Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account as of December 31, 2021, and the related statements of operations and of changes in net assets for each of the years or periods presented as well as the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are incorporated by reference to the Variable Account's Form N-VPFS, File No. 811-8108 filed with the SEC on April 20, 2022.

The audited consolidated balance sheets for Protective Life Insurance Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), shareowner's equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021 as well as the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are incorporated by reference to the Variable Account's Form N-VPFS, File No. 811-8108 filed with the SEC on April 20, 2022.

Protective Life's consolidated financial statements should be considered only as bearing on its ability to meet its obligations under the Contracts. They should not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held in Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account.

 
2

 
 

PART C

 

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 27.    Exhibits

 

 (a) Board of Directors Resolutions

 

(a) (1)  Resolution of the Board of Directors of Protective Life Insurance Company authorizing establishment of the Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account is incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-233415), filed with the Commission on August 22, 2019.

 

(b) Custodial Agreements - Not Applicable

 

(c) Underwriting Contracts

 

(c) (1) Distribution Agreement among Protective Life Insurance Company, Investment Distributors, Inc. and the Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account is incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-4 Registration Statement, (File No. 333-233415), filed with the Commission on August 22, 2019.

 

(c) (2) Distribution Agreement between Investment Distributors, Inc. and broker-dealers is incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-233415), filed with the Commission on August 22, 2019.

 

(c) (3) Distribution Agreement between IDI and PLICO is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-153041), filed with the Commission on September 16, 2011.

 

(c) (3) (i) Second Amended Distribution Agreement dated October 24, 2013 (PLICO-IDI) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-190294), filed with the Commission on April 25, 2014.

 

(c) (3) (ii) Revised Second Amended Distribution Agreement dated June 1, 2018 (PLICO-IDI) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-112892), filed with the Commission on July 20, 2018.

 

(c) (3) (iii) Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended Distribution Agreement (PLICO-IDI) is incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240102), filed with the Commission on July  27, 2020.

 

(c) (3) (iv) Revised Schedule to Second Amended Distribution Agreement between IDI and PLICO is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240102), filed with the Commission on November 25, 2020.

 

(d) Contracts (including Riders and Endorsements)

 

(d) (1) Dimensions V Contract

- Filed herein.

 

(d) (2) Dimensions V Contract Schedule

- To be filed by Pre-Effective Amendment.

 

(d) (3) Guaranteed Account Endorsement

- Filed herein.

 

C-1

(d) (4) Waiver or Surrender Charge for Terminal Condition or Nursing Facility Confinement

- Filed herein.

 

(d) (5) Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Rider

- Filed herein.

 

(d) (6) Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit Rider

- Filed herein.

 

(d) (7) Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit Rider

- Filed herein.

 

(d) (8) SecurePay FXi Rider

- To be filed by Pre-Effective Amendment.

 

(d) (9) SecurePay FXi Spousal Continuation Rider

- To be filed by Pre-Effective Amendment.

 

(d) (10) Investment Options Table for the SecurePay FXi Rider

- To be filed by Pre-Effective Amendment.

 

(d) (11) Enhanced Death Benefit Rider for the SecurePay FXi Rider

- To be filed by Pre-Effective Amendment.

 

(d) (12) Nursing Home Endorsement

- Filed herein.

 

(d) (13) Qualified Plan Endorsement

- Filed herein.

 

(d) (14) Traditional IRA Endorsement

- Filed herein.

 

(d) (15) Roth IRA Endorsement

- Filed herein.

 

(e) Applications

 

(e) (1) Dimensions V Application

- To be filed by Pre-Effective Amendment.

 

(f) Depositor's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws

 

(f) (1) 2020 Amended and Restated Charter of Protective Life Insurance Company is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-201919), filed with the Commission on February 11, 2021.

 

(f) (2) 2020 Amended and Restated By-laws of Protective Life Insurance Company is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-201919), filed with the Commission on February 11, 2021.

 

(g) Reinsurance Contracts - Not Applicable

 

(h) Participation Agreements

 

(h) (1) Participation Agreement dated April 30, 2002 (Lord Abbett Series Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-94047), filed with the Commission on April 25, 2002.

 

C-2

(h) (1) (i) Rule 22c-2 Shareholder Information Agreement (Lord Abbett Series Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No.17 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 33-70984), filed with the Commission on April 27, 2007.

 

(h) (1) (ii) Amendment dated April 28, 2022 (Lord Abbett Series Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-261426), filed July 5, 2022.

 

(h) (2) Participation Agreement dated December 19, 2003 (Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-112892), filed with the Commission on February 17, 2004.

 

(h) (2) (i) Rule 22c-2 Shareholder Information Agreement dated April 11, 2007 (Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No.17 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 33-70984), filed with the Commission on April 27, 2007.

 

(h) (2) (ii) Amendment dated April 12, 2011 to Participation Agreement re Summary Prospectus (Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on April 25, 2011.

 

(h) (2) (iii) Amendment dated December 22, 2020 to Participation Agreement (Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on April 16, 2021.

 

(h) (2) (iv) Amendment dated April 12, 2021 to Participation Agreement (Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on April 16, 2021.

 

(h) (2) (v) Amendment dated March 24, 2022 to Participation Agreement (Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240102), filed with the Commission on April 15, 2022.

 

(h) (3) Participation Agreement dated April 11, 2007 (Fidelity Variable Insurance Products) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on November 25, 2020.

 

(h) (3) (i) Rule 22c-2 Shareholder Information Agreement (Fidelity Variable Insurance Products) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No.17 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 33-70984), filed with the Commission on April 27, 2007.

 

(h) (3) (ii) Amendment dated October 15, 2020 to Participation Agreement (Fidelity Variable Insurance Products) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on November 25, 2020.

 

(h) (3) (iii) Amendment dated October 11, 2021 to Participation Agreement (Fidelity Variable Insurance Products) is incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-261426), filed with the Commission on November 30, 2021.

 

(h) (3) (iv) Amendment dated March 10, 2022 to Participation Agreement (Fidelity Variable Insurance Products) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240102), filed with the Commission on April 15, 2022.

 

(h) (4) Participation Agreement dated February 1, 2015 (Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-190294), as filed with the Commission on April 28, 2021.

 

(h) (4) (i) Rule 22c-2 Shareholder Information Agreement (Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No.17 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 33-70984), filed with the Commission on April 27, 2007.

 

C-3

(h) (4) (ii) Participation Agreement dated November 30, 2020 (Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-201919), filed with the Commission on February 11, 2021.

 

(h) (4) (iii) Addendum dated November 30, 2020 to Participation Agreement (Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-201919), filed with the Commission on February 11, 2021.

 

(h) (4) (iv) Amendment dated March 31, 2021 to Participation Agreement (Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on April 16, 2021.

 

(h) (4) (v) Amendment dated April 1, 2022 to Participation Agreement (Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-261426), filed July 5, 2022.

 

(h) (5) Participation Agreement dated June 18, 2015 (American Funds) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on November 25, 2020.

 

(h) (5) (i) Rule 22c-2 Shareholder Information Agreement (American Funds) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 11 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on April 30, 2008.

 

(h) (5) (ii) Amendment dated October 1, 2019 to Participation Agreement (American Funds) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on November 25, 2020.

 

(h) (5) (iii) Amendment dated November 25, 2020 to Participation Agreement (American Funds) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-6 Registration Statement (File No. 333-248236), filed with the Commission on December 16, 2020.

 

(h) (5) (iv) Amendment dated March 22, 2021 to Participation Agreement (American Funds) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File 333-240192), filed with the Commission on April 16, 2021.

 

(h) (5) (v) Amendment dated April 29, 2022 to Participation Agreement (American Funds) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-261426), filed July 5, 2022.

 

(h) (5) (vi) Amendment dated August 1, 2022 to Participation Agreement (American Funds)

-Filed herein.

 

(h) (6) Participation Agreement dated November 1, 2009 (Legg Mason) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on October 28, 2009.

 

(h) (6) (i) Amendment dated April 11, 2014 to Participation Agreement (Legg Mason) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on November 25, 2020.

 

(h) (6) (ii) Amendment dated September 10, 2019 to Participation Agreement (Legg Mason) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on November 25, 2020.

 

(h) (6) (iii) Amendment dated August 11, 2020 to Participation Agreement (Legg Mason) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on November 25, 2020.

 

(h) (6) (iv) Amendment dated November 30, 2020 to Participation Agreement (Legg Mason) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-6 Registration Statement (File No. 333-248236), filed with the Commission on December 16, 2020.

 

C-4

(h) (6) (v) Amendment dated April 7, 2021 to Participation Agreement (Legg Mason) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on April 16, 2021.

 

(h) (7) Participation Agreement dated November 1, 2009 (Royce Capital) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on October 28, 2009.

 

(h) (7) (i) Rule 22c-2 Information Sharing Agreement (Royce Capital) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on October 28, 2009.

 

(h) (7) (ii) Amendment dated November 30, 2020 to Participation Agreement (Royce Capital) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-201919), filed with the Commission on February 11, 2021.

 

(h) (7) (iii) Amendment dated August 10, 2022 to Participation Agreement (Royce Capital)

-Filed herein.

 

(h) (8) Participation Agreement dated November 1, 2009 (PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-113070), filed with the Commission on October 28, 2009.

 

(h) (8) (i) Novation of and Amendment dated April 25, 2011 to Participation Agreement (PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on November 25, 2020.

 

(h) (8) (ii) Amendment dated April 25, 2011 to Participation Agreement re Summary Prospectuses (PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on November 25, 2020.

 

(h) (8) (iii) Amendment dated September 1, 2020 to Participation Agreement (PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-6 Registration Statement (File No. 333-248236), filed with the Commission on December 16, 2020.

 

(h) (8) (iv) Amendment dated April 2, 2021 to Participation Agreement (PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on April 16, 2021.

 

(h) (8) (v) Amendment dated August 9, 2022 to Participation Agreement (PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust)

-Filed herein.

 

(h) (9) Participation Agreement dated February 1, 2015 (AIM-Invesco Variable Insurance Funds) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on November 25, 2020.

 

(h) (9) (i) Rule 22c-2 Agreement (AIM-Invesco Variable Insurance Funds) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-179649), as filed with the Commission on August 24, 2016.

 

(h) (10) Participation Agreement dated May 1, 2016 (Clayton Street Funds) is incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on November 25, 2020.

 

(h) (10) (i) Rule 22c-2 Agreement (Clayton Street Funds) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-190294), filed with the Commission on April 26, 2016.

 

(h) (10) (ii) Amendment dated September 1, 2020 to Participation Agreement (Clayton Street Funds) is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on November 25, 2020.

 

(h) (10) (iii) Amendment dated December 10, 2020 (Clayton Street Funds) is incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-261426), filed with the Commission on November 30, 2021.

C-5

 

(h) (10) (iv) Amendment dated March 10, 2022 (Clayton Street Funds) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240102), filed with the Commission on April 15, 2022.

 

(h) (11) Participation Agreement dated December 8, 2020 (T. Rowe Price) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on April 16, 2021.

 

(h) (11) (i) Rule 22c-2 Agreement dated December 8, 2020 (T. Rowe Price) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-240192), filed with the Commission on April 16, 2021.

 

(h) (11) (ii) Amendment dated May 3, 2021 to Participation Agreement (T. Rowe Price) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-237747), filed with the Commission on October 18, 2021.

 

(i) Administrative Contracts - Not Applicable

 

(j) Other Material Contracts - Not Applicable

 

(k) Legal Opinion

 

(k) (1) Opinion and Consent of Bradford Rodgers, Esq.

- To be filed by Pre-Effective Amendment.

 

(l) Other Opinions

 

(l) (1)  Consent of Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP

- To be filed with Pre-Effective Amendment.

 

(l) (2) Consents of KPMG LLP

- To be filed with Pre-Effective Amendment.

 

(l) (3)  Powers of Attorney

- Filed herein.

 

(m) Omitted Financial Statements - Not Applicable

 

(n) Initial Capital Agreements - Not Applicable

 

(o) Form of Initial Summary Prospectuses

- Filed herein.

 

C-6

 

Item 28.    Directors and Officers of Depositor

 

Name and Principal Business Address*
 
Position and Offices with Depositor
Adams, D. Scott
 
Executive Vice President, Corporate Responsibility, Strategy & Innovation
Banerjee Choudhury, Shiladitya (Deep) Senior Vice President and Treasurer
Bartlett, Malcolm Lee
 
Senior Vice President, Corporate Tax
Bielen, Richard J.
 
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director
Black, Lance P.
 
Executive Vice President, Acquisitions and Corporate Development
Borie, Kevin B.
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Valuation Actuary, and Appointed Actuary
Casey, Sean
 
Senior Vice President, and Corporate Actuary
Cramer, Steve
 
Senior Vice President, and Chief Product Officer
Creutzmann, Scott E.
 
Senior Vice President, and Chief Compliance Officer
Drew, Mark L.
 
Executive Vice President, and Chief Legal Officer
Evesque, Wendy L.
 
Executive Vice President, and Chief Human Resources Officer
Hackett, Richard C. Senior Vice President, Dealer Participation
Harrison, Wade V.
 
Executive Vice President, and Chief Retail Officer
Herring, Derry W
 
Senior Vice President, and Chief Auditor
Karchunas, M. Scott
 
Senior Vice President, and President, Asset Protection Division
Kohler, Matthew
 
Senior Vice President, and Chief Information Officer
Kurtz, Richard J. Senior Vice President, Chief Distribution Officer APD
Laeyendecker, Ronald
 
Senior Vice President, Executive Benefit Markets
Lawrence, Mary Pat
 
Senior Vice President, Government Affairs
Lee, Felicia M.    
 
Secretary, and Senior Counsel
McDonald, Laura Y.
 
Senior Vice President, and Chief Mortgage and Real Estate Officer
Moschner, Christopher R.
 
Senior Vice President, and Chief Marketing Officer
Passafiume, Philip E.
 
Executive Vice President, and Chief Investment Officer
Peeler, Rachelle R.     Senior Vice President
Pugh, Barbara N. Senior Vice President, and Chief Accounting Officer
Radnoti, Francis L.
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Product Officer, and Designated Illustration Actuary
Rahman, Pooja T.     Senior Vice President, and Chief Risk Officer
Ray, Webster M.
 
Senior Vice President, Investments
Riebel, Matthew A.
 
Senior Vice President, and Chief Distribution Officer
Seurkamp, Aaron C.
 
Senior Vice President, and President, Retirement Division
Wagner, James
 
Senior Vice President, and Chief Distribution Officer
Wahlheim, Cary T. Senior Vice President, and Senior Counsel
Walker, Steven G.
 
Vice Chairman, Finance and Risk, and Director
Wells, Paul R.
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Director
Whitcomb, John
 
Senior Vice President, Distribution Operations
Williams, Doyle J.     Senior Vice President, Distribution Companies
Williams, Lucinda S.
 
Executive Vice President, and Chief Operating Officer
 

* Unless otherwise indicated, principal business address is 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223

 

C-7

Item 29.    Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control With the Depositor or the Registrant

The registrant is a segregated asset account of the Company and is therefore owned and controlled by the Company. All of the Company’s outstanding voting common stock is owned by Protective Life Corporation, a subsidiary of Dai-ichi Life Holdings, Inc. Protective Life Corporation is described more fully in the prospectus included in this registration statement.
 
For more information regarding the company structure of Protective Life Corporation and Dai-ichi Life Holdings, Inc., please refer to the organizational chart filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-261830), filed with the Commission on August 9, 2022.

 

C-8

Item 30.     Indemnification

 

Article XI of the By-laws of Protective Life provides, in substance, that any of Protective Life’s directors and officers, who is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, other than an action by or in the right of Protective Life, by reason of the fact that he is or was an officer or director, shall be indemnified by Protective Life against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such claim, action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Protective Life and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. If the claim, action or suit is or was by or in the right of Protective Life to procure a judgment in its favor, such person shall be indemnified by Protective Life against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Protective Life, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to Protective Life unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper. To the extent that a director or officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any such action, suit or proceeding, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified by Protective Life against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith, not withstanding that he has not been successful on any other claim issue or matter in any such action, suit or proceeding. Unless ordered by a court, indemnification shall be made by Protective Life only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the officer or director is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct. Such determination shall be made (a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to, or who have been successful on the merits or otherwise with respect to, such claim action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (c) by the shareholders.

 

In addition, the executive officers and directors are insured by PLC’s Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance Policy including Company Reimbursement and are indemnified by a written contract with PLC which supplements such coverage.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

C-9

Item 31.   Principal Underwriters

 

(a)  Investment Distributors, Inc. (“IDI”) is the principal underwriter of the Contracts as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940. IDI is also principal underwriter for the Protective Variable Life Separate Account, Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life, PLICO Variable Annuity Account S, PLAIC Variable Annuity Account S, Protective COLI VUL, Protective NY COLI VUL and Protective Acquired Variable Annuity Separate Account.

 

(b)  The following information is furnished with respect to the officers and directors of Investment Distributors, Inc.

 

Name and Principal
Business Address* 
 
Position and Offices
 
Position and Offices with Registrant
Brown, Barry K.
 
Director
 
Vice President, Operations
Coffman, Benjamin P.  Assistant Financial Officer Senior Director Financial Reporting
Creutzmann, Scott E.
 
Chief Compliance Officer, and Director
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
Gilmer, Joseph F.
 
Assistant Financial Officer, and Director
 
Senior Analyst Financial Reporting
Guerrera, Darren C. Chief Financial Officer Vice President
Hicks, Victoria Ann Senior Supervisory Principal Senior Supervisory Principal
Johnson, Julena G.
 
Assistant Compliance Officer
 
Director Regulatory
Lee, Felicia M.
 
Secretary
 
Secretary, Vice President, and Senior Counsel
Lippeatt, Jason H. Supervisory Principal Supervisory Principal
Morsch, Letitia A.
 
Assistant Secretary
 
Vice President, New Business Operations
Richards, Megan P.     Assistant Secretary Officer
Tennent, Rayburn Assistant Financial Officer Senior Analyst Financial Reporting
Wagner, James
 
President
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Distribution Officer
 

*  Unless otherwise indicated, principal business address is 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama, 35223.

 

(c)  The following commissions were received by each principal underwriter, directly or indirectly, from the Registrant during the Registrant’s last fiscal year:

 

(1) Name of Principal
Underwriter

 

(2) Net Underwriting
Discounts

 

(3) Compensation on
Redemption

 

(4) Brokerage
Commissions

 

(5) Other
Compensation

Investment Distributors, Inc.

 

N/A

 

None

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

Item 32.    Location of Accounts and Records.

 

 All accounts and records required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules thereunder are maintained by Protective Life Insurance Company at 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223.

 

Item 33.    Management Services.

 

 All management contracts are discussed in the Prospectus or Statement of Additional Information.

 

Item 34.    Fee Representation

 

 Protective Life represents that the fees and charges deducted under the Contract, in the aggregate, are reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the expenses to be incurred, and the risks assumed by Protective Life.

 

 

C-10

 

SIGNATURES

 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant of this Registration Statement has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Birmingham, State of Alabama, on September 9, 2022.
 

PROTECTIVE VARIABLE ANNUITY SEPARATE ACCOUNT

 

 

 

By:

*

 

  Richard J. Bielen, President

 

  Protective Life Insurance Company

 

 

 

  PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

*

 

  Richard J. Bielen, President

 

  Protective Life Insurance Company

 

       

As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form N-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature
  
Title
  
Date
*
  
Chairman of the Board, President,
  
 
Richard J. Bielen
  
Chief Executive Officer, and Director
    September 9, 2022
    
(Principal Executive Officer)
    
          
*
  
Vice Chairman, Finance & Risk,
  
September 9, 2022
Steven G. Walker
  
 and Director
    
          
*
  
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
  
September 9, 2022
Paul R. Wells
  Officer, and Director (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)      
          
*BY:
/S/ BRADFORD RODGERS
      
September 9, 2022
Bradford Rodgers
        
Attorney-in-Fact
        
            

 

C-11

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

(d) (1) Dimensions V Contract

 

(d) (3) Guaranteed Account Endorsement

 

(d) (4) Waiver of Surrender Charge for Terminal Condition or Nursing Facility Confinement

 

(d) (5) Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Rider

 

(d) (6) Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit Rider

 

(d) (7) Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit Rider

 

(d) (12) Nursing Home Endorsement

 

(d) (13) Qualified Plan Endorsement

 

(d) (14) Traditional IRA Endorsement

 

(d) (15) Roth IRA Endorsement

 

(h) (5) (vi) Amendment dated August 1, 2022 to Participation Agreement (American Funds)

 

(h) (7) (iii) Amendment dated August 10, 2022 to Participation Agreement (Royce Capital)

 

(h) (8) (v) Amendment dated August 9, 2022 to Participation Agreement (PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust)

 

(l) (3) Powers of Attorney

 

(o) Form of Initial Summary Prospectus

 

C-12

 Exhibit (d)(1)
 
DEFINITIONS
 
Accumulation Unit:
A unit of measure used to calculate the value of a Sub-Account prior to the
Annuity Date.
 
Age: On a person's birthday, the age (in years) attained by the person on that day. On any other day, the person's age as of her or his last birthday.
 
Annuity Date: The date as of which the Contract Value, less any applicable premium tax, is applied to an Annuity Option.
 
Annuity Option: The payout option pursuant to which the Company makes annuity income payments. Annuity Unit: A unit of measure used to calculate the amount of the variable income payments. Contract Anniversary: The same month and day as the Issue Date each calendar year.
Contract Value: The Variable Account value attributable to this Contract on, or prior to the Annuity
Date.
 
Contract Year:
Any period of 12 months commencing with the Issue Date or any Contract
Anniversary.
 
Fund: Any investment portfolio in which a corresponding Sub-Account invests.
 
IIPRC: The Interstate Insurance Product Regulation Commission.
 
Investment Option: Any account to which Purchase Payments may be allocated or Contract Value transferred under the Contract.
 
Issue Date: The date as of which the initial Purchase Payment is credited to the Contract and the date the Contract takes effect. It is shown on the Schedule.
 
Purchase Payment: Amounts paid by the Owner and accepted by the Company as consideration for the Contract.
 
Sub-Account: A separate division of the Variable Account.
 
Surrender Value: The amount we pay in response to a request for a withdrawal or surrender.
 
Valuation Day: Each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.
 
Valuation Period: The period which begins at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock
Exchange on any Valuation Day and ends at the close of regular trading on the next Valuation Day.
 
Variable Account: The Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account, a separate investment account of Protective Life.
 
PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT
 
Company – Protective Life Insurance Company, also referred to as "Protective Life", "the Company", "we", "us" and "our".
 
Owner – The person or persons who own the Contract and are entitled to exercise all rights and privileges provided in the Contract. A Contract may be issued to no more than two Owners. Individuals as well as non-natural persons, such as corporations or trusts, may be Owners. The Owner is referred to as "you" and "your". If any Owner is not an individual:
 
1) the Annuitant's Age, birthday or death will be used when Contract provisions refer to an Owner's
Age, birthday or death; and
 
2) the Annuitant may exercise an Owner's contractual rights and privileges when permitted by the
Owner or required by the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Change of Owner – You may instruct us to change the Owner provided:
 
1) the new Owner's Age on the Issue Date would not have prevented her or his purchase of this
Contract on that date;
 
2) the new Owner's Age on the date any attached optional benefit rider took effect would not have prevented her or his purchase of that optional benefit rider on that date; and
 
3) the Maximum Annuity Date after the change of Owner is on or after the Annuity Date in effect when the change of Owner is requested.
 
See the Schedule and application for information about purchase age and annuity date limitations.
 
Beneficiary – The person or persons who may receive the benefits of this Contract upon the death of an Owner.
 
Primary – The Primary Beneficiary is the surviving Owner, if any. If there is no surviving Owner, the
Primary Beneficiary is the person or persons designated by the Owner and named in our records.
 
Contingent – The Contingent Beneficiary is the person or persons designated by the Owner and named in our records to be Beneficiary if the Primary Beneficiary is not living.
 
If no Beneficiary designation is in effect or if no Beneficiary is living at the time of an Owner's death, the Beneficiary will be the estate of the deceased Owner. If an Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date, the Beneficiary will become the new Owner.
 
Change of Beneficiary – Unless designated irrevocably, you may instruct us to change the Beneficiary prior to the death of any Owner. An irrevocable Beneficiary is one whose written consent is needed before you can change the Beneficiary designation or exercise certain other rights.
 
Annuitant – The person on whose life annuity income payments may be based.   Owner 1 is the
Annuitant unless you designate another person as the Annuitant.
 
Change of Annuitant – You may instruct us to change the Annuitant prior to the Annuity Date provided:
 
1) the new Annuitant's Age on the Issue Date would not have prevented her or his designation as
Annuitant on that date;
 
2) the new Annuitant's Age on the date any attached optional benefit rider took effect would not have prevented her or his designation as Annuitant on that date; and
 
3) the Maximum Annuity Date after the change of Annuitant is on or after the Annuity Date in effect when the change of Annuitant is requested.
 
See the Schedule and application for information about purchase age and annuity date limitations. If any Owner is not an individual the Annuitant may not be changed.
 
Payee – The person or persons designated by the Owner to receive the annuity income payments under the Contract. The Annuitant is the Payee unless you designate another party as the Payee. You may change the Payee at any time.
 
 
 
 
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
Entire Contract – This Contract and its attachments, including a copy of your application and any riders, endorsements and amendments, constitute the entire agreement between you and us. Statements in the application are considered representations and not warranties.
 
Modification of the Contract – No one is authorized to modify or waive any term or provision of this Contract unless we agree to the modification or waiver in writing and it is signed by our President, Vice- President or Secretary. We reserve the right to change or modify the provisions of this Contract to conform to any applicable laws, rules or regulations issued by a government agency or to assure continued qualification of the Contract as an annuity contract under the Internal Revenue Code. We will obtain all necessary regulatory approvals and will send you a copy of the endorsement that modifies the Contract.
 
Non-Participating – This Contract does not share in our surplus or profits, or pay dividends.
 
Incontestability – We will not contest this Contract after it is issued.
 
Application of Law – The provisions of the Contract are to be interpreted in accordance with the
Internal Revenue Code.
 
Form Approval – This Contract was approved under the authority of the IIPRC and issued under its standards. Any provision of this Contract that is in conflict with an effective IIPRC standard applicable to this type product on the Issue Date is amended to conform to that standard.
 
Assignment – You have the right to assign your interest in this Contract.   We do not assume responsibility for the assignment. Any claim made while the Contract is assigned is subject to proof of the nature and extent of the assignee's interest prior to payment.
 
Protection of Proceeds – To the extent permitted by law and except as provided by an assignment, no benefits payable under this Contract will be subject to the claims of creditors.
 
Minimum Values – Values available under the Contract, including any paid-up annuity, withdrawal and death benefit, are at least equal to the minimum required under Section 7 of the NAIC Model Variable Annuity Regulation, Model #250.
 
Reports – At least annually prior to the Annuity Date, we will prepare a statement showing: the amount and derivation of the Contract and Surrender Values as of the statement beginning and end dates; information for the statement period regarding the value of the death benefit; a reconciliation of all transactions that occurred during the statement period; and, any other information required by law. We will send it to you, at the address contained in our records, not more than 31 days after the statement end date. Additional statements are available upon request at no charge.
 
Error in Age or Gender – When a Contract benefit, or any charge or fee is contingent upon any person's age or gender, we may require proof of such. We may suspend any payment due until proof is provided. When we receive satisfactory proof, we will make the payments that became due during the period of suspension.
 
If after proof of age and gender is provided, it is determined that the previous information you furnished was not correct, we will adjust the benefits, charges, or fees to those that would result based upon the correct information. If we have underpaid a benefit because of the error, we will make up the underpayment in a lump sum. If the error resulted in an overpayment, we will deduct the amount of the overpayment from the Contract Value or from any current or future payment due under the Contract. Underpayments and overpayments will bear interest at an annual effective interest rate of 3%.
 
Where the use of unisex mortality rates is required, we will not make any determination or adjustment based upon gender.
 
Settlement – Benefits due under this Contract are payable from our administrative office and may be applied to any option we offer for such payments at the time the election is made. Unless directed otherwise, we will make payments according to the instructions contained in our records at the time the payment is made. We shall be discharged from all liability for payment to the extent of any payments we make.
 
Receipt of Payment – If any Owner, Annuitant, Beneficiary or Payee is incapable of giving a valid receipt for any payment, we may make such payment to whomever has legally assumed her or his care and principal support. Any such payment shall fully discharge us to the extent of that payment.
 
Premium Tax – Premium tax will be deducted, if applicable. Premium tax may be deducted from a Purchase Payment when accepted, from the Surrender Value, from the death benefit, or from amounts applied to an Annuity Option.
 
Written Notice – All instructions regarding the Contract, and all requests to change or assign it, must be by Written Notice:   a request or instruction submitted in writing in a form satisfactory to us and received at our administrative office. The Written Notice is effective as of the date it was signed, unless the Notice specifies a different effective date. However, we are not responsible for following any instruction or making any change or assignment before we actually receive the Written Notice.
 
PURCHASE PAYMENTS
 
Purchase Payments – Purchase Payments are payable at our administrative office. They shall be made by check payable to the Company or by any other method we allow. Specific Purchase Payment limitations are shown on the Schedule. We reserve the right not to accept any Purchase Payment. You are not required to make any additional Purchase Payments.
 
Allocation of Purchase Payments – We allocate Purchase Payments to the Investment Options according to the instructions contained in our records at the time we accept the Purchase Payments at our administrative office. Your initial allocation instructions are on the application. You may change your allocation instructions at any time. Allocations must be made in whole percentages.
 
 
 
 
VARIABLE ACCOUNT
 
General Description – The variable benefits under the Contract are provided through the Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account (the "Variable Account"), which is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940. We own the assets in the Variable Account. The portion of the assets of the Variable Account equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities with respect to the Variable Account cannot be charged with the liabilities arising out of any other business we may conduct. The income, gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, from the assets of the Variable Account shall be credited to or charged against the Variable Account without regard to any other income, gains or losses of the Company. We have the right to transfer to our general account any assets of the Variable Account that are in excess of such reserves and other liabilities.
 
Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account – The Variable Account is divided into a series of Sub- Accounts. The Sub-Accounts available when you purchased the Contract are listed on the Schedule. Each Sub-Account invests in shares of a corresponding Fund. The income, dividends, and gains, if any, distributed from the shares of a Fund will be reinvested by purchasing additional shares of that Fund at its net asset value.
 
When permitted by law, we may:
 
1) create new variable accounts;
 
2) combine variable accounts, including the Variable Account;
 
3) add new Sub-Accounts to, or remove existing Sub-Accounts from the Variable Account, or combine Sub-Accounts;
 
4) make new Sub-Accounts or other Sub-Accounts available to such classes of the Contracts as we may determine;
 
5) add new Funds, or remove existing Funds;
 
6) substitute a different Fund for any existing Fund if shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment, or if we determine that investment in a Fund is no longer appropriate in light of the purposes of the Variable Account;
 
7) deregister the Variable Account under the Investment Company Act of 1940 if such registration is no longer required;
 
8) operate the Variable Account as a management investment company under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 or as any other form permitted by law; and
 
9) make any changes to the Variable Account or its operations as may be required by the
Investment Company Act of 1940 or other applicable law or regulations.
 
The values and benefits of this Contract provided by the Variable Account depend on the investment performance of the Funds in which the Sub-Accounts invest.   We do not guarantee the investment performance of the Funds. You bear the full investment risk for amounts allocated or transferred to the Sub-Accounts.
 
We reserve the right to deduct taxes attributable to the operation of the Variable Account.
 
Variable Account Value – On or at any time prior to the Annuity Date, the Variable Account value is equal to:
 
1) Purchase Payments allocated to the Variable Account; plus
 
2) other amounts applied to the Variable Account; plus or minus
 
3) investment performance; minus
 
4) amounts deducted from the Variable Account to satisfy any withdrawal (or surrender) requests;
minus
 
5) charges, fees and premium tax, if any, deducted from the Variable Account. The Variable Account value equals the total of the Sub-Account values.
Amounts allocated to the Variable Account are used to purchase Accumulation Units of one or more Sub-Accounts. To calculate the value of a Sub-Account, we multiply the number of Accumulation Units attributable to each Sub-Account by the Accumulation Unit value for that Sub-Account as of the Valuation Period for which the value is being determined.
 
Events that will result in the cancellation of an appropriate number of Accumulation Units of a Sub- Account include, but are not limited to:
 
1) transfers from a Sub-Account;
 
2) a withdrawal or surrender;
 
3) payment of the death benefit;
 
4) application of the Contract Value to an Annuity Option;
 
5) deduction of charges, fees or premium tax, if any.
 
Accumulation Units will be canceled as of the end of the Valuation Period during which the transaction occurs.
 
Accumulation Unit Values – The Accumulation Unit value for each Sub-Account on any Valuation Day is determined by multiplying the Accumulation Unit value on the prior Valuation Day by the net investment factor for the Valuation Period.    The net investment factor is used to measure the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next. A net investment factor is determined for each Sub-Account for each Valuation Period. The net investment factor may be greater or less than one, so the value of an Accumulation Unit can increase or decrease.
 
Net Investment Factor – The net investment factor for any Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is determined as follows:
 
1) Start with the net asset value per share of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at the end of the current Valuation Period.    If the "ex-dividend" date occurs during the current Valuation Period, add the per-share amount of any dividend or capital gain distributions made by the Fund held in the Sub-Account.
 
2) Then divide the result in Item 1) by the net asset value per share of the Fund held in the Sub- Account, determined at the end of the most recent prior Valuation Period.
 
3) Last, subtract from the result in Item 2) a factor that represents both:   a) the mortality and expense risk charge and the administration charge as shown on the Schedule for the number of days in the Valuation Period; and b) a charge or credit for any taxes attributed to the investment operations of the Sub-Account, as determined by the Company.
 
 
 
 
TRANSFERS
 
Transfers – Prior to the Annuity Date, you may instruct us to transfer amounts among the Investment Options. You must transfer at least $100 or, if less, the entire amount in the Investment Option each time you make a transfer. If after the transfer the amount remaining in any of the Investment Options from which the transfer is made is less than $100, we may transfer the entire amount instead of the requested amount. We may also limit the number of transfers per year. For each additional transfer over the limit during each Contract Year, we may charge a transfer fee. The transfer fee, if any, will be deducted from the amount being transferred. The yearly transfer limit and transfer fee are shown on the Schedule.
 
Limitation on Frequent Transfers – Frequent transfers, also known as "market timing", may indicate an effort to take unfair advantage of a possible lag between a change in value of the securities held by a Fund in which a Sub-Account invests and the reflection of that change in the Sub-Account's Accumulation Unit Value. We are required by law to monitor transactions in the Contract to prevent, to the extent possible, any such activity. Accordingly, we will not honor any transfer request that is determined by us or a Fund manager to constitute market timing.
 
Dollar Cost Averaging – Prior to the Annuity Date, you may instruct us to systematically and automatically transfer, on a monthly or quarterly basis, amounts from an Investment Option into one or more different Investment Options. Dollar cost averaging transfers can be made on the 1st through the
28th day of a month. We will continue dollar cost averaging transfers until the earlier of:
 
1) the value of the Investment Option from which the transfers are being made is $0; or
 
2) you instruct us to discontinue the transfers.
 
Transfers made to facilitate dollar cost averaging will not count against the yearly transfer limit shown on the Schedule.
 
SURRENDERS AND WITHDRAWALS
 
Surrenders – You may surrender your Contract any time prior to the Annuity Date for its Surrender
Value.
 
Withdrawals – You may request a withdrawal prior to the Annuity Date provided the amount requested is at least $100 and the Contract Value immediately after the withdrawal is at least $5,000.
 
Withdrawals will be deducted from the Investment Options on a pro-rata basis.   Your request for a withdrawal must include all the information we need to complete the payment to you.
 
Surrender Value – The amount we pay in response to a withdrawal or surrender request is equal to:
 
1) the amount deducted from the Contract Value; minus,
 
2) any applicable charges, fees and premium tax.
 
Suspension or Delay in Payment of Surrender or Withdrawal – We may suspend or delay the date of payment of a surrender or withdrawal from the Variable Account for any period:
 
1) when the New York Stock Exchange is closed; or,
 
2) when trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted; or,
 
3) when an emergency exists (as determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission) as a result of which:
 
a) the disposal of securities in the Variable Account is not reasonably practical; or,
 
b) it is not reasonably practical to determine fairly the value of the net assets of the Variable
Account; or,
 
4) when the Securities and Exchange Commission, by order, so permits for the protection of security holders.
 
 
 
 
DEATH BENEFIT
 
Death of an Owner – If an Owner dies before the Annuity Date while this Contract is in force, we will pay the death benefit to the Beneficiary. If an Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date, the Beneficiary will become the new Owner and remaining payments must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the Annuity Option in effect at the time of the Owner's death.
 
Death of the Annuitant – If the Annuitant is not an Owner and dies prior to the Annuity Date, Owner 1 will become the new Annuitant unless you designate otherwise. If any Owner is not an individual, we will treat the death of the Annuitant as the death of an Owner.
 
Death Benefit – The death benefit is the Contract Value, less any applicable premium tax, as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death.
 
Only one death benefit is payable under this Contract, even though the Contract may, in some circumstances, continue beyond an Owner's death.
 
Payment of the Death Benefit – Unless an Owner has previously designated otherwise, the death benefit may be taken in one sum immediately and the Contract will terminate. If the death benefit is not taken in one sum immediately, the entire interest in the Contract must be distributed under one of the following options:
 
1) the entire interest must be distributed over the life of the Beneficiary, or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, with distribution beginning within one year of the deceased Owner's death; or
 
2) the entire interest must be distributed within 5 years of the deceased Owner's death.
 
If there is more than one Beneficiary, the foregoing provisions apply to each Beneficiary individually.
 
If the Beneficiary is the deceased Owner's spouse, the surviving spouse may elect, in lieu of receiving the death benefit, to continue the Contract and become the new Owner provided the deceased Owner's spouse meets all the requirements in the "Change of Owner" provision. The surviving spouse may then select a new Beneficiary.   Upon the surviving spouse's death, the Beneficiary may take the death benefit in one sum immediately and the Contract will terminate. If not taken in one sum immediately, the death benefit must be distributed to the Beneficiary according to either paragraph 1) or 2), above.
 
We will pay the death benefit as soon as administratively possible after we receive a claim in good order and due proof of death. We pay interest on the death benefit only as required under applicable state law.
 
Notwithstanding any other Contract provision to the contrary, the entire "DEATH BENEFIT" section of this Contract shall be interpreted to comply with the requirements of §72(s) of the Internal Revenue Code.   We will endorse this Contract as necessary to conform to regulatory requirements. We will obtain all necessary regulatory approvals and will send you a copy of the endorsement.
 
Suspension or Delay in Payment of Death Benefit – The date of payment of the death benefit from the Variable Account may be suspended or delayed under the circumstances described in the "Suspension or Delay in Payment of Surrender or Withdrawal" provision.
 
 
 
 
ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS
 
Annuity Date – When the Contract is issued, the Annuity Date is set to the Maximum Annuity Date as shown on the Schedule. The Owner may change the Annuity Date provided it is at least 3 years after the last Purchase Payment and not within 30 days of the date we receive the instruction. The Annuity Date may not be later than the Maximum Annuity Date without our consent.
 
If this Contract is in force on the Annuity Date, you may take the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period that includes the Annuity Date, less any applicable premium tax, in a lump sum or apply that amount to an Annuity Option you select and establish annuity income payments.
 
Annuity Income Payments – You may elect to receive fixed income payments, variable income payments, or a combination of both using the same Annuity Option and certain period.
 
Fixed Income Payments – Fixed income payments are periodic payments from the Company to the designated Payee, the amount of which is fixed and guaranteed by the Company. Fixed income payments are not in any way dependent upon the investment experience of the Variable Account.
 
Variable Income Payments – Variable income payments are periodic payments from the Company to the designated Payee, the amount of which varies from one payment to the next as a reflection of the net investment experience of the Sub-Account(s) you select to support the payments.
 
Using an Assumed Investment Return of 5% per year, we determine the dollar value of a variable income payment as of the Annuity Date. However, no payment is actually made on that date. We then allocate that dollar amount among the Sub-Accounts you selected to support your variable income payments. Based on the Annuity Unit values of the selected Sub-Accounts on that date, we determine the number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account.    The number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account remains constant unless there is a transfer of Annuity Units between Sub-Accounts.
 
To calculate a variable income payment, we multiply the number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account by the Annuity Unit value for that Sub-Account as of the Valuation Period on which the payment is being determined. We then add the results of these Sub-Account calculations to determine the total variable income payment.
 
Variable income payments will not decrease if the annualized return over the duration separating the payments is at least equal to the 5% yearly Assumed Investment Return (described above) plus the sum of the Mortality & Expense Risk and Administration Charges shown on the Schedule.
 
 
 
Annuity Unit Values – The Annuity Unit value of each Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is equal to 1) multiplied by 2) divided by 3) where:
 
1) is the net investment factor (calculated as described in the "Net Investment Factor" provision)
for the Valuation Period for which the Annuity Unit value is being calculated;
 
2) is the Annuity Unit value for the preceding Valuation Period; and
 
3) is a daily factor derived from the Assumed Investment Return multiplied by the number of days in the Valuation Period.
 
You may transfer Annuity Units between Sub-Accounts. This is done by converting Annuity Units of a Sub-Account into a dollar amount using the Annuity Unit value for that Sub-Account on the Valuation Period during which the transfer occurs and reconverting that dollar amount into the appropriate number of Annuity Units of another Sub-Account using its Annuity Unit value for the same Valuation Period. Thus, on the date of the transfer, the dollar amount of the portion of a variable income payment generated from the Annuity Units of either Sub-Account would be the same.   For variable income payments, only one transfer between Sub-Accounts is allowed in any calendar month.
 
Transfers involving fixed income payments are not allowed.
 
 
 
Selection of Annuity Option – You may select an Annuity Option, or instruct us to change your selection, not later than one month before the Annuity Date.
 
If you have not previously selected an Annuity Option, we will begin annuity income payments one month after the Annuity Date. Those payments will be established by applying your Contract Value as of the Valuation Period that includes the Annuity Date, less any applicable premium tax, to monthly fixed income payments under Option B - Life Income with Payments for a 10-Year Certain Period.
 
Annuity Options – You may select from among the following Annuity Options.
 
OPTION A – PAYMENTS FOR A CERTAIN PERIOD: We will make income payments for the period you select from among those available at the time you make your selection. No certain period may be less than 10 years without our consent. Payments under this Annuity Option do not depend on the life of an Annuitant. Fixed income payments under Option A may not be surrendered, but you may surrender variable income payments under Option A.
 
OPTION B – LIFE INCOME WITH OR WITHOUT A CERTAIN PERIOD: Payments are based on the life of an Annuitant. We reserve the right to demand proof that the Annuitant is living prior to making any income payment.
 
If you include a certain period, we will make payments for the lifetime of the Annuitant, with payments guaranteed for the certain period you select. No certain period may be less than 10 years without our consent.   Payments stop at the end of the selected certain period or when the Annuitant dies, whichever is later.
 
If no certain period is selected, no payment will be made after the death of the Annuitant regardless of how many, or whether any, annuity income payments have been made. If no certain period is selected and the Annuitant dies within one month of the Annuity Date but before any annuity income payment has been made, we will terminate this Contract and pay the Beneficiary the amount applied to the Annuity Option.
 
Neither fixed nor variable income payments under Option B may be surrendered.
 
ADDITIONAL OPTION:   You may purchase any annuity option we offer on the date this option is elected.
 
 
Minimum Amounts – If your Contract Value as of the Valuation Period that includes the Annuity Date is less than $5,000 we reserve the right to pay the Contract Value in one lump sum. If at any time your annuity income payments are less than $20, we reserve the right to change their frequency to an interval that will result in a payment at least equal to that amount.
 
 
Guaranteed Purchase Rates – The guaranteed interest basis for fixed income payments, which is not applicable to variable income payments, is 1.00%.   The mortality basis is 60% of the Annuity 2000
Mortality Table projected 9 years using the annual projection factors associated with the 1983 Individual Annuitant Mortality Table. One year will be deducted from the attained age of the Annuitant for every 3 completed years beyond the year 2009. Upon request, we will furnish you the guaranteed purchase rates for ages and periods not shown below. Annuity benefits available on the Annuity Date will not be less than those provided by the application of an equivalent amount to the purchase of a single premium immediate annuity contract offered by us on the Annuity Date to the same class of Annuitants for the same Annuity Option.
 
FIXED ANNUITY TABLES
 
These tables illustrate the minimum fixed monthly annuity payment rates for each $1,000 applied.
 
OPTION A TABLE 
 
OPTION B TABLE Payments for a
Life Income with or without a Certain Period
 
 
Certain Period
 
 
 
 
 
Monthly
Age of
Life with 10 Year
Life Only 
Certain Period
 
Years
 
10
Payment
 
8.76
Annuitant
 
60
Male
 
2.99
Female
 
2.75
Male
 
2.97
Female
 
2.74
15
5.98
65
3.44
3.14
3.40
3.12
20
4.60
70
4.05
3.67
3.94
3.61
25
3.77
75
4.85
4.40
4.62
4.27
30
3.21
80
5.95
5.44
5.43
5.10
   
85
7.46
6.92
6.32
6.05
   
90
9.52
8.98
7.19
6.99
   
95
12.31
11.65
7.96
7.81
 
 
 
 
VARIABLE ANNUITY TABLES
 
These tables illustrate the monthly variable annuity payment rates for each
$1000 applied using the Assumed Investment Return. Payments will vary based on the investment experience of the Variable Account relative to the Assumed Investment Return and could be more or less than the payments shown.
 
OPTION A TABLE 
 
OPTION B TABLE Payments for a
Life Income with or without a Certain Period
 
 
Certain Period
 
Life with 10 Year
Life Only 
Certain Period
 
Monthly
Age of
 
Years
Payment
Annuitant
Male
Female
Male
Female
 
 
10
10.55
60
5.36
5.10
5.31
5.07
15
7.85
65
5.80
5.46
5.70
5.41
20
6.54
70
6.41
5.98
6.21
5.88
25
5.78
75
7.24
6.73
6.84
6.49
30
5.30
80
8.39
7.81
7.59
7.27
   
85
9.96
9.37
8.39
8.15
   
90
12.08
11.53
9.16
8.98
   
95
14.91
14.25
9.83
9.70
Exhibit (d)(3)
 
PROTECTIVE   LIFE   INSURANCE   COMPANY              P. O. BOX   1928              BIRMINGHAM,   ALABAMA 35282-8238
 
 
GUARANTEED ACCOUNT ENDORSEMENT
with Fixed Account and DCA Accounts
 
 
 
We are amending the Contract to which this endorsement is attached as described below .   This endorsement remains in effect as long as the Contract to which it is attached remains in effect. The terms and conditions in this endorsement supersede any conflicting provision in the Contract. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this endorsement remain in full force and effect.
 
 
1. In the "DEFINITIONS" section of your Contract, the definition for Contract Value is deleted and replaced by the definition below, and the Guaranteed Account definition below is added:
 
Contract Value: The sum of the Variable Account value and the Guaranteed Account value attributable to this Contract on, or prior to the Annuity Date.
 
Guaranteed Account: All Investment Options with interest rate guarantees.
 
 
 
2. The first paragraph of the provision entitled "Variable Account Value" in the "VARIABLE ACCOUNT"
section of your Contract is deleted and replaced by the paragraph below:
 
Variable Account Value – On or at any time prior to the Annuity Date, the Variable Account value is equal to:
 
1) Purchase Payments allocated to the Variable Account; plus
 
2) amounts transferred into the Variable Account; plus
 
3) other amounts applied to the Variable Account; plus or minus
 
4) investment performance; minus
 
5) amounts transferred out of the Variable Account; minus
 
6) amounts deducted from the Variable Account to satisfy any withdrawal (or surrender)
requests; minus
 
7) charges, fees and premium tax, if any, deducted from the Variable Account. The Variable Account value equals the total of the Sub-Account values.
 
3. The following "GUARANTEED ACCOUNT" section is added to your Contract:
 
GUARANTEED ACCOUNT
 
General Description – The Guaranteed Account includes the Fixed Account and the DCA Accounts, which are each a part of the Companys general account. Amounts allocated to an account in the Guaranteed Account earn interest from the date they are credited to the account.
 
We, in our sole discretion, establish interest rates for each account in the Guaranteed Account. We will not declare a rate that yields values less than the minimum values required by the NAIC Standard Nonforfeiture Law for Individual Deferred Annuities, model # 805. Because interest rates vary from time to time, allocations made to the same account in the Guaranteed Account at different times may earn interest at different rates.
 
Fixed Account – Generally, you may allocate some or all of your Purchase Payments and may transfer some or all of your Contract Value to the Fixed Account. The interest rate we apply to a Purchase Payment or transfer allocated to the Fixed Account is guaranteed for one year from the date it is credited to the account. When an interest rate guarantee expires, we will set a new interest rate, which may not be the same as the interest rate then in effect for a subsequent Purchase Payment allocated to the Fixed Account. The new interest rate is also guaranteed for one year.
 
DCA Accounts – The DCA Accounts are available only for Purchase Payments designated for dollar cost averaging. You may allocate a Purchase Payment to a DCA Account only when the value of that DCA Account is $0. The entire value of a DCA Account must be transferred to the Variable Account prior to allocating any new Purchase Payment to that DCA Account. Allocations to a DCA Account must include instructions regarding transfer frequency and the Sub-Accounts into which the transfers are to be made.
 
We will systematically transfer Purchase Payments allocated to a DCA Account into the Variable Account in equal amounts over the period we allow for that DCA Account. The interest rate we apply to a Purchase Payment allocated to a DCA Account is guaranteed for the period over which transfers are allowed from that DCA Account. Interest credited to a DCA Account will be accumulated and transferred from the DCA Account after the last dollar cost averaging transfer.
 
Guaranteed Account Value – On or at any time prior to the Annuity Date, the Guaranteed Account value is equal to:
 
1) Purchase Payments allocated to the Guaranteed Account; plus
 
2) amounts transferred into the Guaranteed Account; plus
 
3) interest, and other amounts credited to the Guaranteed Account; minus
 
4) amounts transferred out of the Guaranteed Account; minus
 
5) amounts deducted from the Guaranteed Account to satisfy any withdrawal (or surrender)
requests; minus
 
6) charges, fees and premium tax, if any, deducted from the Guaranteed Account.
 
For the purposes of interest crediting, amounts deducted, transferred or withdrawn from accounts in the Guaranteed Account will be separately accounted for on a Afirst-in, first-out@ (FIFO) basis.
 
 
 
4. The two provisions below are added to the "TRANSFERS" section of your Contract:
 
Transfers Involving the Guaranteed Account – There are additional limitations on transfers involving the Guaranteed Account. No transfer is permitted into any account in the Guaranteed Account until 6 months after the last transfer from an account in the Guaranteed Account. Transfers into a DCA Account are not permitted.
 
The maximum amount that may be transferred out of the Fixed Account in any Contract Year, except for dollar cost averaging transfers, is the greater of:
 
1) 25% of the Fixed Account value as of the prior Contract Anniversary, plus 25% of any Purchase Payments and transfers allocated to the Fixed Account since the prior Contract Anniversary; or
 
2) $2,500.
 
Dollar Cost Averaging Involving the Guaranteed Account – There are additional limitations on dollar cost averaging transfers involving the Guaranteed Account. You may establish dollar cost averaging transfers from any account in the Guaranteed Account but dollar cost averaging transfers into an account in the Guaranteed Account are not permitted. We will not accept instructions to establish dollar cost averaging transfers from the Fixed Account over a period less than 12 months. If dollar cost averaging transfers from a DCA Account are terminated, we will transfer any amount remaining in that DCA Account into the Sub-Accounts according to the allocation instruction in effect for that DCA Account at the time the dollar cost averaging transfers are terminated, unless you have otherwise instructed us how to allocate the remaining amount.
 
 
 
5. The provision below is added to the "SURRENDERS AND WITHDRAWALS" section of your Contract:
 
Suspension or Delay in Payment of Surrender or Withdrawal from the Guaranteed Account – We may delay payment of a surrender or withdrawal from the Guaranteed Account for up to six months.
 
 
Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of its Issue Date. PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This Page Intentionally Left Blank.
 Exhibit (d)(4)
 
 
 
 
PROTECTIVE   LIFE   INSURANCE   COMPANY
 
P. O. BOX   1928
BIRMINGHAM,   ALABAMA 35282-8238
 
ENDORSEMENT SCHEDULE: Benefit Eligibility Date: The first Contract Anniversary
 
WAIVER OF SURRENDER CHARGE ENDORSEMENT
for Terminal Condition or Nursing Facility Confinement
 
We are amending the Contract to which this endorsement is attached . This endorsement remains in effect as long as the Contract to which it is attached remains in effect. The terms and conditions in this endorsement supersede any conflicting provision in the Contract. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this endorsement remain in full force and effect.
 
Waiver of Surrender Charge for Terminal Condition or Nursing Facility Confinement – We will waive any applicable surrender charge after the later of (a) the Benefit Eligibility Date shown in the Endorsement Schedule or (b) either of the following qualifying events:
1) you or your spouse are, after the Contract's Issue Date, diagnosed as having a terminal condition by a physician who is not related to you or the Annuitant; or,
2) you or your spouse enter a hospital or nursing facility after the Contract's Issue Date and remain confined there for a period of at least thirty (30) days after the Benefit Eligibility Date.
 
A "terminal condition" is a non-correctable medical condition that, with a reasonable degree of medical certainty, will result in death in 12 months or less.
 
A “physician” is a medical doctor currently licensed by a state's Board of Medical Examiners, or similar authority in the United States, acting within the scope of her or his license.
 
For the purposes of this Waiver of Surrender Charge endorsement, the term 'spouse' includes bona fide domestic partners or civil union partners in states that afford legal recognition to domestic partnerships or civil unions.
 
If any Owner is not an individual, terminal conditions or confinements of the Annuitant (or Annuitant's spouse) will be used when endorsement provisions refer to terminal conditions or confinements of the Owner (or Owner's spouse).
 
You must request the waiver and submit proof satisfactory to us. Satisfactory proof includes a statement signed by the attending physician or, in the case of hospital or nursing facility confinement, a statement signed by the facility administrator or other duly designated facility authority.
 
With respect to a claim based on a terminal condition, we reserve the right to require an examination by a physician of our choice at our expense. In the event of a conflict between the medical opinion of the attending physician and ours, the opinion of our physician shall prevail.
 
Once the waiver is granted:
1) no surrender charges will apply to the Contract in the future; and
2) no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted.
 
If we deny the waiver, your withdrawal request will not be processed until you have been notified of the denial and we provide you the opportunity to re-apply for the waiver or cancel your request.
 
Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of its Issue Date. PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
ICC11-VDA-P-5012                                                                                                                                                                    12/11
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This Page Intentionally Left Blank.
 Exhibit (d)(5)
 
PROTECTIVE   LIFE   INSURANCE   COMPANY
P. O. BOX   1928
BIRMINGHAM,   ALABAMA 35282-8238
 
 
DEATH BENEFIT RIDER SCHEDULE
 
Rider Effective Date:                                               The Contract's Issue Date
 
Annualized Benefit Cost:                                        0.20% (Established on the Contract's Issue Date and will not change.)
 
Maximum Death Benefit:                                        The Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death, plus $1,000,000, minus any applicable premium tax.
 
Limited Death Benefit After Change in Owner:    If the date of death occurs within one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will be the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death, less any applicable premium tax.
 
 
RETURN OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS DEATH BENEFIT RIDER
 
 
We are amending the Contract to which this rider is attached. While this rider is in effect, its terms and conditions supersede any conflicting provision in the Contract. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this rider remain in full force and effect.
 
Any death benefit value in excess of the Contract Value is not accessible and cannot be withdrawn in a lump sum, except as part of the Death Benefit or Enhanced Spousal Continuation Benefit described in this endorsement.
 
 
CHANGES TO "DEATH BENEFIT" SECTION OF CONTRACT
 
1. The provision entitled "Death Benefit" in the "DEATH BENEFIT" section of your Contract is deleted and replaced by the provision below:
 
Death Benefit – The death benefit is determined as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death.   Subject to the death benefit limits stated in this provision, the death benefit equals the greater of the following amounts, less any applicable premium tax:
1) the Contract Value; or
2) aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal.
 
For the purpose of calculating the death benefit, the adjustment for each withdrawal will equal the amount that reduces the death benefit in the same proportion that the amount deducted from the Contract Value to satisfy that withdrawal request reduced the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which that withdrawal was taken.
 
In any event, the death benefit provided will never exceed the Maximum Death Benefit shown in the Death Benefit Rider Schedule.
 
If the date of death occurs within one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will be the Limited Death Benefit After Change in Owner as stated in the Death Benefit Rider Schedule.
 
Only one death benefit is payable under this Contract even though the Contract may, in some circumstances, continue beyond an Owner's death.
 
2. The provision below is added to the "DEATH BENEFIT" section of your Contract:
 
Enhanced Spousal Continuation Benefit – If a sole Beneficiary is the spouse of a deceased Owner and elects, in lieu of receiving the death benefit, to continue the Contract and become the new Owner as provided in the "Payment of the Death Benefit" provision, we will add to the Contract Value an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the death benefit over the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death. We will allocate that amount according to the current Purchase Payment allocation instructions, but the amount we add will not be considered a Purchase Payment.
 
 
BENEFIT BASED FEE FOR DEATH BENEFIT RIDER
 
Benefit Cost – The Annualized Benefit Cost ("Benefit Cost") for this rider is shown in the Death Benefit Rider Schedule as a percentage of the death benefit value on the Valuation Days described below. The Benefit Cost is established on the Contract's Issue Date and will not change.
 
Monthly Fee – Beginning with the month after the Contract's Issue Date and continuing monthly while this rider is in force, we will calculate the monthly fee for this rider. The fee is calculated as of the Valuation Period that includes the same day of the month as the Issue Date, or the last Valuation Period of the month if that date does not occur during the month. Monthly fees are calculated by multiplying the monthly equivalent of the Benefit Cost by the value of the death benefit as of the fee calculation date, using the formula below:
Monthly Fee = [ 1 – ( 1 – Benefit Cost )1/12] x dbv , where
 
dbv = the value of the death benefit as of the fee calculation date.
 
Deducting the Monthly Fees – We deduct the monthly fee in arrears, as of the Valuation Period immediately following the Valuation Period during which it was calculated.   The monthly fee is deducted from the Investment Options in the same proportion that the value of each bears to the total Contract Value on that date.
 
 
DEATH BENEFIT RIDER TERMINATION
 
This rider and deduction of the monthly fee will automatically terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
1) settlement of a claim for the death benefit; or
2) application of the Contract Value to an Annuity Option; or
3) the Contract Value is reduced to $0; or
4) the Contract is surrendered or otherwise terminated.
 
 
Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of its Issue Date. PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Exhibit (d)(6)
 
PROTECTIVE   LIFE   INSURANCE   COMPANY
P. O. BOX   1928
BIRMINGHAM,   ALABAMA 35282-8238
 
 
DEATH BENEFIT RIDER SCHEDULE
 
Rider Effective Date:
The Contract's Issue Date
 
Maximum Issue Age:
We will not issue a Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit Rider if any Owner or Annuitant is older than Age 77 on the Contract's Issue Date.
 
Annualized Benefit Cost:
0.20% (Established on the Contract's Issue Date and will not change.)
 
 
Maximum
'Death   Benefit   Annual   Value' Calculation Date:
The Contract Anniversary occurring before the earlier of the oldest
Owner's 83rd birthday or the deceased Owner's date of death.
 
 
Maximum Death Benefit:                                        The Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death, plus $1,000,000, minus any applicable premium tax.
 
Limited Death Benefit After Change in Owner:    If the date of death occurs within one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will be the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death, less any applicable premium tax.
 
 
MAXIMUM ANNIVERSARY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT RIDER
 
 
We are amending the Contract to which this rider is attached. While this rider is in effect, its terms and conditions supersede any conflicting provision in the Contract. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this rider remain in full force and effect.
 
Any death benefit value in excess of the Contract Value is not accessible and cannot be withdrawn in a lump sum, except as part of the Death Benefit or Enhanced Spousal Continuation Benefit described in this endorsement.
 
 
CHANGES TO "DEATH BENEFIT" SECTION OF CONTRACT
 
1. The provision entitled "Death Benefit" in the "DEATH BENEFIT" section of your Contract is deleted and replaced by the provision below:
 
Death Benefit – The death benefit is determined as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death.   Subject to the death benefit limits stated in this provision, the death benefit equals the greatest of the following amounts, less any applicable premium tax:
1) the Contract Value; or
2) aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal; or
3) the maximum 'death benefit annual value' as described below.
 
A 'death benefit annual value' is determined for each Contract Anniversary occurring on or before the Maximum 'Death Benefit Annual Value' Calculation Date shown in the Death Benefit Rider Schedule. Each death benefit annual value is equal to the sum of:
1) the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary; plus
2) all Purchase Payments since that Contract Anniversary; minus
3) an adjustment for each withdrawal since that Contract Anniversary.
 
For the purpose of calculating the death benefit and the death benefit annual values, the adjustment for each withdrawal will equal the amount that reduces the death benefit or the death benefit annual value in the same proportion that the amount deducted from the Contract Value to satisfy that withdrawal request reduced the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which that withdrawal was taken.
 
In any event, the death benefit will never exceed the Maximum Death Benefit shown in the
Death Benefit Rider Schedule.
 
If the date of death occurs within one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will be the Limited Death Benefit After Change in Owner as stated in the Death Benefit Rider Schedule.
 
Only one death benefit is payable under this Contract even though the Contract may, in some circumstances, continue beyond an Owner's death.
 
 
2. The provision below is added to the "DEATH BENEFIT" section of your Contract:
 
Enhanced Spousal Continuation Benefit – If a sole Beneficiary is the spouse of a deceased Owner and elects, in lieu of receiving the death benefit, to continue the Contract and become the new Owner as provided in the "Payment of the Death Benefit" provision, we will add to the Contract Value an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the death benefit over the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death. We will allocate that amount according to the current Purchase Payment allocation instructions, but the amount we add will not be considered a Purchase Payment.
 
 
BENEFIT BASED FEE FOR DEATH BENEFIT RIDER
 
Benefit Cost – The Annualized Benefit Cost ("Benefit Cost") for this rider is shown in the Death Benefit Rider Schedule as a percentage of the death benefit value on the Valuation Days described below. The Benefit Cost is established on the Contract's Issue Date and will not change.
 
Monthly Fee – Beginning with the month after the Contract's Issue Date and continuing monthly while this rider is in force, we will calculate the monthly fee for this rider. The fee is calculated as of the Valuation Period that includes the same day of the month as the Issue Date, or the last Valuation Period of the month if that date does not occur during the month. Monthly fees are calculated by multiplying the monthly equivalent of the Benefit Cost by the value of the death benefit as of the fee calculation date, using the formula below:
Monthly Fee = [ 1 – ( 1 – Benefit Cost )1/12] x dbv , where
 
dbv = the value of the death benefit as of the fee calculation date.
 
Deducting the Monthly Fees – We deduct the monthly fee in arrears, as of the Valuation Period immediately following the Valuation Period during which it was calculated.   The monthly fee is deducted from the Investment Options in the same proportion that the value of each bears to the total Contract Value on that date.
 
DEATH BENEFIT RIDER TERMINATION
 
This rider and deduction of the monthly fee will automatically terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
1) settlement of a claim for the death benefit; or
2) application of the Contract Value to an Annuity Option; or
3) the Contract Value is reduced to $0; or
4) the Contract is surrendered or otherwise terminated.
 
 
Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of its Issue Date. PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This Page Intentionally Left Blank.
Exhibit (d)(7)
 
PROTECTIVE   LIFE   INSURANCE   COMPANY
P. O. BOX   1928
BIRMINGHAM,   ALABAMA 35282-8238
 
 
DEATH BENEFIT RIDER SCHEDULE
 
Rider Effective Date:
The Contract's Issue Date
 
Maximum Issue Age:
We will not issue a Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit Rider if any
Owner or Annuitant is older than Age 77 on the Contract's Issue Date.
 
Annualized Benefit Cost:
0.25% (Established on the Contract's Issue Date and will not change.)
 
 
Maximum   'Death   Benefit   Quarterly Value' Calculation Date:
The Quarterly Anniversary occurring before the earlier of the oldest
Owner's 83rd birthday or the deceased Owner's date of death.
 
 
Maximum Death Benefit:                                        The Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death, plus $1,000,000, minus any applicable premium tax.
 
Limited Death Benefit After Change in Owner:    If the date of death occurs within one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will be the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death, less any applicable premium tax.
 
 
MAXIMUM QUARTERLY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT RIDER
 
 
We are amending the Contract to which this rider is attached. While this rider is in effect, its terms and conditions supersede any conflicting provision in the Contract. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this rider remain in full force and effect.
 
Any death benefit value in excess of the Contract Value is not accessible and cannot be withdrawn in a lump sum, except as part of the Death Benefit or Enhanced Spousal Continuation Benefit described in this endorsement.
 
DEFINITIONS
 
Quarterly Anniversary: The same day of the month as the Contract’s Issue Date in three-month intervals. If any Quarterly Anniversary is not a Valuation Date (as described in the Contract) we will calculate the quarterly death benefit value as of the  next Valuation Period. If a Quarterly Anniversary does not occur during a month, we will calculate the quarterly death benefit value as of the prior Valuation Period.
 
CHANGES TO "DEATH BENEFIT" SECTION OF CONTRACT
 
1. The provision entitled "Death Benefit" in the "DEATH BENEFIT" section of your Contract is deleted and replaced by the provision below:
 
Death Benefit – The death benefit is determined as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death. Subject to the death benefit limits stated in this provision, the death benefit equals the greatest of the following amounts, less any applicable premium tax:
1) the Contract Value; or
2) aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal; or
3) the maximum 'death benefit quarterly value' as described below.
 
A 'death benefit quarterly value' is determined for each Quarterly Anniversary occurring on or before the Maximum 'Death Benefit Quarterly Value' Calculation Date shown in the Death Benefit Rider Schedule. Each death benefit quarterly value is equal to the sum of:
1) the Contract Value on that Quarterly Anniversary; plus
2) all Purchase Payments since that Quarterly Anniversary; minus
3) an adjustment for each withdrawal since that Quarterly Anniversary.
 
For the purpose of calculating the death benefit and the death benefit quarterly values, the adjustment for each withdrawal will equal the amount that reduces the death benefit or the death benefit quarterly value in the same proportion that the amount deducted from the Contract Value to satisfy that withdrawal request reduced the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which that withdrawal was taken.
 
In any event, the death benefit will never exceed the Maximum Death Benefit shown in the
Death Benefit Rider Schedule.
 
If the date of death occurs within one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will be the Limited Death Benefit After Change in Owner as stated in the Death Benefit Rider Schedule.
 
Only one death benefit is payable under this Contract even though the Contract may, in some circumstances, continue beyond an Owner's death.
 
2. The provision below is added to the "DEATH BENEFIT" section of your Contract:
 
Enhanced Spousal Continuation Benefit – If a sole Beneficiary is the spouse of a deceased Owner and elects, in lieu of receiving the death benefit, to continue the Contract and become the new Owner as provided in the "Payment of the Death Benefit" provision, we will add to the Contract Value an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the death benefit over the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death. We will allocate that amount according to the current Purchase Payment allocation instructions, but the amount we add will not be considered a Purchase Payment.
 
 
BENEFIT BASED FEE FOR DEATH BENEFIT RIDER
 
Benefit Cost – The Annualized Benefit Cost ("Benefit Cost") for this rider is shown in the Death Benefit Rider Schedule as a percentage of the death benefit value on the Valuation Days described below. The Benefit Cost is established on the Contract's Issue Date and will not change.
 
Monthly Fee – Beginning with the month after the Contract's Issue Date and continuing monthly while this rider is in force, we will calculate the monthly fee for this rider. The fee is calculated as of the Valuation Period that includes the same day of the month as the Issue Date, or the last Valuation Period of the month if that date does not occur during the month. Monthly fees are calculated by multiplying the monthly equivalent of the Benefit Cost by the value of the death benefit as of the fee calculation date, using the formula below:
 
Monthly Fee = [ 1 – ( 1 – Benefit Cost )1/12] x dbv , where
 
dbv = the value of the death benefit as of the fee calculation date.
 
Deducting the Monthly Fees – We deduct the monthly fee in arrears, as of the Valuation Period immediately following the Valuation Period during which it was calculated. The monthly fee is deducted from the Investment Options in the same proportion that the value of each bears to the total Contract Value on that date.
 
DEATH BENEFIT RIDER TERMINATION
 
This rider and deduction of the monthly fee will automatically terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
1) settlement of a claim for the death benefit; or
2) application of the Contract Value to an Annuity Option; or
3) the Contract Value is reduced to $0; or
4) the Contract is surrendered or otherwise terminated.
 
 
Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of its Issue Date. PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This Page Intentionally Left Blank.
Exhibit(d)(12)
 
Protective Life Insurance Company             [ P. O.  Box 10648          Birmingham, Alabama  35202-0648           800-456-6330 ]
 
ENDORSEMENT SCHEDULE
 
 
Increased GMWB Withdrawal Percentage
 
The lesser of:
for Nursing Home Confinement:
 
 
   a) twice the GMWB withdrawal percentage established on the Benefit Election Date; or,
   b) 10%
 
 
Maximum Aggregate Nursing Home
 
 
5 Contract Years
Benefit Period:
 
 
Elimination Period
 
 
 
 
90 Days
 
 
Ineligibility Period
 
 
 
 
The period that starts 1-year prior to the date the GMWB rider was purchased and ends 1-year after the date the GMWB rider was purchased
 
 
NURSING HOME ENDORSEMENT
FOR THE GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT
 
We are amending the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit ("GMWB") rider included with your Contract to describe an increased GMWB withdrawal percentage if the Covered Person meets the qualifying conditions described in this endorsement.  There is no cost to you for this additional benefit.  The existing provisions of your Contract remain in full force and effect unless specifically modified by this endorsement.
 
Increased GMWB Withdrawal Percentage for Nursing Home Confinement – As of the Qualification Date, we will double the GMWB withdrawal percentage established on the Benefit Election Date – up to the maximum increased GMWB withdrawal percentage in the Endorsement Schedule – and will use the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount available each Contract Year, up to the maximum aggregate Nursing Home Benefit Period.  The Nursing Home Benefit Period is the period of time during which the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage is used to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount.  Any Contract Year or portion thereof during which the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage is used to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount will be a full Contract Year for the purpose of determining the Nursing Home Benefit Period.
DEFINITIONS
 
Activities of Daily Living: Six basic human functions necessary for a person to live independently.  Specifically, they include:
1.
Bathing – The ability to wash oneself by sponge bath, or in a tub or shower, including the task of getting into or out of the tub or shower.
2.
Continence – The ability to maintain control of one's bowel or bladder, or when unable to maintain such control, the ability to perform associated personal hygiene including caring for a catheter or colostomy bag.
3.
Dressing – The ability to put on and take off all items of clothing, including any necessary braces, fasteners, or artificial limbs.
4.
Eating – The ability to feed oneself by getting food into the body from a receptacle (such as a plate, cup or table), by a feeding tube or intravenously.
5.
Toileting – The ability to get to and from the toilet; getting on and off the toilet; and, performing the associated personal hygiene.
6.
Transferring – The ability to move into or out of a bed, chair or wheelchair.
 
 
Elimination Period:  The period of time during which the Covered Person must have been continuously confined to a Nursing Home immediately preceding the date of a written request for the increased GMWB percentage.
 
Nursing Home:  A facility (or portion of a facility) primarily engaged in providing continuous, on-going nursing care to its residents in accordance with the authority granted by a license issued by State or Federal government, and qualified as a "skilled nursing home facility" under Medicare or Medicaid.  A "Nursing Home" does not include: a hospital or clinic; a facility operated primarily for the treatment of alcoholism or drug addiction; or, an assisted living facility engaged primarily in custodial care.
 
Physician:   A medical doctor currently licensed by a state's Board of Medical Examiners, or similar authority in the United States, acting within the scope of her or his license.
 
Qualification Date:  The end of a Valuation Period during which we determine the Covered Person qualifies for the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage.
 
Severe Cognitive Impairment:  A loss or deterioration of intellectual capacity that is comparable to, and includes, Alzheimer's disease and similar forms of irreversible dementia.  Severe Cognitive Impairment is characterized by clinical evidence and the results of standardized tests that reliably measure impairment in the person's: a) short-term or long-term memory; b) orientation as to people, place or time; c) deductive or abstract reasoning; and, d) judgment, as it relates to safety awareness.
 
CLAIMING THE INCREASED GMWB PERCENTAGE FOR NURSING HOME CONFINEMENT
 
Ineligibility – You are not eligible for the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage if the Covered Person was confined to a Nursing Home any time during the Ineligibility Period.
 
Qualifying Conditions – You must request the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage by Written Notice on or after the Benefit Election Date.  Your Written Notice must include proof the Covered Person:
 
1.
was not confined to a Nursing Home any time during the Ineligibility Period; and,
 
2.
has been continuously confined to a Nursing Home for at least 90 days immediately preceding the date of your Written Request; and,
 
3.
is unable to perform at least two of the six Activities of Daily Living, or is diagnosed with a Severe Cognitive Impairment.
 
We will notify you in writing whether the Covered Person qualifies for the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage and if so, advise you of the Qualification Date.
 
Continuing Qualification – The Covered Person must prove continuing qualification for the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage each Contract Year during the Nursing Home Benefit Period. Beginning with the second Contract Anniversary after the Qualification Date, you must provide us an annual Written Notice proving the Covered Person:
 
1.
remains confined to a Nursing Home; and,
 
2.
remains unable to perform at least two of the six Activities of Daily Living, or is currently diagnosed with a Severe Cognitive Impairment.
 
We must receive the annual Written Notice not less than 10, nor more than 30 days prior to each applicable Contract Anniversary during the Nursing Home Benefit Period.  However, if it was not reasonably possible to send us the Written Notice within the prescribed time, the delay will not reduce the benefit if Written Notice is provided as soon as reasonably possible to do so.   
 
Proof of Qualification – A written statement signed by the Covered Person's Physician addressing the qualifying conditions constitutes satisfactory proof.  However, we reserve the right to require an examination of the Covered Person by a Physician of our choice at our expense. In the event of a conflict between the medical opinions, the opinion of our Physician shall prevail with respect to initial or continuing qualification.
 
CALCULATING THE ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT
USING THE INCREASED GMWB WITHDRAWAL PERCENTAGE
 
Qualifying Year  Qualification for the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage may result in an increase in the Annual Withdrawal Amount available for the remainder of the Contract Year during which qualification occurs.  However, an increase in the Annual Withdrawal Amount will not change the effect of any withdrawal that occurred prior to the Qualification Date.
 
If your aggregate GMWB withdrawals from the beginning of the qualifying Contract Year through the Qualification Date are less than or equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount, we will calculate the remaining Annual Withdrawal Amount by multiplying the Benefit Base on the Qualification Date by the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage, and subtracting the aggregate GMWB withdrawals already taken that Contract Year.
 
If you have taken an Excess Withdrawal during the qualifying Contract Year prior to the Qualification Date, we will calculate the remaining Annual Withdrawal Amount for that Contract Year by subtracting the GMWB withdrawal percentage determined on the Benefit Election Date according to the GMWB rider you purchased from the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage provided by this endorsement, and multiplying the difference in those percentages by the Benefit Base on the Qualification Date.
We will include the amount of the increase in the Annual Withdrawal Amount for the qualifying year in the notice we send that confirms the Covered Person's qualification for the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage.
 
Continuing Qualification Years – For any Contract Year during which continuing qualification would apply, we multiply the Benefit Base on the Contract Anniversary by the increased GMWB withdrawal percentage to determine the Annual Withdrawal Amount for that Contract Year.
 
Non-Qualifying Years – For any Contract Year during which the Covered Person fails to qualify for the increased GMWB percentage, we calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount using the GMWB withdrawal percentage established on the Benefit Election Date according to the terms of the GMWB rider you purchased and that Contract Year will not be included in the Nursing Home Benefit Period.
 
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
Two Covered Persons – If the GMWB withdrawal percentage established on the Benefit Election Date was based on two Covered Persons, both must meet the qualifying conditions; and all provisions that reference the "Covered Person" shall be interpreted to mean both "Covered Persons".
 
Termination – This endorsement terminates at the end of the Nursing Home Benefit Period, or if sooner, when the GMWB rider is terminated.  In the event the GMWB rider is reinstated according to the provisions of that rider, this endorsement will also be reinstated unless the Nursing Home Benefit Period has expired.
 
Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of the GMWB Rider Effective Date.
 
Protective Life Insurance Company
Exhibit (d)(13)
 
PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY         P. O. BOX 1928        BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35282-8238
 
 
 
QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN ENDORSEMENT FOR DEFERRED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
 
All provisions of the Contract to which this Qualified Retirement Plan Endorsement is attached shall be interpreted in accordance with the applicable requirements of section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
 
 
The Contract is amended as of the Effective Date as follows:
 
 
1.         OWNER AND ANNUITANT
The Contract is issued to a trustee of a qualified retirement plan under Code section 401(a) (the “Plan”) maintained on behalf of the participants for whom the Contract is purchased. Such trustee is the Owner and the Beneficiary.
 
 
The term “participant” as used in this Endorsement shall mean the individual employee or former employee for whose benefit the Plan is maintained and on whose behalf the Contract is purchased. The Annuitant shall be the participant and, except as otherwise provided under the Code and applicable regulations, the Annuitant cannot be changed.
 
 
The trustee shall not distribute the Contract to the Annuitant until the occurrence of a distributable event under the Plan under which the Contract was purchased. If the Contract is distributed to the Annuitant: (A) the Annuitant becomes the Owner; (B) all payments made from the Contract while the Annuitant is alive must be made to the Annuitant; (C) the provisions below apply to the Annuitant; and (D) the Annuitant may designate a new Beneficiary. If the Annuitant does not designate a new Beneficiary, then the estate of the Annuitant shall be the Beneficiary.
 
 
2.         NONTRANSFERABLE AND NONFORFEITABLE
The Owner’s interest under the Contract is nontransferable (within the meaning of Code section
401(g)) and is nonforfeitable. In particular, except as permitted by federal tax law, the Contract may not be sold, assigned, discounted or pledged as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of any obligation or for any other purpose, to any person other than the Company.
 
 
3.       PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
The Plan Administrator is: (a) your employer; or (b) the person(s) designated by your employer under the terms of the Plan. Protective Life Insurance Company (the “Company”) is not the Plan Administrator or a plan fiduciary.
 
4.       PLAN PROVISIONS
The terms of the Contract and this Endorsement are subject to the provisions of the Plan under which the Contract is issued. The Owner’s ability to exercise any rights under this Contract is subject to the terms of the Plan in connection with which this Contract was issued. The Owner and Plan Administrator are responsible for ensuring that any elections made under the Contract are made in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Therefore, you should contact your Plan Administrator before exercising any rights you may have under this Contract to ensure that your actions are in accordance with the terms of the Plan. The Company assumes that the exercise of all rights by the Owner of the Contract, and the distribution of the Contract to a participant, are in accordance with the terms of the Plan in connection with which this Contract was issued.
 
 
5.       LUMP SUM PAYMENTS
No amount may be paid from the Contract in a lump sum unless such payment is allowed under both the Plan for which the Contract is purchased and the Code, including the regulations thereunder. We will not pay the Contract Value in one lump sum in lieu of any annuity income payments if the Contract Value is greater than $5,000, as determined on the first day of the month preceding the Annuity Commencement Date, in accordance with the requirements of Code sections 411(a)(11) and 417, including the regulations thereunder.
 
 
6.       PURCHASE PAYMENTS
All Purchase Payments may be paid only under the Plan by the Owner who is a trustee of the Plan, and if the Participant becomes the Owner of the Contact as a result of the Contract being distributed to the participant, premiums may not be paid after the Contract is distributed. Premium payments are subject to the terms of the Plan, including the maximum limitations on contributions. The Company will not accept a Purchase Payment that includes after-tax contributions.
 
 
7.       REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS GENERALLY
The entire interest in the Contract shall be distributed as required under Code sections 401(a)(9) and applicable federal income tax regulations. The provisions of this Endorsement reflecting these requirements override any provision of the Contract that is inconsistent with such requirements.
 
 
8.       REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE
As used in this Endorsement, the term “Required Beginning Date” means April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year following the later of (1) the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70½; or (2) the calendar year in which the participant retires, or such later date as provided by law. However, unless the participant’s interest in the Contract is on account of his or her participation in a governmental plan (as defined in Code section 414(d)) or church plan (as defined in Code section
401(a)(9)(C)), if the participant is a 5-percent owner (as defined in IRC section 416) with respect to the plan year ending in the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70½, the Required Beginning Date is April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the participant attains age
70½.
 
9.
DISTRIBUTIONS DURING ANNUITANT’S LIFE
A.
Unless otherwise permitted under applicable law, the Annuitant’s entire interest in the Contract shall be distributed, or commence to be distributed, no later than the Required Beginning Date over:
 
 
(i)
the life of the Annuitant, or the lives of the Annuitant and his or her designated beneficiary (within the meaning of Code section 401(a)(9)), or
 
 
(ii)
a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Annuitant, or the joint and last survivor expectancy of the Annuitant and his or her designated beneficiary.
Payments must be made in periodic intervals of no longer than one year. In addition, payments must be either nonincreasing or they may increase only as provided by applicable federal tax law.
 
 
B.
If the Annuitant’s interest is to be distributed over a period greater than one year, the amount to be distributed by December 31 of each year (including the year in which the Required Beginning Date occurs) will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder, including the incidental death benefit requirements of Code section 401(a)(9)(G) and the regulations thereunder, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement under such regulations.
 
 
10.
DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT
A.
Unless otherwise permitted under applicable federal tax law, if the Annuitant dies before distribution of his or her interest in the Contract has begun, distribution of the Annuitant’s entire interest will be distributed in accordance with one of the following three provisions:
 
 
(i)
The entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Annuitant’s death.
 
 
(ii)
If the interest is payable to an individual who is the Annuitant’s designated beneficiary, except as provided in paragraph (iii) below, the entire interest will be distributed beginning on or before December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Annuitant died and will be made over the life of the designated beneficiary or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the designated beneficiary. The irrevocable election of this method of distribution must be made by the designated beneficiary no later than December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Annuitant died.
 
(iii)
If the designated beneficiary is the Annuitant’s surviving spouse, the spouse may irrevocably elect to receive payments over the life of the surviving spouse or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the surviving spouse, commencing at any date prior to the later of: (a) December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Annuitant died; and (b) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Annuitant would have attained age 70½. Such election by the surviving spouse must be made no later than the earlier of December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Annuitant’s death or the date distributions are required to begin pursuant to the preceding sentence.
 
 
If the surviving spouse dies before distributions begin, the limitations of this section 10.A (without regard to this paragraph iii) shall be applied as if the surviving spouse were the Annuitant.
 
 
B.
Unless otherwise permitted under applicable federal tax law, if the Annuitant dies after distribution of his or her interest in the Contract has begun, the remaining portion of such interest, if any, will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used at the time of the Annuitant’s death.
 
 
C.
Distributions under this section are considered to have begun if distributions are made on account of the Annuitant reaching his or her Required Beginning Date or if prior to the Required Beginning Date distributions irrevocably (except for acceleration) commence to the Annuitant over a period permitted and in an annuity form acceptable under applicable federal tax law.
 
 
11.     LIFE EXPECTANCY CALCULATIONS
Unless otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law, life expectancy is computed using the expected return multiples in Tables V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the Federal income tax regulations in accordance with Code sections 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder. Life expectancy will not be recalculated with respect to payments under an annuity option under the Contract. In other situations, life expectancy will not be recalculated unless otherwise permitted under Code section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder.
 
 
12.     ANNUITY OPTIONS AND WITHDRAWALS
All annuity options under the Contract must meet the requirements of Code sections 401(a), including sections 401(a)(9) and 401(a)(11), as applicable. The provisions of this Endorsement reflecting the requirements of these Code sections override any annuity option that is inconsistent with such requirements.
 
An Annuitant who is married must have the consent of his spouse in order to: (i) withdraw all or part of the Contract Value; or, (ii) choose an annuity option other than a qualified joint and survivor annuity within the meaning of Code section 417. If no annuity option is chosen, a qualified joint and survivor annuity will be automatic for a married Annuitant. An unmarried Annuitant will be deemed to have elected a life annuity unless a different election is made in the manner required under Code section
417. Also, if a married Annuitant dies before the annuity starting date (within the meaning of Code section 401(a)(11)(A)(ii)), the death benefit will be paid as a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity within the meaning of Code section 417, unless the surviving spouse consents otherwise.
 
 
If guaranteed payments are to be made under an annuity option, the period over which the guaranteed payments are to be made must not exceed the period permitted under Q&A-3 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Proposed Income Tax Regulations (except as otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law).
 
 
13.     NOTICES, ELECTIONS, AND CONSENTS
We must receive written notice, in a form and manner acceptable to us, of any request to take a partial or total surrender, elect a payment option, or exercise any other right under this Contract. Elections and consents made pursuant to this Contract and this Endorsement may be made and revoked only in the form, time, and manner prescribed in Code section 417 (and applicable regulations).
 
 
14.     DIRECT ROLLOVERS
A distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by us, to have any portion of an eligi- ble rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.
 
 
A.
A distributee includes an Annuitant. In addition, the Annuitant’s surviving spouse and the Annuitant’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternative payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code section 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.
 
 
B.
An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include (i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint and last survivor expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code section 401(a)(9); (iii) the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); (iv) any hardship distribution described in Code section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) made to your after 1998; and (v) any other amounts designated in published federal income tax guidance.
 
C.
An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Code section
408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code section
401(a), that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.
 
 
D.
A direct rollover is a payment by us to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
 
 
E.
Except as otherwise provided under applicable federal tax law, the following provisions shall apply with respect to distributions after December 31, 2001, for purposes of this section 14.
 
 
(i)
An eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from the Plan. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Code section 414(p).
 
 
(ii)
Any amount that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be an eligible rollover distribution and the distributee may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan.
 
 
(iii)
To the extent permitted by federal tax law, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after- tax employee contributions that are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
 
 
15.
CODE SECTION 72(s)
All references in the Contract to Code section 72(s) are deleted.
 
16.     AMENDMENT OF THIS ENDORSEMENT
The Company reserves the right, and the Owner agrees the Company shall have such right, to make any amendments to this Endorsement from time to time as may be necessary to comply with the Code, as amended, and the regulations thereunder. We will obtain all necessary approvals including, where required, that of the Owner and will send you a copy of the endorsement that modifies your Contract. We will not be responsible for any adverse tax consequences resulting from the rejection of such an amendment.
 
 
17.     GROUP CONTRACT
If this Endorsement is used with a certificate issued under a group contract, the term “Owner” refers to the Participant/Annuitant and the term “Contract” refers to your Certificate.
 
Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of the Effective Date. PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This Page Intentionally Left Blank.
Exhibit (d)(14)
 
PROTECTIVE   LIFE   INSURANCE   COMPANY
P. O. BOX   1928
BIRMINGHAM,   ALABAMA 35282-8238
 
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY (IRA) ENDORSEMENT
 
The Contract to which this Endorsement is attached is issued as an individual retirement annuity under Section 408(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").   Accordingly, the applicable provisions of the Contract are restricted or amended by this Endorsement as required by Code Section 408. Your failure to comply with Code Section 408 requirements may result in adverse tax consequences. This Endorsement remains in effect, subject to amendment as provided in Endorsement Section 13, as long as the Contract to which it is attached remains in effect. The terms and conditions in this Endorsement supersede any conflicting provision in the Contract. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this Endorsement remain in full force and effect.
 
The Contract is amended as follows:
 
1. OWNER AND ANNUITANT (Primary Contract Impact: "PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT" Section)
The Annuitant must be an individual who is the sole Owner, and all payments made from the Contract while the Annuitant is alive must be made to the Annuitant. Except as permitted under Section 8 and Section 10 of this Endorsement, and otherwise permitted under the Code and applicable regulations, neither the Owner nor the Annuitant can be changed.
 
2. NONTRANSFERABLE AND NONFORFEITABLE (Primary Contract Impact: "PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT" Section; "Assignment" and "Protection of Proceeds" Provisions in the "GENERAL PROVISIONS" Section)
The Contract is established for the exclusive benefit of the Owner and his or her beneficiaries.   The Owner’s interest under the Contract is nontransferable, and except as provided by law, is non-forfeitable. In particular, the Contract may not be sold, assigned, discounted or pledged as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of any obligation or for any other purpose, to any person other than the Company (other than a transfer incident to a divorce or separation instrument in accordance with Code Section 408(d)(6)).
 
3. UNISEX RATES (Primary Contract Impact: "Error in Age or Gender" in the "GENERAL PROVISIONS" Section; "ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS" Section
If the Contract is issued in connection with a Simplified Employee Pension, the method of calculating Purchase Payments and benefits under the Contract are to be based on unisex rates, and any references to sex (with regard to rates and benefits) in the Contract are deleted.
 
4. PURCHASE PAYMENTS (Primary Contract Impact: "PURCHASE PAYMENTS" Section)
The Contract may permit only a single Purchase Payment, or it may permit an initial Purchase Payment and subsequent Purchase Payments. A Purchase Payment that is permitted under the Contract may include a rollover contribution (as permitted by Code Sections 402(c), 402(e)(6), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8),
403(b)(10), 408(d)(3) and 457(e)(16)), a nontaxable transfer from an individual retirement plan under Code Section 7701(a)(37), a contribution made in accordance with the terms of a Simplified Employee Pension as described in Code Section 408(k), and a contribution in cash not to exceed the amount permitted under Code Sections 219(b) and 408(b), (or such other amount provided by applicable federal tax law). In particular, unless otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law:
 
A. The total cash contributions shall not exceed $5,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2008 and years thereafter. After 2008, the annual cash contribution limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 219(b)(5)(D). Such adjustments will be in multiples of $500.
 
B. In the case of an Owner who is age 50 or older, the annual cash contribution limit is increased by
$1,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2006 and years thereafter.
 
C. In addition to the amounts described above, a Purchase Payment that is permitted under the
Contract may include a repayment of a qualified reservist distribution described in Code Section
72(t)(2)(G) during the 2-year period beginning on the day after the end of the active duty period.
 
The Contract may require a minimum Purchase Payment. If subsequent Purchase Payments are permitted under the Contract, no subsequent Purchase Payment will be accepted unless it is equal to at least $50.
 
No contribution will be accepted under a SIMPLE IRA plan established by any employer pursuant to Code Section 408(p). No transfer or rollover of funds attributable to contributions made by a particular employer under its SIMPLE IRA plan will be accepted from a SIMPLE IRA, that is, an Individual Retirement Account under Code Section 408(a) or an Individual Retirement Annuity under Code Section 408(b) used in conjunction with a SIMPLE IRA plan, prior to the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the date the Owner first participated in that employer’s SIMPLE IRA plan.
 
5. REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS GENERALLY (Primary Contract Impact: "DEATH BENEFIT" and "ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS" Sections)
Notwithstanding any provision of the Contract to the contrary, the distribution of the Owner’s interest in the Contract shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(9) and 408(b)(3) and the regulations thereunder, the provisions of which are herein incorporated by reference. If distributions are not made in the form of an annuity on an irrevocable basis (except for acceleration), then distribution of the interest in the Contract (as determined under Section 8.C. of this Endorsement) must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 408(a)(6) and the regulations thereunder, rather than Sections 7 and 8 of this Endorsement.
 
6. REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE
As used in this Endorsement, the term “Required Beginning Date” means April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70½, or such other date as provided by law.
 
7. DISTRIBUTIONS DURING OWNER’S LIFE (Primary Contract Impact: "ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS" Section)
A. Unless otherwise permitted under applicable law, the Owner’s entire interest in the Contract will commence to be distributed no later than the Required Beginning Date over:
 
(i) the life of the Owner, or the lives of the Owner and his or her designated beneficiary (within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)), or
 
(ii) a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Owner, or the joint and last survivor expectancy of the Owner and his or her designated beneficiary.
 
Payments must be made in periodic payments at intervals of no longer than one year. Unless otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law, payments must be either nonincreasing or they may increase only as provided in Q&As-1 and -4 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Income Tax Regulations, and any distribution must satisfy the incidental benefit requirements specified in Q&A-
2 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Income Tax Regulations.
 
The distribution periods described in this subsection A cannot exceed the periods specified in Section 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Income Tax Regulations (except as otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law).
 
B. If the Owner’s interest is to be distributed over a period greater than one year, the amount to be distributed by December 31 of each year (including the year in which the Required Beginning Date occurs) will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder. If annuity payments commence on or before the Required Beginning Date, the first required payment can be made as late as the Required Beginning Date and must be the payment that is required for one payment interval. The second payment need not be made until the end of the next payment interval. If all or a portion of an individual account is used to purchase an annuity after distributions are required to commence (the Required Beginning Date, in the case of distributions commencing before death, or the date determined under Q&A-3 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-
3 of the Income Tax Regulations, in the case of distributions commencing after death), payments under the annuity, and distributions of any remaining account, must be made in accordance with Q&A-5(e) of Section 1.401(a)(9)-5 of the Income Tax Regulations.
 
8. DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER DEATH OF THE OWNER (Primary Contract Impact: "DEATH BENEFIT" and
"ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS" Sections)
A. If the Owner dies on or after required distributions commence, the remaining portion of his or her interest in the Contract, if any, will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the annuity option chosen.
 
However, if the Contract is a single premium immediate annuity contract, the Owner dies after the Required Beginning Date and prior to the Income Date, and the annuity payments to be made under the Contract will not be paid at least as rapidly as under the method of distributions being used as of the date of the Owner’s death, we instead will pay any remaining interest in the Contract (as determined under Section 8.C. of this Endorsement) in a lump sum immediately, and in all events at least as rapidly as under the method of distributions being used as of the date of the Owner’s death.
 
B. If the Owner dies before required distributions commence, his or her entire interest in the Contract (as determined under Section 8.C. of this Endorsement) will be distributed at least as rapidly as follows:
 
(i) This paragraph applies if the designated beneficiary is someone other than the Owner’s surviving spouse.
 
The entire interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Owner's death, over the designated beneficiary’s life, or over a period not extending beyond the remaining life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, with such life expectancy determined using the age of the beneficiary as of his or her birthday in the year following the year of the individual's death, or, if elected, in accordance with subsection B(iii) below.
 
If the Contract is a single premium immediate annuity contract, the Owner dies prior to the Income Date, and the annuity payments to be made under the Contract will not be paid over the designated beneficiary’s life, or over a period not extending beyond the remaining life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, we instead will pay any remaining interest in the Contract in a lump sum immediately, and in all events by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Owner's death.
 
(ii) This paragraph applies if the Owner's sole designated beneficiary is the Owner's surviving spouse.
 
Except as provided in subsection E below, the entire interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Owner's death (or by the end of the calendar year in which the Owner would have attained age 70½, if later), over the surviving spouse's life, over a period not extending beyond the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse, or, if elected, in accordance with subsection B(iii) below. If the surviving spouse dies before required distributions commence to him or her, the remaining interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the spouse's death, over the spouse's designated beneficiary's life, or over a period not extending beyond the spouse’s designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy determined using such beneficiary's age as of his or her birthday in the year following the death of the spouse, or, if elected, will be distributed in accordance with subsection B(iii) below.   If the surviving spouse dies after required distributions commence to him or her, any remaining interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the annuity option chosen.
 
If the Contract is a single premium immediate annuity contract, the Owner dies prior to the Income Date, and the annuity payments to be made under the Contract will not be paid over the surviving spouse’s life, or over a period not extending beyond the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse, we instead will pay any remaining interest in the Contract in a lump sum immediately, and in all events by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Owner's death.
 
above, the entire interest will be distributed by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Owner’s death (or of the spouse's death in the case of the surviving spouse's death before distributions are required to begin under subsection B(ii) above).
 
(iv) Life expectancy is determined using the Single Life Table in Q&A-1 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Income Tax Regulations. If distributions are being made to a surviving spouse as the sole designated beneficiary, such spouse's remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the Single Life Table corresponding to such spouse's age in the year. In all other cases, remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the Single Life Table corresponding to the beneficiary's age in the year specified in subsection B(i) or (ii) and reduced by 1 for each subsequent year. If distributions are made in the form of an annuity, life expectancy is not recalculated.
 
C. The "interest" in the Contract includes the amount of any outstanding rollover, transfer and recharacterization under Q&As-7 and -8 of Section 1.408-8 of the Income Tax Regulations. Also, prior to the date that annuity payments commence on an irrevocable basis (except for acceleration) the “interest” in the Contract includes the actuarial value of any other benefits provided under the Contract, such as guaranteed death benefits.
 
If the Contract is a single premium immediate annuity contract and the Owner dies prior to the Income Date, the interest in the Contract is (1) the Purchase Payment for the Contract, if the Owner dies within 30 days of the Effective Date of the Contract, or (2) the present value of the future income payments, if any, to be made under the annuity option in effect at the time of the Owner’s death, if the Owner dies more than 30 days after the Effective Date of the Contract.
 
D. For purposes of subsections A and B above, required distributions are considered to commence on the Required Beginning Date or, if applicable, on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under subsection B(ii) above. However, if distributions start prior to the applicable date in the preceding sentence on an irrevocable basis (except for acceleration) in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Income Tax Regulations, then required distributions are considered to commence on the annuity starting date.
 
E. If the Contract is a deferred annuity contract, the Owner dies prior to the date annuity payments commence, and the sole designated beneficiary is the Owner’s surviving spouse, the sole designated beneficiary is the Owner's surviving spouse, the surviving spouse may elect to treat the Contract as his or her own IRA. If this election is made, the surviving spouse will be the Owner and the Annuitant. This election will be deemed to have been made if such surviving spouse makes a Purchase Payment that is permitted under the Contract or fails to take required distributions as a beneficiary. This election may only be made once, and thus may not be made a second time if the surviving spouse designated beneficiary elects to treat the IRA as his or her own, remarries, and names his or her new spouse as the sole designated beneficiary.
 
9. ANNUITY OPTIONS (Primary Contract Impact: "ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS" Section)
All annuity options under the Contract must meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(9) and
408(b)(3). The provisions of this Endorsement reflecting the requirements of these Code Sections override any annuity option that is inconsistent with such requirements.
 
If guaranteed payments are to be made under the Contract, the period over which the guaranteed payments are to be made must not exceed the period permitted under Section 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Income Tax Regulations (except as otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law).
 
"Protection of Proceeds" Provisions in the "GENERAL PROVISIONS" Section); "PURCHASE PAYMENTS", "DEATH BENEFIT", and "ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS" Sections)
Notwithstanding any provision of this IRA to the contrary, and unless otherwise provided by federal tax law, this section shall apply if this IRA is issued as an inherited individual retirement annuity within the meaning of Code Section 408(d)(3)(C).
 
A. Permissible Purchase Payment. A Purchase Payment that is permitted under the Contract must be in the form of a direct rollover from an eligible retirement plan of a deceased employee that is permitted under Code Section 402(c)(11), or a nontaxable transfer from an individual retirement plan under Code Section 7701(a)(37) of a deceased individual. The deceased employee and deceased individual are collectively referred to herein as the “Deceased Individual.”
 
B. Non-spouse Beneficiary.   This IRA must be established and maintained for the benefit of a beneficiary under the Deceased Individual’s eligible retirement plan or individual retirement plan from which the premium is rolled over or transferred, and the beneficiary must not be the surviving spouse of the Deceased Individual. If the beneficiary is an individual, the individual must be a designated beneficiary of the Deceased Individual within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)(E). The IRA may be established on behalf of a trust that is the Deceased Individual’s beneficiary, provided that the beneficiaries of the trust meet the requirements to be designated beneficiaries within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)(E).
 
C. Distributions Before Death Rules Do Not Apply.  Section 7, relating to distributions during the
Owner’s life, does not apply.
 
D. Distribution Upon Death Rules Apply. The distribution of the interest in the IRA shall be made in accordance with the applicable requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(9)(B), 401(a)(9)(H), and
408(b)(3). Section 8 shall apply as if the Deceased Individual is the Owner. Whether the Owner died on or after required distributions commenced, or before required distributions commenced, is determined by whether the Deceased Individual died on or after required distributions commenced, or before required distributions commenced, respectively, under the eligible retirement plan or individual retirement plan from which the premium is rolled over or transferred.
 
E. In the case of a Contract issued in connection with a direct rollover from an eligible retirement plan of the Deceased Individual under Code Section 402(c)(11), the rules for determining the required minimum distribution under the plan with respect to the Deceased Individual’s designated beneficiary also apply under the Contract. However, if the plan requires the entire interest to be distributed by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Deceased Individual, the entire interest nevertheless may be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Deceased Individual’s death, over the designated beneficiary’s life, or over a period not extending beyond the remaining life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, provided that (1) the distribution from the plan that is directly rolled over to this Contract is made prior to the end of the year following the year of the Deceased Individual’s death, and (2) the required minimum distributions under the Contract are determined under Code Section 401(a)(9)(B)(iii) using the same designated beneficiary, unless otherwise provided by applicable law.
 
F. Surviving Spouse Provisions. The provisions of section 8 relating to a designated beneficiary who is a surviving spouse do not apply.
 
11. ANNUAL REPORTS (Primary Contract Impact: "Reports" in the "GENERAL PROVISIONS" Section)
The Company will furnish annual calendar year reports concerning the status of this Contract and such information concerning required minimum distributions as is prescribed by the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service.
 
12. CODE SECTION 72(s) (Primary Contract Impact: "DEATH BENEFIT" Section)
All references in the Contract to Code Section 72(s) are deleted.
 
13. AMENDMENT OF THIS ENDORSEMENT
The Company reserves the right, and the Owner agrees the Company shall have such right, to make any amendments to this Endorsement from time to time as may be necessary to comply with the Code, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.   We will obtain all necessary approvals including, where required, that of the Owner and will send you a copy of the endorsement that modifies your Contract. We will not be responsible for any adverse tax consequences resulting from the rejection of such an amendment.
 
14. GROUP CONTRACT
If this Endorsement is used with a certificate issued under a group contract, the term “Owner” refers to the
Participant/Annuitant and the term “Contract” refers to your Certificate.
 
Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of its Issue Date. PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
PROTECTIVE   LIFE   INSURANCE   COMPANY
P. O. BOX   1928
BIRMINGHAM,   ALABAMA 35282-8238
 
 
PROTECTIVE DIMENSIONS series
VARIABLE DEFERRED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
 
TRADITIONAL INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY (IRA) DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
 
 
This statement does not change in any way the IRA that you purchased. Rather, it simply discusses important facts that you should know about your IRA. For example, IRA means "individual retirement annuity" or "individual retirement account." The information herein is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and rulings thereunder (referred to as the "Code"). This disclosure statement is for your general information, and is not intended to be exhaustive or conclusive, to apply to any particular person or situation, or to be used as a substitute for qualified legal or tax advice. Further information about your IRA can be obtained from any district office of the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") and from IRS Publication 590, (“Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs) (Including Roth IRAs and Education IRAs)”). In this document, "the Company" refers to Protective Life Insurance Company.
 
You may revoke your IRA at your option according to the “Right to Cancel” provision of the face page of your Contract. If you revoke your IRA within seven (7) days after you purchase or establish it, the entire amount you paid for your IRA will be returned to you without any adjustment for commissions, administrative expenses or fluctuation in market value. To revoke you IRA, you must notify the Company or any agent of the Company within the seven (7) day revocation period. The revocation must be in writing and may be either mailed or delivered. If mailed, written notice is deemed received on the date of postmark (or if sent by certified or registered mail, the day of certification or registration) if you put it in the mail in the United States in an envelope, or appropriate wrapper, first class postage prepaid, properly addressed. If you make notice of your revocation to the Company please direct it to:
 
Annuity Services Protective Life Insurance Company P. O. Box 1928
Birmingham, Alabama 35282-8238
Telephone: 1-800-456-6330
 
If a change in information set forth in this disclosure statement or the agreement occurs before the end of the seven (7) day revocation period, we will send you an amendment and you will have seven (7) days after receipt of the amendment to revoke.
 
A traditional IRA is one form of individual retirement arrangement authorized by the Code. It allows you (the owner) to set aside money for your retirement. Earnings in your traditional IRA are not taxed until they are distributed to you. The following restrictions and limitations apply to your Protective Traditional Individual Retirement Annuity (referred to as “your IRA@ or “an IRA@).
 
1.         ELIGIBILITY
Generally, you are eligible to establish or make contributions to your IRA in a year to the extent you have compensation for the year, and provided that such contributions (1) do not exceed the maximum allowable annual contributions under Code Section 219(b), including “catch-up” contributions for certain individuals age 50 and older, or (2) constitute “rollovers” or “transfers.”
 
The maximum annual contribution limit for IRA contributions is equal to $5,000 for 2008. After 2008, the limit is adjusted annually for inflation in $500 increments, except as otherwise provided by law.
 
An individual who has attained age 50 may make additional “catch-up” IRA contributions. The maximum annual contribution limit for the individual is increased by $1,000 for 2006 and thereafter, except as otherwise provided by law.
 
 
 
 
 
IPV-2171
1 of 6
12/11
 
2.
ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS TO OR FROM AN IRA
 
a.
Rollover and transfers from one IRA into another IRA
Distributions from an IRA that you roll over to another IRA within 60 days are tax-free. The amount distributed is not includible in your gross income when distributed, is not deductible when rolled over to the recipient IRA, and generally is taxable later when distributed from the recipient IRA to you or your beneficiary. However, if you roll over a distribution and fail to do so within 60 days, unless the failure is waived by the IRS, (1) the distribution is includible in your gross income and may be subject to a 10 percent penalty tax on distributions before age 59½, and (2) the rollover could constitute an excess contribution to the recipient IRA that is subject to a 6 percent excise tax and could adversely effect the federal tax treatment of the recipient IRA and/or the amounts thereunder. Also, to the extent a distribution is not rolled over, it is includible in your gross income and subject to a 10 percent penalty tax (subject to the rules, discussed below, regarding transfers to and from qualified retirement plans).
 
You may make a rollover distribution from an IRA only once a year. The one-year period begins on the date you receive the IRA distribution, not on the date you roll it over into another IRA.
 
Rather than rollover distributions from one IRA to another IRA, you may transfer amounts from one IRA directly to another IRA in a “trustee-to-trustee” transfer. Such transfers are subject to rules similar to those for rollovers between IRAs, subject to certain exceptions. One exception is that direct transfers are not subject to the once-a- year limitation that applies to IRA rollovers.
 
b.
Transfers to and from qualified retirement plans
An "eligible rollover distribution" from a qualified plan under Code Section 401(a), a qualified annuity under Code Section 403(a), a tax-sheltered annuity or custodial account under Code Section 403(b), or governmental plan under Code Section 457(b) (collectively referred to as “qualified retirement plans”) may be transferred tax-free directly to an IRA. Eligible rollover distributions from a qualified retirement plan are subject to special rules, including a mandatory 20 percent withholding requirement that applies generally to eligible rollover distributions not directly transferred to an IRA or another qualified retirement plan.
 
Also, subject to certain limitations and restrictions, a distribution from an IRA (other than a distribution of after-tax amounts) may be transferred tax-free directly to a qualified retirement plan.
 
The direct rollover distribution amount is not includible in your gross income when distributed, is not deductible when transferred directly to the recipient IRA or qualified retirement plan, and generally is taxable later when distributed from the recipient arrangement to you or your beneficiary.
 
However, a distribution that is not directly rolled over nevertheless may be rolled over tax-free by you within 60 days after your receipt of the distribution (subject to the mandatory 20 percent withholding requirement, mentioned above). If you rollover a distribution and fail to do so within the 60 day period, unless the failure is waived by the IRS, (1) the distribution is includible in your gross income and may be subject to a 10 percent penalty tax on distributions before age 59½, and (2) the rollover could constitute an excess contribution to the recipient arrangement and could adversely effect the federal tax treatment of the recipient arrangement and/or the amounts thereunder. Also, to the extent a distribution is not transferred, it is includible in your gross income and subject to a 10 percent penalty tax on distributions before age 59½ (subject to the rules, discussed above, regarding rollovers and transfers between IRAs).
 
The following types of payments cannot be rolled over from a qualified retirement plan to an IRA (or to another qualified retirement plan):
 
Payments Spread Over Long Periods. You cannot roll over a payment if it is part of a series of equal
(or almost equal) payments that are made at least once a year and that will last for:
 
            your lifetime (or your life expectancy), or
            your lifetime and your beneficiary's lifetime (or life expectancies), or
            a period of ten years or more.
 
Required Minimum Distributions. Beginning in the year you reach age 70½, a certain portion of your payment cannot be rolled over because it is a minimum distribution required under the Code that must be paid to you.
 
Other Distributions.  Certain other types of distributions cannot be rolled over, such as hardship distributions, corrective distributions of certain excess deferrals, excess contributions, or excess aggregate contributions. The administrator of the plan making the distribution should inform you of the amount that is eligible to be rolled over. If you have any questions, you should consult your tax advisor.
 
You can roll over an "eligible rollover distribution" by having the cash or other assets directly transferred to an IRA or qualified retirement plan, or you can receive the assets and roll them over to an IRA or qualified retirement plan within 60 days of receipt. However, as mentioned above, a mandatory 20 percent withholding requirement that applies to eligible rollover distributions that you roll over, rather than have directly transferred to an IRA or another qualified retirement plan.
 
3.
NATURE OF YOUR IRA
Your IRA is an annuity contract intended to qualify under Code Section 408(b) as an individual retirement annuity. It has the following characteristics:
 
a.
Your IRA is not transferable by the owner (you).
 
b.
You may make additional contributions to your IRA, subject to certain limits under federal tax law.
Unless otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law, each additional contribution (1) must be at least $50, and (2) except in the case of a non-taxable rollover or transfer contribution, as described above, may not exceed the amount allowable under Code Section 219(b). The amount of the maximum annual IRA contribution under Code Section 219(b) may vary from year to year. In addition, if you have attained age 50, you may be eligible to make additional “catch-up” IRA contributions under Code Section 219(b). The amount of the catch-up contribution depends on your adjusted gross income (“AGI”), and may vary from year to year.
 
c.
Distributions from your IRA generally must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements set forth in Code Section 401(a)(9) and Code Section 408(b)(3). Your entire interest from your IRA must be distributed, or commence being distributed, no later than April 1 of the year after the year in which you attain age 70½ (or such later date provided by law) over any of the following periods:
 
1)         Your life, with or without a period certain not extending beyond your life expectancy;
2)         The lives of you and your designated beneficiary (within the meaning of Code Section
401(a)(9)), with or without a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary;
3)         A period certain not extending beyond your life expectancy;
4)
A period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.
 
d.
If you die before distributions have begun, your entire interest in the contract will be distributed to your designated beneficiary by December 31 of the year containing the fifth anniversary of your death; provided, however, distribution may be made over your designated beneficiary's life or life expectancy, if started by December 31 of the year after your death. If you die after distributions have begun, all remaining annuity payments will be distributed at least as rapidly as the method of distribution in effect as of your date of death.   For these purposes, distributions will have considered to have begun generally on April 1 after the year in which you attain age 70½ or, if earlier, on the date annuity payments commence in a form acceptable under the Code. If your surviving spouse is the designated beneficiary under your IRA, special rules exist allowing your surviving spouse to elect to treat your IRA as his or her own.
 
e.
Your entire interest in the annuity is non-forfeitable, and the annuity is for the exclusive benefit of you and your designated beneficiary.
 
4.
INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
a.
Tax Status
The money in your IRA accumulates tax-free each year. This permits you to receive the maximum benefits from your contributions during the accumulation period.
 
b.
Deductibility of Contributions
Generally, you may deduct the full amount of your IRA contribution from your gross income (other than rollover or transfer contributions) up to the annual amount allowable under Code Section 219(b) if you are not an “active participant” in an employer-sponsored retirement plan. If your spouse is an active participant in an employer-sponsored retirement plan and your AGI exceeds $150,000, the amount of your IRA deduction is phased-out over your AGI up to $160,000. If you are an active participant in an employer-sponsored retirement plan, your eligibility to deduct the amount of your IRA contribution is phased-out based on the amount of your AGI depending on the year and your filing status.
 
Even if you cannot deduct part or all of your IRA contribution, you still may be eligible to contribute up to the maximum annual IRA contribution amount allowable under the Code. The maximum annual contribution amount allowable under the Code may vary from year to year. In addition, if you are age
50 or older, you may be eligible to make additional “catch-up” contributions to your IRA depending on
AGI.
 
c.
Distributions
The amount of a distribution includible in income is taxed as ordinary income to you in the year that you receive the distribution. Distributions are not taxable to the extent that such distribution is allocable to after-tax or nondeductible IRA contributions. Special rules apply with respect to allocating deductible and nondeductible IRA contributions for this purpose.
 
Distributions from your IRA are not eligible for the special tax treatment available for lump sum distributions from certain qualified retirement plans. If an amount that is distributed is less than the minimum amount that is required to be distributed under federal tax law, an excise tax equal to 50 percent of the excess of the minimum requirement over the actual distribution shall be paid by the payee unless waived by the Secretary of the Treasury.
 
An additional 10 percent penalty tax is imposed on certain distributions (including amounts deemed distributed as the result of a prohibited loan or use of security for a loan) made before you have attained age 59½, unless such distribution is made on account of death or disability, certain educational expenses (as defined in Code Section 72(t)(7)), the purchase of your first home (as defined in Code Section 72(t)(8)), or if the distribution is part of a series of substantially equal payments over your life or your life expectancy or the lives of you and your beneficiary. Certain other exceptions may apply. The tax on premature distributions does not apply to amounts that are rolled over.
 
The following special federal income tax rules apply when distributions are made from an IRA: (i) all your IRAs are to be treated as one IRA; (ii) all distributions from your IRAs during a tax year are to be treated as a single distribution; (iii) the combined value of your IRAs (to include all distributions made during the year) is to be determined as of the end of the calendar year; and (iv) premature distribution (before age 59½) and mandatory (after age 70½) distribution rules continue to apply to your IRA distributions.
 
d.
Loans and Prohibited Transactions
If you borrow any money under your IRA annuity (or, by use of your IRA annuity, borrow any money), the IRA will lose its tax-favored status as an IRA, and its fair market value will be deemed distributed as of the first day of the tax year in which the borrowing occurs. Once the IRA annuity loses its tax-favored status, you are required to include the fair market value of the assets in your income for that tax year. Fair market value is determined as of the first day of that tax year in which the borrowing occurs. (Also, it should be noted that special prohibited transaction rules apply to IRA accounts.)
 
5.
ESTATE TAX
Generally, the value of your IRA is included in your gross estate for federal estate tax purposes.
 
6.
TAX RETURN
Generally, a Form 5329 (Return for Individual Retirement Savings Arrangement) must be filed if an individual owes taxes on excess contributions to an IRA or premature distributions from an IRA. You must file Form 5329 with the Internal Revenue Service for each taxable year during which excise taxes are due.
 
7.
IRS APPROVAL
Your IRA annuity has not been submitted to, nor approved by the Internal Revenue Service as to the form of the contract. The Internal Revenue Service may not approve this IRA annuity as to form when we do submit it.
 
8.
AMENDMENT
The Company reserves the right to amend the contract as necessary or advisable from time to time to comply with changes in the Code or other requirements imposed by the IRS so as to obtain or maintain the contract as an IRA.
 
9.
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
No loads or sales charges are deducted when the contract is issued. Agent commissions are paid by the
Company.
 
10.
IRA CONTRACT OR ENDORSEMENT
While this disclosure statement discusses important facts that you should know about your IRA, the IRA contract and endorsement set forth the legal obligations of you and the Company. Because of the technical nature of these documents, you may wish to consult with your tax advisor.
 
11.
CONTRACT VALUES
Your Contract Value is comprised of the sum of the Variable Account value and the Guaranteed Account value. The Variable Account value reflects the aggregate investment experience of the Funds in which the sub- accounts you have selected invests. There is no minimum Variable Account value.
 
Interest rates for accounts in the Guaranteed Account are set by the company from time to time but will never be less than the minimum non-forfeiture interest rate in effect when your contract was issued. The minimum non- forfeiture interest rate will never be less than an annual effective interest rate of 1% nor more than 3%. Generally, the interest rate credited to amounts allocated to a Fixed Account – if available – is guaranteed for one year from the date the purchase payment or transfer is allocated to it. Other accounts within the Guaranteed Account may have other interest guarantees. After an interest rate guarantee expires, the new guaranteed rate will be the interest rate then in effect for the account and type of deposit on the date the amount is applied. Because the company anticipates periodically changing the current interest rate, different allocations made at different times to different accounts within the Guaranteed Account may be credited with different current interest rates. For the purposes of interest crediting, amounts deducted, transferred or withdrawn from an account within the Guaranteed Account will be accounted for on a “first-in, first-out@ (FIFO) basis.
 
Surrenders will result in the cancellation of Accumulation Units from a Sub-Account or a reduction of the Guaranteed Account value, as appropriate. Surrenders, including any applicable surrender charges, will be made on a pro-rata basis from your Allocation Options. The surrender charges that apply to your Contract are described on the Schedule.
 
We will deduct a Mortality and Expense Risk charge to compensate for assuming the mortality and expense risks and an Administrative charge to offset the administrative costs of the Contract. These charges are deducted daily from the Variable Account. The Mortality and Expense Risk charge and Administrative charge applicable to your Contract is shown on the Schedule.
 
We will also deduct a Premium Based Fee to help defray distribution costs. This fee is based on purchase payments and deducted for the first 7 years (28 quarters) after each purchase payment is credited to the Contract. The Premium Based Fee that applies to your Contract is described on the Schedule.
 
You may be charged a transfer fee of $25 per transfer you if exceed 12 transfers in any contract year.
 
Your Contract may be subject to an annual Contract Maintenance Fee is $50. If it applies, it is deducted on each Contract Anniversary prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, and on any day that the Contract is surrendered prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, if the surrender occurs on any day other than the Contract Anniversary. The Contract Maintenance Fee will be deducted from the Allocation Option(s) in the same proportion as their respective values are to the Contract Value. The Contract Maintenance Fee will be waived by the Company in the event the Contract Value or the aggregate Purchase Payments, reduced by surrenders, equals or exceeds $75,000 on the date the Contract Maintenance Fee is to be deducted.
 
Additional fees or charges are also assessed for certain optional benefits that you may have purchased when the contract was issued, or that you may purchase after that date. These fees or charges are described in the riders or endorsements we issue to explain the optional benefit(s) you select.
 
This section is a general description of the charges that may apply to Protective Dimensions series variable annuity contracts. Please refer to your Contract and the prospectus you received for complete details.
 
Protective Life Insurance Company
Exhibit (d)(15)
 
PROTECTIVE   LIFE   INSURANCE   COMPANY
P. O. BOX   1928
BIRMINGHAM,   ALABAMA 35282-8238
 
ROTH IRA ENDORSEMENT
 
The Contract to which this Endorsement is attached is issued as a Roth IRA under Section 408A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Accordingly, the applicable provisions of the Contract are restricted or amended by this Endorsement as required by Code Section 408A. Your failure to comply with Code Section 408A requirements may result in adverse tax consequences. This Endorsement remains in effect, subject to amendment as provided in Endorsement Section 7, as long as the Contract to which it is attached remains in effect. The terms and conditions in this Endorsement supersede any conflicting provision in the Contract. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this Endorsement remain in full force and effect.
 
The Contract is amended as follows:
 
1. OWNER AND ANNUITANT (Primary Contract Impact: "PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT" Section)
The Annuitant must be an individual who is the sole Owner, and all payments made from the Contract while the Annuitant is alive must be made to the Annuitant. Except as permitted under Section 4 of this Endorsement, and otherwise permitted under the Code and applicable regulations, neither the Owner nor the Annuitant can be changed.
 
2. NONTRANSFERABLE AND NONFORFEITABLE (Primary Contract Impact: "PARTIES TO THE CONTRACT" Section; "Assignment" and "Protection of Proceeds" Provisions in the "GENERAL PROVISIONS" Section)
The Contract is established for the exclusive benefit of the Owner and his or her beneficiaries. The Owner’s interest under the Contract is nontransferable, and except as provided by law, is non-forfeitable.   In particular, the Contract may not be sold, assigned, discounted or pledged as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of any obligation or for any other purpose, to any person other than the Company (other than a transfer incident to a divorce or separation instrument in accordance with Code Section 408(d)(6)).
 
3. PURCHASE PAYMENTS (Primary Contract Impact: "PURCHASE PAYMENTS" Section)
The Contract may permit only a single Purchase Payment, or it may permit an initial Purchase Payment and subsequent Purchase Payments. A Purchase Payment that is permitted under the Contract may include a qualified rollover contribution, a nontaxable transfer from another Roth IRA, a recharacterization (as defined in subsection (e) below), and a contribution in cash. The total of such cash contributions to all the Owner’s Roth IRAs for a taxable year must not exceed the applicable amount (as defined in subsection (a) below) or the Owner’s compensation (as defined in subsection (h) below), if less, for that taxable year. The cash contribution described in the previous sentence that may not exceed the lesser of the applicable amount or the Owner’s compensation is referred to as a “regular contribution.” However, notwithstanding the dollar limits on contributions, an Owner may make a repayment of a qualified reservist distribution described in Code Section 72(t)(2)(G) during the 2-year period beginning on the day after the end of the active duty period. A "qualified rollover contribution" includes (1) a rollover contribution of a distribution from an IRA that meets the requirements of Code Section 408(d)(3), except that the one-rollover-per-year rule of Code Section 408(d)(3)(B) does not apply if the rollover contribution is from an IRA other than a Roth IRA (a "non- Roth IRA"), (2) a rollover from a designated Roth account described in Code Section 402A, and (3) a rollover from an eligible retirement plan described in Code Section 402(c)(8)(B). A Purchase Payment that is permitted under the Contract may be limited under subsections (a) through (d) below.
 
(a) Applicable amount. The applicable amount is determined below:
 
(i) If the Owner is under age 50, the applicable amount is $5,000 for any taxable year beginning in
2008 and years thereafter. After 2008, the $5,000 amount will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 219(b)(5)(D). Such adjustments will be in multiples of $500.
 
(ii) If the Owner is age 50 or older, the applicable amount under paragraph (i) above is increased by
$1,000 for any taxable year beginning in 2006 and years thereafter.
 
(b) Regular contribution limit.  The maximum regular contribution that can be made to all the Owner’s Roth IRAs for a taxable year is the smaller amount determined under paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) below.
 
(i) The maximum regular contribution is phased out ratably between certain levels of modified adjusted gross income (“modified AGI”), depending on the Owner’s filing status. The maximum regular contribution is phased out (1) between modified AGI of $95,000 and $110,000 for a single individual or head of household, (2) between modified AGI of $150,000 and $160,000 for a married individual filing a joint return or a qualified widow(er), and (3) between modified AGI of $0 and $10,000 for a married individual filing a separate return. If the Owner’s modified AGI for a taxable year is in the phase-out range, the maximum regular contribution determined under the preceding sentence for that taxable year is rounded up to the next multiple of $10 and is not reduced below $200. After 2006, the dollar amounts will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 408A(c)(3). Such adjustments will be in multiples of $1,000.
 
(ii) If the Owner makes regular contributions to both Roth and nonRoth IRAs for a taxable year, the maximum regular contribution that can be made to all the Owner’s Roth IRAs for that taxable year is reduced by the regular contributions made to the Owner’s nonRoth IRAs for the taxable year.
 
An Owner’s modified AGI for a taxable year is defined in Code Section 408A(c)(3)(C)(i) and does not include any amount included in adjusted gross income as a result of a rollover from an eligible retirement plan other than a Roth IRA (a “conversion”).
 
(c) SIMPLE IRA Limits. No contribution will be accepted under a SIMPLE IRA plan established by any employer pursuant to Code Section 408(p). No transfer or rollover of funds attributable to contributions made by a particular employer under its SIMPLE IRA plan will be accepted from a SIMPLE IRA, that is, an IRA used in conjunction with a SIMPLE IRA plan, prior to the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the date the Owner first participated in that employer’s SIMPLE IRA plan.
 
(d) Minimum Purchase Payment.   The Contract may require a minimum Purchase Payment.   If subsequent Purchase Payments are permitted under the Contract, no subsequent Purchase Payment will be accepted unless it is equal to at least $50.
 
(e) Recharacterization. A regular contribution to a non-Roth IRA may be recharacterized pursuant to the rules in § 1.408A-5 of the Income Tax Regulations as a regular contribution to this IRA, subject to the limits in (b) above.
 
(f) Compensation. For purposes of this section, compensation is defined in Code Section 219(f) and includes wages, salaries, professional fees, or other amounts derived from or received for personal services actually rendered (including, but not limited to commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, and bonuses) and includes earned income, as defined in Code Section 401(c)(2) (reduced by the deduction the self-employed individual takes for contributions made to a self-employed retirement plan). For purposes of this definition, Code Section 401(c)(2) shall be applied as if the term trade or business for purposes of Code Section 1402 included service described in subsection (c)(6). Compensation does not include amounts derived from or received as earnings or profits from property (including but not limited to interest and dividends) or amounts not includible in gross income. Compensation also does not include any amount received as a pension or annuity or as deferred compensation.   The term "compensation" shall include any amount includible in the individual's gross income under Code Section 71 with respect to a divorce or separation instrument described in subparagraph (A) of Code Section 71(b)(2). The term “compensation” includes any differential wage payment, as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2). For purposes of this definition, the amount of compensation includible in an individual’s gross income shall be determined without regard to Code Section 112. In the case of a married individual filing a joint return, the greater compensation of his or her spouse is treated as his or her own compensation, but only to the extent that such spouse's compensation is not being used for purposes of the spouse making a contribution to a Roth IRA or a deductible contribution to a non-Roth IRA.
 
4. REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS (Primary Contract Impact: "DEATH BENEFIT" and "ANNUITY INCOME PAYMENTS" Sections)
Notwithstanding any provisions of this Roth IRA to the contrary, the distribution of the Owner’s interest in the Roth IRA shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 408(b)(3), as modified by Code Section 408A(c)(5), and the regulations thereunder, the provisions of which are herein incorporated by reference. However, if distributions are not made in the form of an annuity on an irrevocable basis (except for acceleration), then distribution of the interest in the Contract (as determined in subsection (c) below) instead must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 408(a)(6), as modified by Code Section 408A(c)(5), and the regulations thereunder.
 
(a) While the Owner is alive, no amount is required to be distributed prior to the date annuity payments are to commence under the Contract. If the Owner is alive on the date that annuity payments (or income payments) are to commence under the Contract, such annuity payments will be made.
 
(b) Upon the death of the Owner, the entire remaining interest in the Contract (as determined in subsection (c) below) will be distributed at least as rapidly as follows:
 
(i) This paragraph applies if the designated beneficiary is someone other than the Owner’s surviving spouse.
 
The entire interest in the Contract will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Owner's death, over the designated beneficiary’s life, or over a period not extending beyond the remaining life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, with such life expectancy determined using the age of the beneficiary as of his or her birthday in the year following the year of the Owner's death, or, if elected, in accordance with subsection (b)(iii) below.
 
If the Owner of a deferred annuity contract dies on or after the date that annuity payments commence, or the Owner of a single premium immediate annuity contract dies at any time, and the annuity payments to be made under the Contract after the Owner’s death will not satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(B), as modified by Code Section 408A(c)(5), we instead will pay any remaining interest in the Contract in a lump sum immediately, and in all events by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Owner's death.
 
(ii) This paragraph applies if the Owner’s sole designated beneficiary is the Owner’s surviving spouse.
 
Except as provided in subsection (e) below, the entire interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Owner’s death (or by the end of the calendar year in which the Owner would have attained age 70½, if later), over such spouse's life, over a period not extending beyond the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse, or, if elected, in accordance with subsection (b)(iii) below. If the surviving spouse dies before required distributions commence to him or her, the remaining interest will be distributed, starting by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year of the spouse's death, over the spouse's designated beneficiary's life, or over a period not extending beyond the spouse’s designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy determined using such beneficiary's age as if his or her birthday in the year following the death of the spouse, or, if selected, will be distributed in accordance with subsection (b)(iii) below. If the surviving spouse dies after required distributions commence to him or her, any remaining interest will continue to be distributed under the contract option chosen.
 
If the Owner of a deferred annuity contract dies on or after the date that annuity payments commence, or the Owner of a single premium immediate annuity contract dies at any time, and the annuity payments to be made under the Contract after the Owner’s death will not satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(B), as modified by Code Section 408A(c)(5), we instead will pay any remaining interest in the Contract in a lump sum immediately, and in all events by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Owner's death.
 
(iii) If there is no designated beneficiary, or if applicable by operation of subsection (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above, the entire interest will be distributed by the end of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Owner's death (or of the spouse's death in the case of the surviving spouse's death before distributions are required to begin under paragraph (b)(ii) above).
 
(iv) Life expectancy is determined using the Single Life Table in Q&A-1 of § 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Income Tax Regulations. If distributions are being made to a surviving spouse as the sole designated beneficiary, such spouse's remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the Single Life Table corresponding to such spouse's age in the year. In all other cases, remaining life expectancy for a year is the number in the Single Life Table corresponding to the beneficiary's age in the year specified in subsection (b)(i) or (b)(ii) and reduced by 1 for each subsequent year. If distributions are made in the form of an annuity, life expectancy is not recalculated.
 
(c) The "interest" in the Contract includes the amount of any outstanding rollover, transfer and recharacterization under Q&As-7 and -8 of Section 1.408-8 of the Income Tax Regulations. Also, prior to the date that annuity payments commence on an irrevocable basis (except for acceleration) the “interest” in the Contract includes the actuarial value of any other benefits provided under the Contract, such as guaranteed death benefits.
 
If the Contract is a deferred annuity contract and the Owner dies on or after the date that annuity payments commence, interest in the Contract is the present value of the future annuity payments, if any, to be made under the annuity option in effect at the time of the Owner’s death.
 
If the Contract is a single premium immediate annuity contract and the Owner dies within 30 days of the Effective Date of the Contract and before the Income Date, the interest in the Contract is the Purchase Payment for the Contract. Otherwise, the interest in the Contract is the present value of the future income payments, if any, to be made under the annuity option in effect at the time of the Owner’s death.
 
(d) For purposes of subsection (b)(ii) above, required distributions are considered to commence on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under such paragraph. However, if distributions start prior to the applicable date in the preceding sentence, on an irrevocable basis (except for acceleration) under an annuity contract meeting the requirements of § 1.401(a)(9)-6 of the Income Tax Regulations, then required distributions are considered to commence on the annuity starting date.
 
(e) If the Contract is a deferred annuity contract, the Owner dies prior to the date annuity payments commence, and the sole designated beneficiary is the Owner’s surviving spouse, the surviving spouse may elect to treat the Roth IRA as his or her own Roth IRA. If this election is made, the surviving spouse will be the Owner and the Annuitant. This election will be deemed to have been made if such surviving spouse makes a Purchase Payment that is permitted under the Contract or fails to take required distributions as a beneficiary. This election may only be made once, and thus may not be made a second time if the surviving spouse designated beneficiary elects to treat the Roth IRA as his or her own, remarries, and names his or her new spouse as the sole designated beneficiary.
 
5. ANNUAL REPORTS (Primary Contract Impact: "Reports" in the "GENERAL PROVISIONS" Section)
The Company will furnish annual calendar year reports concerning the status of this Contract and such information concerning required minimum distributions as is prescribed by the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service.
 
6. CODE SECTION 72(s) (Primary Contract Impact: "DEATH BENEFIT" Section)
All references in the Contract to Code Section 72(s) are deleted.
 
7. AMENDMENT OF THIS ENDORSEMENT
The Company reserves the right, and the Owner agrees the Company shall have such right, to make any amendments to this Endorsement from time to time as may be necessary to comply with the Code, as amended, and the regulations thereunder. We will obtain all necessary approvals including, where required, that of the Owner and will send you a copy of the endorsement that modifies your Contract. We will not be responsible for any adverse tax consequences resulting from the rejection of such an amendment.
 
8. GROUP CONTRACT
If this Endorsement is used with a certificate issued under a group contract, the term “Owner” refers to the
Participant/Annuitant and the term “Contract” refers to your Certificate.
 
Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of its Issue Date. PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This Page Intentionally Left Blank.
 
PROTECTIVE   LIFE   INSURANCE   COMPANY
P. O. BOX   1928
BIRMINGHAM,   ALABAMA 35282-8238
 
PROTECTIVE DIMENSIONS series
VARIABLE DEFERRED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
 
ROTH INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY (IRA) DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
 
This statement does not change in any way the IRA that you purchased. Rather, it simply discusses important facts that you should know about your IRA. For example, IRA means "individual retirement annuity" or "individual retirement account." The information herein is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and rulings thereunder (referred to as the "Code"). This disclosure statement is for your general information, and is not intended to be exhaustive or conclusive, to apply to any particular person or situation, or to be used as a substitute for qualified legal or tax advice. Further information about your IRA can be obtained from any district office of the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") and from IRS Publication 590, (“Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs) (including Roth IRAs and Education IRAs)”). In this document, "the Company" refers to Protective Life Insurance Company.
 
You may revoke your IRA at your option according to the “Right to Cancel” provision of the face page of your Contract. If you revoke your IRA within seven (7) days after you purchase or establish it, the entire amount you paid for your IRA will be returned to you without any adjustment for commissions, administrative expenses or fluctuation in market value. To revoke you IRA, you must notify the Company or any agent of the Company within the seven (7) day revocation period. The revocation must be in writing and may be either mailed or delivered. If mailed, written notice is deemed received on the date of postmark (or if sent by certified or registered mail, the day of certification or registration) if you put it in the mail in the United States in an envelope, or appropriate wrapper, first class postage prepaid, properly addressed. If you make notice of your revocation to the Company please direct it to:
 
Annuity Services
P. O. Box 1928
Birmingham, Alabama 35282-8238
Telephone: (800) 456-6330
 
If a change in information set forth in this disclosure statement or the agreement occurs before the end of the seven (7) day revocation period, we will send you an amendment and you will have seven (7) days after receipt of the amendment to revoke.
 
A Roth IRA is one form of individual retirement arrangement authorized by the Code. It allows the owner to set aside money for your retirement. Earnings in your Roth IRA are not taxed until they are distributed to you, and will not be taxed if they are a "qualified distribution." The following restrictions and limitations apply to your Protective Roth IRA.
 
1.         ELIGIBILITY
You are eligible to establish or make a contribution to your Roth IRA, provided you meet certain income limits. Generally, you are eligible to establish or make contributions to your IRA in a year to the extent you have compensation for the year, and provided that such contributions (1) do not exceed the maximum allowable annual contributions under Code Section 219(b), including “catch-up” contributions for certain individuals age 50 and older, or (2) constitute “rollovers” or “transfers.” No deduction is allowed for contributions to your Roth IRA. Contributions to your Roth IRA may be made even after you attain age 70½.
 
The maximum annual contribution limit for IRA contributions is equal to $5,000 for 2008. After 2008, the limit is adjusted annually for inflation in $500 increments, except as otherwise provided by law.
 
An individual who has attained age 50 may make additional “catch-up” IRA contributions. The maximum annual contribution limit for the individual is increased by $1,000 for 2006 and thereafter, except as otherwise provided by law.
 
Due to the foregoing limits, if the minimum initial Purchase Payment requirement for your contract exceeds the amounts in the prior paragraph, you may establish your IRA using those contracts only by way of a rollover or transfer, as described in section 2, below. Subsequent Purchase Payments are subject to the annual limitations in this section 1.
 
 
IPV-2172
1 of 6
12/11
 
2.
ROLLOVERS, TRANSFERS AND CONVERSIONS
 
a.
Rollovers and Transfers to Roth IRAs
A rollover is generally a tax-free distribution or transfer of cash or other assets from one retirement program to another. A rollover may be made to a Roth IRA only if it is "qualified rollover contribution." A "qualified rollover contribution" is a rollover to a Roth IRA from another Roth IRA or from an IRA, but only if such rollover contribution also meets the rollover requirements for IRAs under section 408(d)(3). In addition, a transfer may be made to a Roth IRA directly from another Roth IRA or from an IRA.
 
The rollover requirements of section 408(d)(3) are complex and should be carefully considered before you make a rollover. One of the requirements is that the amount received be paid into another IRA (or Roth IRA) within 60 days after receipt of the distribution. In addition, a rollover distribution from a Roth IRA may be made by you only once a year. The one-year period begins on the date you receive the Roth IRA distribution, not on the date you roll it over (reinvest it) into another Roth IRA. If you withdraw assets from a Roth IRA, you may roll over part of the withdrawal tax free into another Roth IRA and keep the rest of it. A portion of the amount you keep may be included in your gross income (see section 4, below).
 
b.
Taxation of Rollovers and Transfers to Roth IRAs
A qualified rollover contribution or transfer from a Roth IRA maintained for your benefit to another Roth IRA maintained for your benefit which meets the rollover requirements for IRAs under section 408(d)(3) is tax-free.
 
In the case of a qualified rollover contribution or a transfer from an IRA maintained for your benefit to a Roth IRA maintained for your benefit, any portion of the amount rolled over or transferred which would be includable in your gross income were it not part of a qualified rollover contribution or a nontaxable transfer will be includable in your gross income. However, section 72(t) of the Code (relating to the 10 percent penalty tax on premature distributions) will not apply.
 
If amounts rolled over, transferred, or converted from a non-Roth IRA (a "conversion") are withdrawn from a Roth IRA within the 5-year period beginning with the date of conversion, then amounts withdrawn which were includible in income due to the conversion would be subject to the 10% penalty tax on premature distributions and, if the 4-year income inclusion rule applied to the conversion, an additional 10% tax.
 
c.
Transfers of Excess Contributions to Roth IRAs
If, before the due date of your federal income tax return for any taxable year (not including extensions), you transfer, from an IRA, contributions for such taxable year (and earnings thereon) to a Roth IRA, such amounts will not be includible in gross income to the extent that no deduction was allowed with respect to such amount.
 
d.
Taxation of Conversions of Traditional IRAs to Roth IRAs
All or part of amounts in an IRA maintained for your benefit may be converted into a Roth IRA maintained for your benefit. The conversion of an IRA to a Roth IRA is treated as a special type of qualified rollover distribution. Hence, you must be eligible to make a qualified rollover distribution in order to convert an IRA to a Roth IRA. A conversion typically will result in the inclusion of some or all of your IRA's value in gross income, as described above.
 
A conversion of an IRA to a Roth IRA can be made without taking an actual distribution from your IRA. For example, an individual may make a conversion by notifying the IRA issuer or trustee, whichever is applicable.
 
e.
Separate Roth IRAs
Though not required, it may be advantageous to maintain amounts rolled over, transferred, or converted from an IRA into Roth IRAs separate from those containing regular Roth IRA contributions due to the complexity of the tax law. For the same reason, you should consider maintaining a separate Roth IRA for each amount rolled over, transferred, or converted from an IRA.
 
You should consult your tax advisor if you intend to contribute rollover, transfer, or conversion amounts to your contract or if you intend to roll over or transfer amounts from your contract to another Roth IRA maintained for your benefit.
 
UNDER SOME CIRCUMSTANCES, IT MIGHT NOT BE ADVISABLE TO ROLLOVER, TRANSFER, OR CONVERT ALL OR PART OF AN IRA TO A ROTH IRA.   WHETHER YOU SHOULD DO SO WILL DEPEND ON YOUR PARTICULAR FACTS AND CIRCUMSTANCES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, SUCH FACTORS AS WHETHER YOU QUALIFY TO MAKE SUCH A ROLLOVER, TRANSFER, OR CONVERSION, YOUR FINANCIAL SITUATION, AGE, CURRENT AND FUTURE INCOME NEEDS, YEARS TO RETIREMENT, CURRENT AND FUTURE TAX RATE, YOUR ABILITY AND DESIRE TO PAY CURRENT INCOME TAXES WITH RESPECT TO AMOUNTS ROLLED OVER, TRANSFERRED, OR CONVERTED, AND WHETHER SUCH TAXES MIGHT NEED TO BE PAID WITH WITHDRAWALS FROM YOUR ROTH IRA (SEE DISCUSSION BELOW OF "NONQUALIFIED DISTRIBUTIONS").   YOU SHOULD CONSULT A QUALIFIED TAX ADVISOR BEFORE ROLLING OVER, TRANSFERRING, OR CONVERTING ALL OR PART OF AN IRA TO A ROTH IRA.
 
3.         NATURE OF YOUR IRA
Your IRA is an annuity contract intended to qualify under Code Section 408(b) as an individual retirement annuity. It has the following characteristics:
 
a.
Your IRA is not transferable by the owner (you).
 
b.
You may make additional contributions to your IRA, subject to certain limits under federal tax law.
Unless otherwise provided by applicable federal tax law, each additional contribution (1) must be at least $50, and (2) except in the case of a non-taxable rollover or transfer contribution, as described above, may not exceed the amount allowable under Code Section 219(b). The amount of the maximum annual IRA contribution under Code Section 219(b) may vary from year to year. In addition, if you have attained age 50, you may be eligible to make additional “catch-up” IRA contributions under Code Section 219(b). The amount of the catch-up contribution depends on your adjusted gross income (“AGI”), and may vary from year to year.
 
 
c.
Distributions from your IRA generally must satisfy the minimum distribution requirements set forth in Code Section 401(a)(9) and Code Section 408(b)(3). Your entire interest from your IRA must be distributed, or commence being distributed, no later than April 1 of the year after the year in which you attain age 702 (or such later date provided by law) over any of the following periods:
 
1)         Your life, with or without a period certain not extending beyond your life expectancy;
2)         The lives of you and your designated beneficiary (within the meaning of Code Section
401(a)(9)), with or without a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary;
3)         A period certain not extending beyond your life expectancy;
4)
A period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of you and your designated beneficiary.
 
d.
If you die before distributions have begun, your entire interest in the contract will be distributed to your designated beneficiary by December 31 of the year containing the fifth anniversary of your death; provided, however, distribution may be made over your designated beneficiary's life or life expectancy, if started by December 31 of the year after your death. If you die after distributions have begun, all remaining annuity payments will be distributed at least as rapidly as the method of distribution in effect as of your date of death.   For these purposes, distributions will have considered to have begun generally on April 1 after the year in which you attain age 70½ or, if earlier, on the date annuity payments commence in a form acceptable under the Code. If your surviving spouse is the designated beneficiary under your IRA, special rules exist allowing your surviving spouse to elect to treat your IRA as his or her own.
 
e.
Your entire interest in the annuity is non-forfeitable, and the annuity is for the exclusive benefit of you and your designated beneficiary.
 
4.
INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
a.         Tax Status
The money in your Roth IRA accumulates tax-free each year. This permits you to receive the maximum benefits from your contributions.
 
b.         Qualified Distributions
Any "qualified distribution" from a Roth IRA is excludible from gross income. A "qualified distribution" is a payment or distribution which satisfies two requirements. First, the payment or distribution must be (a) made after you attain 59 ½, (b) made after your death, (c) attributable to your being disabled (as defined by section 72(m)(7) of the Code), or (d) a "qualified special purpose distribution" (i.e., a qualified first-time homebuyer distribution under section 72(t)(2)(F) of the Code). Second, the payment or distribution must be made in a taxable year that is at least five years after (1) the first taxable year for which a contribution was made to any Roth IRA established for you, or (2) in the case of a rollover from, or a conversion of, an IRA to a Roth IRA, the taxable year in which the rollover or conversion was made if the payment or distribution is allocable (as determined in the manner set forth in guidance issued by the IRS) to the rollover contribution or conversion (or to income allocable thereto).
 
c.         Nonqualified Distributions
A distribution from a Roth IRA which is not a qualified distribution is taxed under section Code 72 (relating to annuities), except that such distribution is treated as made from contributions to the Roth IRA to the extent that such distribution, when added to all previous distributions from the Roth IRA, does not exceed the aggregate amount of contributions to the Roth IRA. For purposes of determining the amount taxed, (a) all Roth IRAs established for you will be treated as one contract, (b) all distributions during any taxable year from Roth IRAs established for you will be treated as one distribution, and (c) the value of the contract, income on the contract, and investment in the contract, if applicable, will be computed as of the close of the calendar year in which the taxable year begins.
 
An additional tax of 10% is imposed on nonqualified distributions (including amounts deemed distributed as the result of a prohibited loan or use of your Roth IRA as security for a loan) made before the benefited individual has attained age 59 ½, unless (1) such distribution is made on account of death or disability; (2) such distribution is part of a series of substantially equal payments (made at least annually) over your life or your life expectancy or the lives of you and your beneficiary; or (3) such distribution is used for qualified first-time homebuyer expenses, qualified higher education expenses, certain medical expenses, or by an unemployed individual to pay health insurance premiums. Special conditions apply to these exceptions from the penalty tax.
 
d.         Loans and Prohibited Transactions
If you borrow any money under your IRA annuity (or, by use of your IRA annuity, borrow any money), the IRA will lose its tax-favored status as an IRA, and its fair market value will be deemed distributed as of the first day of the tax year in which the borrowing occurs. Once the IRA annuity loses its tax-favored status, you are required to include the fair market value of the assets in your income for that tax year. Fair market value is determined as of the first day of that tax year in which the borrowing occurs. (Also, it should be noted that special prohibited transaction rules apply to IRA accounts.)
 
5.
ESTATE TAX
Generally, the value of your IRA is included in your gross estate for federal estate tax purposes.
 
6.
EXCISE TAX ON EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS
Generally, any contributions exceeding the limitations described in section 1 (“ELIGIBILITY AND CONTRIBUTIONS”) are excess contributions and, if not withdrawn by the date your tax return is due for the year of the contribution, are subject to a nondeductible 6% excise tax. The excess is taxed for the year of the excess contribution and for each year after that until corrected. The amount of this excise tax for any tax year cannot exceed 6% of the value of the contract as of the close of the year. You must request a withdrawal of any excess contributions to your Roth IRA.
 
7.
TAX RETURN
Generally, a Form 5329 (Additional Taxes Attributable to Qualified Retirement Plans (Including IRAs), Annuities, and Modified Endowment Contracts) must be filed if an individual owes taxes on premature distributions from, or excess contributions to, his Roth IRA. You, therefore, must file Form 5329 with the Internal Revenue Service for each taxable year during which excise taxes are due as a result of a premature distribution, or failure to receive a mandatory excess distribution.
 
 
8.
IRS APPROVAL
Your IRA annuity has not been submitted to the Internal Revenue Service for approval as to the form of the contract.
 
9.
AMENDMENT
Protective Life reserves the right to amend the contract as necessary or advisable from time to time to comply with future changes in the Internal Revenue Code, regulations or other requirements imposed by the IRS to obtain or maintain its approval of the annuity as a Roth IRA. We will send you a copy of the endorsement that modifies your Roth IRA and will obtain all necessary approvals including, if required, that of the owner.
 
10.
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
There are no loads or sales charges deducted when the contract is issued. Agent commissions are paid by
Protective Life Insurance Company.
 
11.
CONTRACT AND ROTH IRA ENDORSEMENT
While this disclosure statement discusses important facts that you should know about your Roth IRA, the contract and Roth IRA endorsement set forth the legal obligations of you and the company. Because of the technical nature of these documents, you may wish to consult with your tax advisor.
 
12.
CONTRACT VALUES
Your Contract Value is comprised of the sum of the Variable Account value and the Guaranteed Account value. The Variable Account value reflects the aggregate investment experience of the Funds in which the sub- accounts you have selected invests. There is no minimum Variable Account value.
 
Interest rates for accounts in the Guaranteed Account are set by the company from time to time but will never be less than the minimum non-forfeiture interest rate in effect when your contract was issued. The minimum non- forfeiture interest rate will never be less than an annual effective interest rate of 1% nor more than 3%. Generally, the interest rate credited to amounts allocated to a Fixed Account – if available – is guaranteed for one year from the date the purchase payment or transfer is allocated to it. Other accounts within the Guaranteed Account may have other interest guarantees. After an interest rate guarantee expires, the new guaranteed rate will be the interest rate then in effect for the account and type of deposit on the date the amount is applied. Because the company anticipates periodically changing the current interest rate, different allocations made at different times to different accounts within the Guaranteed Account may be credited with different current interest rates. For the purposes of interest crediting, amounts deducted, transferred or withdrawn from an account within the Guaranteed Account will be accounted for on a “first-in, first-out@ (FIFO) basis.
 
Surrenders will result in the cancellation of Accumulation Units from a Sub-Account or a reduction of the Guaranteed Account value, as appropriate. Surrenders, including any applicable surrender charges, will be made on a pro-rata basis from your Allocation Options. The surrender charges that apply to your Contract are described on the Schedule.
 
We will deduct a Mortality and Expense Risk charge to compensate for assuming the mortality and expense risks and an Administrative charge to offset the administrative costs of the Contract. These charges are deducted daily from the Variable Account. The Mortality and Expense Risk charge and Administrative charge applicable to your Contract is shown on the Schedule.
 
We will also deduct a Premium Based Fee to help defray distribution costs. This fee is based on purchase payments and deducted for the first 7 years (28 quarters) after each purchase payment is credited to the Contract. The Premium Based Fee that applies to your Contract is described on the Schedule.
 
You may be charged a transfer fee of $25 per transfer you if exceed 12 transfers in any contract year.
 
Your Contract may be subject to an annual Contract Maintenance Fee is $50. If it applies, it is deducted on each Contract Anniversary prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, and on any day that the Contract is surrendered prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, if the surrender occurs on any day other than the Contract Anniversary. The Contract Maintenance Fee will be deducted from the Allocation Option(s) in the same proportion as their respective values are to the Contract Value. The Contract Maintenance Fee will be waived by the Company in the event the Contract Value or the aggregate Purchase Payments, reduced by surrenders, equals or exceeds $75,000 on the date the Contract Maintenance Fee is to be deducted.
 
Additional fees or charges are also assessed for certain optional benefits that you may have purchased when the contract was issued, or that you may purchase after that date. These fees or charges are described in the riders or endorsements we issue to explain the optional benefit(s) you select.
 
This section is a general description of the charges that may apply to Protective Dimensions series variable annuity contracts. Please refer to your Contract and the prospectus you received for complete details.
 
Protective Life Insurance Company
Exhibit (h)(5)(vi)
AMENDMENT TO FUND PARTICIPATION AND SERVICE AGREEMENT
 
Protective Life Insurance Company (“Insurance Company”), for itself and on behalf of one or more separate accounts of the Insurance Company (“Separate Accounts”), American Funds Distributors, Inc. (“AFD”), American Funds Service Company (“Transfer Agent”), Capital Research and Management Company (“CRMC”) and American Funds Insurance Series (the “Series”) entered into a certain Fund Participation and Service Agreement dated June 18, 2015 (the “Agreement”). This Amendment (this “Amendment”) to the Agreement is entered into as of August 1, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), by and among the parties to the Agreement.
 
AMENDMENT
 
For good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is acknowledged, the parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:
 
1.
Exhibit A is deleted and replaced with the attached Exhibit A.
 
2.
Except as specifically set forth herein, all other provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this amendment to be executed as of the Effective Date.
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
for itself and on behalf of the Separate Accounts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: ___________________________
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMERICAN FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: ___________________________
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMERICAN FUNDS SERVICE COMPANY:
 
 
 
 
 
 
By: ___________________________
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAPITAL RESEARCH AND MANAGEMENT COMPANY:
 
By: ___________________________
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
AMERICAN FUNDS INSURANCE SERIES:
 
 
 
 
 
By: _____________________________
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
EXHIBIT A
 
Insurance Company Accounts
 
Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account
Protective Variable Life Separate Account
Protective COLI VUL Separate Account
Protective COLI PPVUL Separate Account
PLICO Variable Annuity Account S
Protective BOLI PPVUL Separate Account
 
 
Exhibit (h)(7)(iii)
 
AMENDMENT TO PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
 
THIS AMENDMENT TO PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of the 10th day of August, 2022, by and among PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Tennessee (the “Company”), acting herein for and on behalf of itself and on behalf of each separate account set forth in Schedule B to the Participation Agreement between the parties (the “Separate Accounts”); ROYCE CAPITAL FUND (the “Fund”); and ROYCE FUND SERVICES, LLC (formerly Royce Fund Services, Inc.) (the “Distributor” and collectively with the Fund, “Royce”).
 
RECITALS
 
WHEREAS, the Company and Royce are parties to a certain Participation Agreement dated November 1, 2009 (the “Agreement”);
 
WHEREAS, the parties further desire to amend the Agreement to update the separate accounts and insurance contracts listed in Schedule B; and,
 
WHEREAS, the parties now desire to modify the Agreement as provided herein.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and conditions set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:
 
1.
Schedule B. Schedule B to the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Schedule B as attached hereto.
 
2.
Ratification and Confirmation of Agreement.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Amendment and the Agreement, it is the intention of the parties that the terms of this Amendment shall control and the Agreement shall be interpreted on that basis.  To the extent the provisions of the Agreement have not been amended by this Amendment, the parties hereby confirm and ratify the Agreement.
 
3.
Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
4.
Full Force and Effect.  Except as expressly supplemented, amended or consented to hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unamended and shall continue to be in full force and effect.
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
 
 
PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
On its behalf and each Separate Account named in
 
 
 
 
Schedule B to the Agreement
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:______________________________________
 
 
ROYCE CAPITAL FUND
 
 
By:
 
Name:_____________________________________
Title:______________________________________
 
 
ROYCE FUND SERVICES, LLC
 
 
By:
 
Name:_____________________________________
Title:______________________________________
 
SCHEDULE B
SEPARATE ACCOUNTS AND CONTRACTS
 
Separate Account
Contracts
-------------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------------------------------------
PLICO Variable Annuity Account S
Schwab Genesis Variable Annuity
Schwab Genesis Advisory Variable Annuity
 
Protective COLI VUL
Protective Executive Benefits Registered VUL
 
Protective COLI PPVUL
Protective Executive Benefits Private Placement VUL
 
Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account
Protective Variable Annuity
Protective Variable Annuity II
ProtectiveValues
ProtectiveValues Advantage
ProtectiveValues Access
Protective Rewards B2A
Rewards II
Rewards Elite
Protective Access XL
Protective Dimensions
Protective Variable Annuity, Series B, C and
L
Protective Investors Series
Protective Dimensions II
Protective Variable Annuity II B Series
Protective Investors Series- ADV
Protective Dimensions III
Protective Dimensions IV
Protective Investors Benefit Advisory Variable Annuity
 
Protective Variable Life Separate Account 
Executive
Premiere II
Premiere II 2003
Single Premium Plus
Provider
Preserver
Preserver II
Protector
Premiere III
Investors Choice
Protective Strategic Objectives II VUL
 
United Investors Universal Life Variable
 
Advantage Plus VUL
Account
Protective Acquired Variable Annuity
 
FI VA
Separate Account 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Protective BOLI PPVUL Separate Account          Protective Executive Benefits Private
Placement VUL
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit (h)(8)(v)
 
Fifth Amendment to Participation Agreement
Among
Protective Life Insurance Company
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, and
PIMCO Investments LLC
Protective Life Insurance Company (the “Company”), on its behalf and on behalf of certain Accounts of the Company, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust (the “Fund”), and PIMCO Investments LLC (the “Underwriter”), have previously entered into a Participation Agreement dated November 1, 2009, as amended (the “Agreement”).  The parties now desire to further amend the Agreement by this amendment (the “Amendment”).
Except as modified hereby, all other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  Unless otherwise indicated, the terms defined in the Agreement, as amended, shall have the same meaning in this Amendment.
A M E N D M E N T
 
For good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:
1.
Schedule A of the Agreement is deleted and replaced in its entirety with the Schedule A attached hereto.
2.
All other terms and provisions of the Agreement not amended herein shall remain in full force and effect.
 
Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original.
 
[Signature Page Follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused the Amendment to be executed and effective as of August 9, 2022.
 
 
PROTECTIVE LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY:
By its authorized officer
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
_________________________________
 
Title:
_________________________________
 
 
 
 
PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST:
By its authorized officer
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
______________________________
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
PIMCO INVESTMENTS LLC
By its authorized officer
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule A
 
 
The term “Designated Portfolio” of the Fund will include any currently offered class of any Portfolio of the Fund, as noted below, as well as any Portfolio of the Fund or any share class of any Portfolio created subsequent to the date hereof.
 
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust: All Portfolios offering Administrative Class, Advisor Class and/or Institutional Class shares. 
 
The terms “Segregated Asset Accounts” and “Products” of the Company include any existing Segregated Asset Accounts and Products (as listed below) as well as any Segregated Asset Accounts and/or Products created subsequent to the date hereof, that offer Designated Portfolios.  
 
Segregated Asset Accounts and Products
Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account – All Products
Protective Variable Life Separate Account – All Products
Protective COLI PPVUL – All Products
Protective COLI VUL – All Products
PLICO Variable Annuity Account S – All Products
Protective BOLI PPVUL Separate Account – All Products
 
Exhibit (l)(3)
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned Directors of Protective Life Insurance Company, a Tennessee corporation, (“Company”) by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint Richard J. Bielen, Bradford Rodgers or Steven G. Walker, and each or any of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the following Post-Effective Amendments to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 filed by the Company, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940:
 
Protective Dimensions V  Variable Annuity File No. 333-[       ]
   
 
Further, each of the undersigned authorizes said attorney-in-fact, and each of them, to execute and sign any and all post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, and to file same, with all exhibits and schedules thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and with such state securities authorities as may be appropriate, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes of the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent or any of them which they may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has hereunto set his hand and sealed this 9th day of September, 2022.
 
 
/s/ Paul R. Wells                   /s/ Richard J. Bielen                   
Paul R. Wells Richard J. Bielen
   
   
/s/ Steven G. Walker                    
Steven G. Walker  
 
WITNESS TO ALL SIGNATURES:
 
/s/ Bradford Rodgers               
Bradford Rodgers
 
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Exhibit (o)
Summary Prospectus for New Investors
[]
Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity
Protective Life Insurance Company
Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account
P.O. Box 10648
Birmingham, Alabama 35202‑0648
Telephone: 1‑800‑456‑6330
Fax: 205‑268‑6479
www.protective.com
This Summary Prospectus summarizes key features of the Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity Contract (the “Contract”). You should read this Summary Prospectus carefully, particularly the section titled Important Information You Should Consider About the Contract.
Before you invest, you should review the Prospectus for the Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity Contract (the “Prospectus”), which contains more information about the Contract, including its features, benefits, and risks. You can find the Prospectus and other information about the Contract online at www.protective.com/productprospectus. You can also obtain this information at no cost by calling 1-800-456-6330 or by sending an email request to prospectus@protective.com.
YOU MAY CANCEL YOUR CONTRACT WITHIN 10 DAYS OF RECEIVING IT
WITHOUT PAYING FEES OR PENALTIES.
In some states, this cancellation period may be longer. Upon cancellation, you will receive either a full refund of the amount you paid with your application or your total Contract Value. You should review the prospectus, or consult with your investment professional, for additional information about the specific cancellation terms that apply.
Additional information about certain investment products, including variable annuities, has been prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s staff and is available at Investor.gov.
The SEC has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Summary Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
PRO.DIMENSIONSV.##.22 C000xxxxxx

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3
6
9
10
13
14
15
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL TERMS
“We”, “us”, “our”, “Protective Life”, and “Company”  refer to Protective Life Insurance Company. “You”, “your” and “Owner” refer to the person(s) who has been issued a Contract.
Accumulation Unit A unit of measure used to calculate the value of a Sub-Account prior to the Annuity Date.
Administrative Office Protective Life Insurance Company, P.O. Box 10648, Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648 (for Written Notice sent by U.S. postal service) or Protective Life Insurance Company, 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223 (for Written Notice sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service).
Annual Withdrawal Amount or AWA The maximum amount that may be withdrawn from the Contract under the SecurePay FXi rider each Contract Year after the Benefit Election Date without reducing the Benefit Base.
Annuity Date The date as of which the Annuity Value is applied to an Annuity Option.
Annuity Option The payout option under which the Company makes annuity income payments.
Annuity Value The amount we apply to the Annuity Option you have selected. Generally, this amount is your Contract Value less any applicable fees, charges and premium taxes.
Assumed Investment Return The assumed annual rate of return used to calculate the amount of the variable income payments.
Benefit Base If you select a SecurePay rider, the Benefit Base is used to determine the amount available to withdraw under the rider.
Benefit Election Date The date you choose to start your SecurePay Withdrawals.
Contract  The Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity, a flexible premium, deferred, variable and fixed annuity contract.
Contract Anniversary The same month and day as the Issue Date in each subsequent year of the Contract.
Contract Value  Before the Annuity Date, the sum of the Variable Account value and the Guaranteed Account value.
Contract Year Any period of 12 months commencing with the Issue Date or any Contract Anniversary.
Covered Person The person or persons upon whose lives the benefits of a SecurePay FXi rider, as applicable, are based. There may not be more than two Covered Persons.
DCA Dollar cost averaging.
DCA Accounts A part of the Guaranteed Account, but separate from the Fixed Account. The DCA Accounts are designed to transfer amounts to the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account systematically over a designated period.
Death Benefit The amount we pay to the beneficiary if an Owner dies before the Annuity Date.
Due Proof of Death Receipt at our Administrative Office of a certified death certificate or judicial order from a court of competent jurisdiction or similar tribunal.
Excess Withdrawals Any portion of a withdrawal that, when aggregated with all prior withdrawals during a Contract Year, exceeds the maximum withdrawal amount permitted under the SecurePay FXi rider.
Fixed Account A part of the Guaranteed Account, but separate from the DCA Accounts. Amounts allocated or transferred to the Fixed Account earn interest from the date the funds are credited to the account.
Fund Any investment portfolio in which a corresponding Sub-Account invests.
Good Order (“good order”) A request or transaction generally is considered in “Good Order” if we receive it in our Administrative Office within the time limits, if any, prescribed in the Prospectus for a particular transaction or instruction, it includes all information necessary for us to execute the requested instruction or transaction, and is signed by the individual or individuals authorized to provide the instruction or engage in the transaction. A request or transaction may be rejected or delayed if not in Good Order. Good Order generally means the actual receipt by us of the instructions relating to the request or transaction in writing (or, when permitted, by telephone or Internet as described above) along with all forms, information and supporting legal documentation we require to effect the instruction or transaction. This information and documentation generally includes, to the extent applicable: the completed application or instruction
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
form; your contract number; the transaction amount (in dollars or percentage terms); the names and allocations to and/or from the Investment Options affected by the requested transaction; the signatures of all Owners (exactly as indicated on the Contract), if necessary; Social Security Number or Tax I.D.; and any other information or supporting documentation that we may require, including any spousal or Joint Owner’s consents. With respect to Purchase Payments, Good Order also generally includes receipt by us of sufficient funds to effect the purchase. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in Good Order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any Good Order requirement at any time. If you have any questions, you should contact us or your registered representative before submitting the form or request.
Guaranteed Account The Fixed Account, the DCA Accounts and any other Investment Option we may offer with interest rate guarantees.
Investment Option Any account to which you may allocate Purchase Payments or transfer Contract Value under this Contract. The Investment Options are the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account and the Guaranteed Account available in this Contract.
Issue Date The date as of which we credit the initial Purchase Payment to the Contract and the date the Contract takes effect.
Maximum Annuity Date The latest date on which you must surrender or annuitize the Contract, currently the oldest Owner’s or Annuitant’s 95th birthday.
Monthly Anniversary Date The same day each month as the Issue Date, or the last day of any month that does not have the same day as the Issue Date.
Owner The person or persons who own the Contract and are entitled to exercise all rights and privileges provided in the Contract.
Prohibited Allocation Instruction An instruction from you to allocate Purchase Payments or Contract Value or to take withdrawals that is not consistent with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions required in order to maintain the SecurePay FXi rider. If we receive a Prohibited Allocation Instruction, we will terminate your SecurePay FXi rider.
Purchase Payment The amount(s) paid by the Owner and accepted by the Company as consideration for this Contract.
Qualified Contracts Contracts issued in connection with retirement plans that receive favorable tax treatment under Sections 401, 408, 408A or 457 of the Code.
Qualified Plans Retirement plans that receive favorable tax treatment under Sections 401, 408, 408A or 457 of the Code.
Quarterly Anniversary The same month and day as the Contract Issue Date in each calendar quarter prior to the Annuity Date. If any Quarterly Anniversary is not a Valuation Date, we will calculate the quarterly value as of the next Valuation Period. If, however, a Quarterly Anniversary does not occur during a month, then we will calculate that quarterly value as of the prior Valuation Date.
Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement A periodic supplement to the information contained in the Prospectus which sets forth the current fees for the available optional death benefit riders, the current fee for the SecurePay FXi rider, and the current Maximum Withdrawal Percentage(s) and current roll-up percentage(s) under the SecurePay FXi rider available when you purchase your Contract. See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (‘SECUREPAY FXi’) — Determining the Amount of Your SecurePay Withdrawals.”
Rider Issue Date The date a SecurePay FXi rider is issued.
RightTime The ability to purchase the Protected Lifetime Income Benefit rider, SecurePay FXi, after your Contract is issued, so long as you satisfy the rider’s issue requirements and the rider is still available for sale.
Sub-Account A separate division of the Variable Account.
Valuation Date Each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.
Valuation Period The period which begins at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (usually 3:00 p.m. Central Time) on any Valuation Date and ends at the close of regular trading on the next Valuation Date. A Valuation Period ends earlier if the New York Stock Exchange closes early on certain scheduled days (such as the Friday after Thanksgiving or Christmas Eve) or in case of an emergency.
Variable Account The Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account, a separate investment account of Protective Life.
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Written Notice A notice or request submitted in writing in Good Order that we receive at the Administrative Office via U.S. postal service or nationally recognized overnight delivery service. Please note that we use the term “written notice” in lower case to refer to a notice that we may send to you.
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
IMPORTANT INFORMATION YOU SHOULD CONSIDER ABOUT THE CONTRACT
FEES AND EXPENSES
Charges for Early Withdrawals
If you surrender or make a withdrawal from your Contract within seven (7) years following your last Purchase Payment and before the Annuity Date, you will be assessed a surrender charge of up to 7% on the amount of the withdrawal minus the annual free withdrawal amount. The surrender charge is based on cumulative Purchase Payments under the Contract. For Contracts with total cumulative Purchase Payments equaling less than $50,000, the surrender charge starts at 7% and declines to 0% over seven (7) years. For Contracts with total cumulative Purchase Payments of at least $100,000 but less than $250,000, the surrender charge starts at 5%.
For example, assume you purchased a Contract with a single Purchase Payment of $100,000 and surrender the Contract during the first Contract Year. Your free withdrawal amount is $10,000 (10% x $100,000) and is not subject to a surrender charge. For Contracts with total cumulative Purchase Payments of at least $100,000 but less than $250,000, the surrender charge starts at 5%. You will be assessed a withdrawal charge of up to $4,500 (5% x $90,000) on the remaining amount of your surrender request.
For additional information about charges for surrenders and early withdrawals, see “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS – Surrender Charge (Contingent Deferred Sales Charge)” in the Prospectus.
Transaction Charges
In addition to surrender charges, you may also be assessed a Premium Based Charge after making a Purchase Payment, and a fee for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in a Contract Year.
For additional information about transaction charges, see “FEE TABLE – Transaction Expenses” and “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS” in the Prospectus.
Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual charges)
The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay each year, depending on the options you choose. Please refer to your Contract specifications page for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.
Annual Fee
Minimum
Maximum
Base contract (1)
[]%
[]%
Investment options (Fund fees and expenses) (2)
[]%
[]%
Optional benefits available for an additional charge
See Rate
Sheet
Prospectus
Supplement(3)
See Rate
Sheet
Prospectus
Supplement(4)
(1)
We calculate the Base Contract fee by dividing the total amount we receive from the annual contract maintenance fee, the mortality and expense risk charge and the administration charge for the last fiscal year by the total average net assets attributable to the Contracts for that year.
(2)
As a percentage of Fund assets.
(3)
As an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning on the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date. This charge is the current charge for the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit, the least expensive optional benefit available for an additional charge.
(4)
As an annualized percentage of the Benefit Base on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning on the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date following election of the rider. This charge is the current charge for the SecurePay FXi Rider under the RightTime Option, the most expensive optional benefit available for an additional charge.
Because your Contract is customizable, the options and benefits you choose can affect how much you will pay. To help you understand the cost of owning your Contract, the following table shows the lowest and highest cost you could pay each year, based
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
on current charges. These estimates assume that you do not take any withdrawals from the Contract, which could add surrender charges, that substantially increase costs.
Lowest Annual Cost
$[]:
Highest Annual Cost
$[]:
Assumes: Assumes:

Investment of  $100,000

5% annual appreciation

Least expensive combination of Base Contract fee and Fund fees and expenses

No optional benefits

No additional Purchase Payments, transfers or withdrawals

Investment of  $100,000

5% annual appreciation

Most expensive combination of Base Contract fee, optional benefits and Fund fees and expenses

No additional Purchase Payments, transfers, or withdrawals
For additional information about annual charges, please see “FEE TABLE” and “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS” in the Prospectus.
RISKS
Risk of Loss
You can lose money by investing in this Contract, including loss of principal.
For additional information about the risk of loss, see “PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE CONTRACT” in the Prospectus.
Not a Short-Term Investment
This Contract is not a short-term investment and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. Although you are permitted to take withdrawals or surrender the Contract, surrender charges and federal and state income taxes may apply.
Surrender charges may apply for up to seven (7) years following your last Purchase Payment. Withdrawals will reduce your Contract Value and death benefit.
The benefits of tax deferral and living benefit protections also mean the Contract is less beneficial to investors with a short time horizon.
For additional information about the investment profile of the Contract, see “PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE CONTRACT,” “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS,” ”FEDERAL TAX MATTERS,” and “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL” in the Prospectus.
Risks Associated with Investment Options
An investment in this Contract is subject to the risk of poor investment performance and can vary depending on the performance of the Investment Options available under the Contract.
Each Investment Option (including the Guaranteed Account) has its own unique risks.
You should review the prospectuses for the available Funds and consult with your financial professional before making an investment decision.
For additional information about the risks associated with Investment Options, see “PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE CONTRACT” in the Prospectus.
Insurance Company Risks
An investment in the Contract is subject to the risks related to the Company. Any obligations (including under the Guaranteed Account), guarantees, or benefits under the Contract are subject to the claims-paying ability of the Company. More information about the Company, including its financial strength ratings, is available upon request at no charge by calling us at 1-800-456-6330 or writing us at the address shown on the cover page.
For additional information about Company risks, see “PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE CONTRACT,” and “THE COMPANY, VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND FUNDS” in the Prospectus.
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
RESTRICTIONS
Investments
Currently, there is no charge when you transfer Contract Value among Investment Options. However, we reserve the right to charge $25 for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in any Contract Year in the future.
We reserve the right to remove or substitute Funds as Investment Options that are available under the Contract. We also reserve the right to restrict the allocation of additional Purchase Payments and/or transfers of Contract Value to a Fund if we determine the Fund no longer meets one or more of our Fund selection criteria and/or if a Fund has not attracted significant contract owner assets.
For additional information about Investment Options, see “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS – Transfer Fee” and “THE COMPANY, VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND FUNDS – Selection of Funds – Addition, Deletion or Substitutions of Investments” in the Prospectus.
Optional Benefits
If you select a Protected Lifetime Income Benefit rider:

The Investment Options available to you under the Contract will be limited.

You may not make additional Purchase Payments two years or more after the Rider Issue Date or on or after the Benefit Election Date, whichever comes first.
Withdrawals from Contract Value that exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount under the rider may significantly reduce or eliminate the rider benefits.
We may stop offering an optional benefit rider at any time.
If you purchase an optional death benefit, withdrawals may reduce the benefit by an amount greater than the value withdrawn.
For additional information about the optional benefits, see “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SECUREPAY FXI”)” and “DEATH BENEFIT - Selecting a Death Benefit” in the Prospectus.
TAXES
Tax Implications
You should consult with a qualified tax advisor regarding the federal tax implications of an investment in, payments received under, and other transactions in connection with this Contract.
If you purchase the Contract through a tax-qualified plan or individual retirement account (IRA), you do not get any additional tax benefits. Generally, all earnings on the investments underlying the Contract are tax-deferred until distributed or deemed distributed. A distribution from a non-Qualified Contract, which includes a surrender, withdrawal, payment of a death benefit, or annuity income payments, will generally result in taxable income if there has been an increase in the Contract Value. In the case of a Qualified Contract, a distribution generally will result in taxable income even if there has not been an increase in the Contract Value. In certain circumstances, a 10% additional tax may also apply if the Owner takes a withdrawal before age 59½. All amounts includable in income with respect to the Contract are taxed as ordinary income; no amounts are taxed at the special lower rates applicable to long term capital gains and corporate dividends.
For additional information about tax implications, see “FEDERAL TAX MATTERS” and “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL” in the Prospectus.
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Investment Professional Compensation
We pay compensation, in the form of commissions, non-cash compensation, and asset-based compensation, to broker-dealers in connection with the promotion and sale of the Contracts. A portion of any payments made to the broker-dealers may be passed on to their registered representatives in accordance with their internal compensation programs. The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, asset-based compensation may provide broker-dealers and/or their registered representatives with an incentive to recommend continued investment in the Contracts over other variable insurance products (or other investments). You may wish to take such compensation arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation relating to the Contracts.
For additional information about compensation, see “DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS” in the Prospectus.
Exchanges
Some investment professionals may have a financial incentive to offer you a new contract in place of the contract you already own. You should only exchange your current contract if you determine, after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both contracts, that it is better for you to purchase the new contract rather than continue to own your existing contract.
For additional information about exchanges, see “TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL – Exchanges of Annuity Contracts” in the Prospectus.
OVERVIEW OF THE VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT
Q: What is this Contract, and what is it designed to do?
A: The Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity Contract is designed to provide long-term accumulation of assets through investments in a variety of Investment Options during the accumulation phase. It can supplement your retirement income by providing a stream of income payments during the payout phase. It also offers death benefits to protect your beneficiaries. This Contract may be appropriate if you have a long investment time horizon. It is not intended for people who may need to make early or frequent withdrawals or intend to engage in frequent trading in the Funds, and may not be appropriate for you if you do not have a long-term investment horizon.
Q: How do I accumulate assets in this Contract and receive income from the Contract?
A: Your Contract has two phases: 1) an accumulation (savings) phase: and 2) a payout (income) phase.
1.
Accumulation (Savings) Phase
To help you accumulate assets, you can invest your Purchase Payments in:

Funds (mutual funds), each of which has its own investment strategies, investment advisers, expense ratios, and returns; and

The Fixed Account option, which offers a guaranteed interest rate during a selected period.
Additional information about the Funds in which you can invest is provided in the back of this Summary Prospectus. See FUND APPENDIX: FUNDS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT.
2.
Payout (Income) Phase
You can elect to annuitize your Contract and turn your Contract Value into a stream of income payments (sometimes called annuity payments) from Protective Life Insurance Company, at which time the accumulation phase of the Contract ends. These payments may continue for a fixed period of years, for your entire life, or for the longer of a fixed period or your life. The payments may also be fixed or variable. Variable payments will vary based on the performance of the Investment Options you select. Please note that if you annuitize, your investments will be converted to income payments and you may no longer be able to choose to withdraw money at will from your Contract. All benefits (including guaranteed minimum death benefits and living benefits) terminate upon annuitization.
Q: What are the primary features and options that this Contract offers?
A: Accessing your money. Until you annuitize, you have full access to your money. You can choose to withdraw your Contract Value at any time (although if you withdraw early, you may have to pay surrender charges and income taxes, including an additional tax if you are younger than age 59½).
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Tax treatment. You can transfer money between Investment Options without tax implications, and earnings (if any) on your investments are generally tax-deferred. You are generally taxed when: (1) you make a withdrawal or (2) you receive an income payment from the Contract. Your beneficiary is taxed upon payment of a death benefit. For more information, see “Federal Tax Matters”.
Death benefits. Your Contract includes a basic death benefit, the Contract Value Death Benefit, that will pay your beneficiaries the Contract Value as of the date we receive Due Proof of Death, minus applicable fees and charges. You can purchase optional death benefits for an additional fee. These death benefits may increase the amount of money payable to your beneficiaries upon your death.
Optional benefits that occur during your lifetime. For an additional fee, you can purchase a protected lifetime income benefit rider (the SecurePay FXi rider) to help protect your retirement income from declining markets and/or provide income guarantees to help protect you from outliving your assets, while still maintaining access to your money.
Portfolio rebalancing and dollar cost averaging. At no additional charge, you may select portfolio rebalancing, which automatically rebalances the Sub-Accounts you select to maintain your chosen percentage allocation of Variable Account value among the Sub-Accounts. Alternatively, at no additional charge, you may select dollar cost averaging (DCA), which automatically transfers a specific amount of money from the DCA Account or the Fixed Account to the Sub-Accounts you have selected, at set intervals over a specific period of time. If you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider, we will automatically enroll you in the portfolio rebalancing program.
Automatic withdrawals. You may make pre-authorized withdrawals of a level dollar amount from the Contract on a monthly or quarterly basis before the Annuity Date. There is no charge for the automatic withdrawal program. However, if, during a Contract Year, the amount of the withdrawals exceeds the annual free withdrawal amount, we will deduct a surrender charge. You may also have to pay income taxes, including an additional tax if you are younger than age 59½.
Benefits Available Under the Contract
Q: Are there benefits I can select that will affect how much money that my beneficiaries or I will receive under the Contract, or otherwise will affect my rights under the Contract? What are the features, costs, and any limitations associated with these other benefits?
A: In addition to the Contract Value Death Benefit that is included with your Contract, other optional benefits may also be available to you. The purposes, fees, and restrictions/limitations of these benefits are briefly summarized in the following tables.
Death Benefits
These death benefits are available during the accumulation phase:
Name of Benefit
Purpose
Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional?
Maximum Fee
Brief Description of
Restrictions/Limitations
Contract Value Death Benefit
Guarantees beneficiaries will receive a benefit at least equal to your Contract Value. Standard No charge None.
Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit
Equal to the greater of:
1. the Contract Value or
2. the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal.
Optional [] (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date)

Death Benefit will never be more than the Contract Value plus $1,000,000.

Withdrawals can reduce the value of the Death Benefit by more than the amount withdrawn.

Available only at purchase.

It is possible this Death Benefit will be no greater than the Contract Value Death Benefit, for which we do not assess a fee.
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Name of Benefit
Purpose
Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional?
Maximum Fee
Brief Description of
Restrictions/Limitations
Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit
Equal to the greatest of:
1. the Contract Value,
2. the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal ,or
3. the greatest anniversary value attained prior to the older Owner’s 83rd birthday.
Optional [] (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date)

Available only at purchase.

Death Benefit will never be more than the Contract Value plus $1,000,000.

It is possible that this Death Benefit will be no greater than the Contract Value Death Benefit, for which we do not assess a fee.

Cannot be elected if the oldest Owner is 78 or older.

Withdrawals can reduce the value of the Death Benefit by more than the amount withdrawn.
Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit
Equal to the greatest of:
1. the Contract Value,
2. the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each withdrawal, or
3. the greatest Quaterly Anniversary value attained prior to the older Owner’s 83rd birthday.
Optional [] (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date)

Available only at purchase.

Death Benefit will never be more than the Contract Value plus $1,000,000.

It is possible that this Death Benefit will be no greater than the Contract Value Death Benefit, for which we do not assess a fee.

Cannot be elected if the oldest Owner is 78 or older.

Withdrawals can reduce the value of the Death Benefit by more than the amount withdrawn.
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Optional Living Benefits
Name of Benefit
Purpose
Maximum Fee
Current Fee
Brief Description of
Restrictions/Limitations
SecurePay FXi rider
Provides an Annual Withdrawal Amount that is guaranteed for life, even if Contract Value is reduced to zero. This rider also includes a “roll-up” feature that may increase your Annual Withdrawal Amount.
[] (if selected at Contract purchase) (1)
[] (if under RightTime) (1)
See Rate Sheet Prospectus Supplement

Allocation of Purchase Payments or Contract Value to the Fixed Account is not permitted.
Benefit limits available Investment Options during accumulation phase and withdrawal phase.

No Purchase Payments two years or more after Rider Issue Date or on or after Benefit Election Date, whichever comes first.

Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce or eliminate value of benefit.

Available to Contract Owners age 55 to 80.
(1)
Fee is calculated as an annualized percentage of the Benefit Base
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Other Optional Benefits
Name of Benefit
Purpose
Maximum Fee
Brief Description of
Restrictions/Limitations
Portfolio Rebalancing
Automatically rebalances the Sub-Accounts you select (either quarterly, semi-annually or annually) to maintain your chosen percentage allocation of Variable Account value among the Sub-Accounts.
None

If you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider, your allocations must comply with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions.
Dollar Cost Averaging
Automatically transfers a specific amount of money from the DCA Account or the Fixed Account to the Sub-Accounts you select, on a monthly basis over a specific period of time.
None

If you purchase the SecurePay FXi rider, your allocations must comply with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions.
Automatic Withdrawal Plan (“AWP”)
Automatically withdraws a level dollar amount from the Contract on a monthly or quarterly basis before the Annuity Date.
None

If, during a Contract Year, the amount of withdrawals exceed the annual free withdrawal amount, we will deduct a surrender charge.

If you select the SecurePay FXi rider, the AWP will reduce Benefit Base and available SecurePay withdrawals.

Income taxes, including an additional tax if you are younger than age 591/2, may apply.
Buying the Contract
Q: How do I purchase the Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity Contract?
A: You must complete and submit an application, along with your initial Purchase Payment, to Protective Life through a licensed representative of Protective Life. Once we have received and approved your application, we will send you your Contract and a statement confirming your investments.
Q: How much can I contribute and how are my contributions invested?
A: Your Purchase Payment will be invested in the Investment Options that you choose.
With the SecurePay FXi rider (1)
Without the SecurePay FXi rider
Minimum Initial Purchase Payment
$10,000 $10,000
Minimum Subsequent Purchase Payment
$100 ($50 if made by
electronic funds transfer)
$100 ($50 if made by
electronic funds transfer)
Maximum Aggregate Purchase Payment(2)
$1,000,000 $1,000,000
(1)
There are limitations on subsequent Purchase Payments if you select the SecurePay FXi rider.
(2)
We can reject any Purchase Payments for any reason. We may also permit you to invest more than the maximum amounts listed above if you obtain our prior approval.
After your initial Purchase Payment, you are not required to make any additional Purchase Payments under your Contract.
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Q: When will any Purchase Payments that I make be credited to my Contract?
A: Initial Purchase Payment: Your financial professional must determine that the Contract is suitable for you and transmit your application to us. If your application is complete when received by us and we also received your initial Purchase Payment, we will issue your Contract and allocate your initial Purchase Payment to the Investment Options you direct within 2 business days. If some information is missing from your application, we may delay issuing your Contract and crediting your Contract while we obtain the missing information. However, we will not hold your initial Purchase Payment for more than 5 business days without your permission. Once the information is complete, we will allocate your initial Purchase Payment to the Investment Options you direct within 2 business days.
Subsequent Purchase Payment: if we receive a subsequent Purchase Payment before the close of the NYSE (typically 3:00 p.m. Central Time), we will apply your Purchase Payment as of the end of that Valuation Date. If we receive your subsequent Purchase Payment at or after the close of the NYSE, your payment will be applied on the next Valuation Date.
Making Withdrawals: Accessing the Money in Your Contract
Q: Can I access the money in my Contract during the asset accumulation (savings) phase?
A: You can access the money in your Contract by making a withdrawal, which will reduce the value of your Contract (including the amount of the death benefit). You may withdraw all or a portion of your Contract Value (minus applicable charges and other adjustments, discussed below). However, withdrawing the entire Contract Value will terminate your Contract.
Certain withdrawals may reduce the value of the SecurePay rider you elected. This optional living benefit rider provides withdrawal options.
Q: Are there any limitations associated with taking money out of my Contract during the asset accumulation (savings) phase?
A: Yes. These limitations are as follows:
Limitations on withdrawal amounts

At any time before the Annuity Date, you may withdraw the Contract Value provided the Contract Value remaining after the withdrawal is at least $5,000.If you request a withdrawal that would reduce your Contract Value below $5,000, we will (1) confirm the request for partial withdrawal with the Contract Owner, and, (2) if the request is confirmed, will treat the request for partial withdrawal as a request to fully surrender the Contract.

If you select SecurePay FXi rider, special withdrawal rules apply.
Surrender charges and taxes

Surrender charges and federal and state income taxes may apply, as well as a 10% federal additional tax if the withdrawal occurs before the Owner reaches age 59½.
Negative impact of withdrawal on other benefits and guarantees of your Contract

Withdrawals reduce your Contract Value and death benefit, and may reduce the value of the SecurePay FXi rider.
Q: What is the process to request a withdrawal of money from my Contract?
A: You can request to withdraw all or a portion of your Contract Value (that is your Contract Value less any surrender charges and any prorated Contract fees) on any business day through your financial intermediary, by calling us, facsimile or mailing a request to: (1) Protective Life Insurance Company, P.O. Box 10648, Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648 (if sent by the U.S. postal service); or (2) to Protective Life Insurance Company, 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223 (if sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service). Generally, for withdrawal or surrender requests received in good order before the close of the New York Stock Exchange (typically 3:00 p.m. Central Time), we will process your request that Valuation Date. If we receive your request in good order at or after the close of the New York Stock Exchange, your request will be processed the next Valuation Date. We will generally pay the amount withdrawn or surrendered within seven days.
Q: Can I access the money in my account during the annuity (income) phase?
A: You will receive payments under the annuity payment option you select. However, unless you select an annuity payment option for a certain period that provides variable income payments, you may not take any other withdrawals.
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT FEES
The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering or making withdrawals from the Contract. Please refer to your Contract specifications page for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.
The first table describes the fees and charges that you will pay at the time you buy the Contract, surrender or make withdrawals from the Contract, or transfer Contract Value between Investment Options. State premium taxes may also be deducted.
 
TRANSACTION EXPENSES
Maximum Surrender Charge (as a % of amount surrendered) (1)
7%
Transfer Fee (2)
$25
Maximum Annual Premium Based Charge (as an annualized percentage of each Purchase Payment, deducted quarterly)(3)
[0.70]%
(1)
The surrender charge is based upon cumulative Purchase Payments as of the date each Purchase Payment is applied to the Contract, and decreases over time. The total of surrender charges assessed and Premium Based Charges deducted will not exceed 9% of aggregate Purchase Payments. (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Determining the Surrender Charge.”)
(2)
Protective Life currently does not charge this Transfer Fee, but reserves the right to do so in the future for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in any Contract Year. We will give written notice thirty (30) days before we impose a Transfer Fee. (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Transfer Fee” in the Prospectus.)
(3)
The Premium Based Charge is assessed during the first seven years after each Purchase Payment is made and is based upon the cumulative amount of Purchase Payments. (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS.”)
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay each year during the time that you own the Contract, not including Fund fees and expenses. If you choose to purchase an optional benefit, you will pay additional charges, as shown below.
 
ANNUAL CONTRACT EXPENSES
Administrative Expenses(1)
$50
Base Contract Expenses (as a percentage of average Variable Account value)(2)
[0.65]%
Optional Benefit Expenses
Maximum
Current
Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Fee (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning on the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date)(3)
[]%
See Rate Sheet
Prospectus Supplement
Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit Fee (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning on the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date)(4)
[]%
See Rate Sheet
Prospectus Supplement
Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit Fee (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning on the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date)(5)
[]%
See Rate Sheet
Prospectus Supplement
Protected Lifetime Income Benefits
SecurePay FXi Rider Fee (as an annualized percentage of the Benefit Base on each Monthly Anniversary Date, beginning with the 1st Monthly Anniversary Date following election of the rider)(6)(7)
Maximum
Current
Purchase of SecurePay FXi rider at Contract Purchase
[]%
See Rate Sheet
Prospectus Supplement
Purchase of SecurePay FXi rider under RightTime
[]%
See Rate Sheet
Prospectus Supplement
(1)
Includes the annual contract maintenance fee. We will waive the annual contract maintenance fee if your Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments, reduced by surrenders and surrender charges, is $75,000 or more. (See “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Contract Maintenance Fee” in the Prospectus.)
(2)
Base Contract Expenses include a mortality and expense risk charge equal on an annual basis to 0.55% of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account attributable to your Contract and an administration charge equal on an annual basis to 0.10% of average daily net assets of the Variable Account attributable to your Contract.
(3)
The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is equal to the greater of  (i) your Contract Value, or (ii) your Purchase Payments less an adjustment for withdrawals. For more information on these death benefit values and fees, and how they are calculated, please see the “DEATH BENEFIT” and “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Death Benefit Fee” sections in the Prospectus.
(4)
The Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of  (i) your Contract Value, (ii) your Purchase Payments less an adjustment for withdrawals, or (iii) the highest anniversary value of the Contract before the Owner’s 83rd birthday. For more information on these death benefit values and fees, and how they are calculated, please see the “DEATH BENEFIT” and “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Death Benefit Fee” sections in the Prospectus.
(5)
The Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of  (i) your Contract Value, (ii) your Purchase Payments less an adjustment for withdrawals, or (iii) the highest quarterly value of the Contract before the Owner’s 83rd birthday. For more information on these death benefit values and fees, and how they are calculated, please see the “DEATH BENEFIT” and “CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS, Death Benefit Fee” sections in the Prospectus.
(6)
We deduct the fee for the SecurePay FXi rider monthly from your Contract Value in the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account on the Valuation Date that occurs after each Valuation Period containing a Monthly Anniversary Date. The SecurePay Fee is not deducted from your Contract Value in the DCA Accounts. For more information about the SecurePay Fee, our right to increase the fee in the future and your right to not to elect such increases. See “PROTECTED LIFETIME INCOME BENEFIT (“SecurePay FXi”) — SecurePay Fee” in the Prospectus.
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(7)
The Benefit Base is a value used to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amounts, and the fees charged, under the SecurePay FXi rider. If the rider is purchased at issue, your initial Benefit Base is equal to your initial purchase payments. If the rider is added through RightTime, your initial Benefit Base is equal to your Contract Value on the Rider Issue Date. For more information on the SecurePay rider, the Benefit Base, and how it is calculated, see “THE SECUREPAY FXI RIDER” in the Prospectus.
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The next table shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract. A complete list of Funds available under the Contract, including their annual expenses, can be found in an Appendix to this Summary Prospectus. (See “FUND APPENDIX — FUNDS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT.”)
 
ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES
Minimum
Maximum
Annual Fund Expenses before any waivers or expense reimbursements (expenses that are deducted from Fund assets, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees, and other expenses)
[]% []%
Annual Fund Expenses after any waivers or expense reimbursements (1)
[]% []%
(1)
The “Annual Fund Expenses after any waivers or expense reimbursements” line in the above table shows the range of minimum and maximum fees and expenses based on the expenses of all Funds after taking into account contractual fee waiver or expense reimbursement arrangements in place. Those contractual arrangements are designed to reduce total annual Fund operating expenses for Contract Owners and will continue past the current year.
Example
The following examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. The examples show the costs of investing in the Contract, including transaction expenses, administrative expenses, base contract expenses, any optional rider charges, and Annual Fund Expenses.
The examples assume that you invest $100,000 in the Contract for the periods indicated. The examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the most expensive and least expensive combination of Annual Fund Expenses.

The first example assumes that you purchased the SecurePay FXi rider with RightTime at the maximum and current rider fees.

The second example assumes that you have not purchased the SecurePay FXi rider.

The examples also assume that the Maximum Quarterly Value Death Benefit is in effect, and that all Contract Value is allocated to the Variable Account. The examples do not reflect transfer fees.

The examples do not reflect premium taxes, which may range up to 3.5% depending on the jurisdiction.
Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
1.
If you purchased the SecurePay FXi rider under RightTime:
a.
If you surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:
i.
reflecting the maximum charge:
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
Maximum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
Minimum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
ii.
reflecting the current charge:
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
Maximum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
Minimum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
b.
If you annuitize(1) or remain invested in the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:
i.
reflecting the maximum charge:
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
Maximum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
Minimum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
ii.
reflecting the current charge:
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
Maximum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
Minimum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
2.
If you have not purchased the SecurePay FXi rider:
a.
If you surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
Maximum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
Minimum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
b.
If you annuitize(1) or remain invested in the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
Maximum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
Minimum Fund Expense
$ [] $ [] $ [] $ []
Please remember that the examples are an illustration and do not guarantee the amount of future expenses. Your actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. Similarly, your rate of return may be more or less than the 5% rate of return assumed in the examples.
(1)
You may not annuitize your Contract within 3 years after we accept your most recent Purchase Payment. For more information, see “ANNUITY PAYMENTS, Annuity Date, Changing the Annuity Date.” Neither the death benefit fee nor the SecurePay Fee apply after the Annuity Date.
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
FUND APPENDIX
FUNDS AVAILABLE UNDER THE CONTRACT
The following is a list of Funds available under the Contract. More information about the Funds is available in the prospectuses for the Funds, which may be amended from time to time and can be found online at www.protective.com/​eprospectus. You can also request this information at no cost by calling 855-920-9713 or by sending an email request to prospectus@protective.com. Depending on the optional benefits you choose, you may not be able to invest in certain Funds.
The current expenses and performance information below reflects fee and expenses of the Funds, but do not reflect the other fees and expenses that your Contract may charge. Expenses would be higher and performance would be lower if these other charges were included. Each Fund’s past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance.
Asset
Allocation
Type
Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser; Sub-
Adviser(s), as applicable
Current
Expenses
Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2021)
1 Year
5 Year
10 Year
(1)
These Funds and their investment advisers have entered into contractual fee waivers or expense reimbursement arrangements. These temporary fee reductions are reflected in their annual expenses. Those contractual arrangements are designed to reduce total annual Fund operating expenses for Contract Owners and will continue past the current year.
(2)
If you have purchased the SecurePay FXi rider, you must allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions that we have established. These Funds are permissible investment options under the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions during the rider accumulation phase. However, the apportionment of Purchase Payments and Contract Value among the Funds must conform to one of the prescribed options set forth in the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. See “ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR SECUREPAY FXI RIDER” in the Prospectus.
(2)
If you have purchased the SecurePay FXi rider, you must allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions that we have established. These Funds are permissible investment options under the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions during the rider withdrawal phase. See “ALLOCATION GUIDELINES AND RESTRICTIONS FOR SECUREPAY FXI RIDER” in the Prospectus.
FUND-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
This Summary Prospectus incorporates by reference the Protective Dimensions V Variable Annuity Contract’s Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information (SAI), both dated [], as amended or supplemented. The SAI may be obtained, free of charge, in the same manner as the Prospectus.
EDGAR Contract Identifier: C000xxxxxx